Weatherford - 3rd Ed - 2015 Drilling Motors Handbook

MUD-LUBRICATED
DRILLING MOTORS
H A N D B O O K
Third Edition
August 2015
weatherford.com
© 2015 Weatherford. All rights reserved
6552.01
WindChill document no. D000893759
New cover-BLACK-2015.indd 1 8/6/2015 10:23:09 AM

INTRODUCTION
This Motor Handbook is intended to be a reference of HyperLine™
Mud Lubricated Drilling Motors typical specifications and opera-
tion. Weatherford is continuously looking at ways to improve the
performance of their drilling motors, and no information, result or
statement contained herein shall be construed as any type of rep-
resentation, warranty or guarantee by Weatherford. Weatherford
CONFIGURATIONS
sells its products and services in accordance with the terms and
& SELECTION
conditions set forth in the applicable contract between Weatherford
MOTOR
and the client. This Handbook is provided for information and illus-
tration purposes only. Hence, Weatherford shall have no liability for
any information contained herein.
This handbook embodies proprietary information which is the con-
fidential property of Weatherford and shall not be copied, repro-
COMPONENTS
duced, or disclosed to others in whole or in part for any purpose
MOTOR
without the express written permission of Weatherford. If there
are any questions about the information in this handbook, please
contact your Weatherford representative for assistance.
The drilling motors described in this handbook were available at
time of publication. Not all configurations are necessarily available
OPERATION
off-the-shelf but can be supplied with sufficient notice.
If any information is found to be incorrect or inaccurate, please
inform the Drilling Services Global Technical Support Group.
For an electronic version of this handbook, contact Weatherford
Drilling Services or your Weatherford representative.
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Weatherford products and services are subject to the company’s

standard terms and conditions, available on request or at weather-
ford.com. For more information, contact an authorized Weatherford
representative. Unless noted otherwise, trademarks and service
marks herein are the property of Weatherford. Specifications,
SMART TOOLBOX
technical data and text are subject to change without notice.

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
© 2015 Weatherford. All rights reserved.
Printed in Canada
Handbook #6552.01 - Third Edition

APPENDICES
HyperLine™, BuildLine™, EverForce™ and EverHeat™ are

trademarks of Weatherford.
6552.01_3rd Edition Mud Lube_CURRENT working copy.indd 1 10/1/2015 3:46:38 PM

CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
1.0 Introduction 8
1.1 Applications 8
2.0 Motor Configurations
and Selection 14
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
2.1 Motor Configurations 14

MOTOR
2.2 Motor Configuration Selection 14

2.3 Power Section Nomenclature 15
2.4 Bearing Pack Nomenclature 15
3.0 Motor Components 18
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
3.1 Mud Lubricated Bearing Section 19

3.2 Adjustable Assembly 19
3.3 Drive Assembly 19
3.4 Power Section 20
OPERATION
3.5 Top Sub and Rotor Catch Mechanism 25

3.6 BHA (Bottom Hole Assembly) Add-Ons 25
4.0 Operation 28
4.1 Assembly Procedure and Surface Check 28
OPERATIONAL
• 4.1.1 Adjustable Assembly Operation

MOTOR
LIMITS
for Larger Drilling Motors

(6-3/4”, 7”, 8”, 9-5/8”, 11-1/4”) 30
• 4.1.2 Adjustable Assembly Operation
for Smaller Drilling Motors
SMART TOOLBOX
(3-3/4”, 4-1/8”, 4-3/4”, 5” and 6-1/4”) 32

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
4.2 Tripping in the Hole 34

4.3 Drilling 34
4.4 Reactive Torque 36
4.5 Drilling Motor Rotation 36
APPLICATIONS
4.6 Drilling Motor Stall 37

SPECIAL
4.7 Reaming and Backreaming 39

4.8 High Temperature Wells (HT) 39
4.9 Rotor Bypass Applications 41
SPECIFICATIONS
4.10 Vibration 42
4.11 Overpulling and Jarring 51
4.12 Rotor Catch Operations 52
4.13 Tripping Out of the Hole 53
4.14 Surface Check Before Laydown
APPENDICES
and Flushing 53
4.15 Troubleshooting 54
2 Third Edition August 2015

Weatherford Mud Lubricated Drilling Motors
CONTENTS Continued
INTRODUCTION
5.0 Motor Operational Limits 62
5.1 Flow Rate 62
5.2 Differential Pressure 63
5.3 Well Curvature (DLS) 64
CONFIGURATIONS
5.4 Surface Rotational Speed (RPM) 64
& SELECTION
MOTOR
5.5 Temperature 68
5.6 Drilling Fluids 71
5.7 Shelf Life 74
5.8 Bit Pressure Drop 74
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
5.9 Vibration 74
• Lateral and Axial Dynamics 75
• Rotational Dynamics 76
6.0 HyperLine™ Smart Toolbox
OPERATION
& Other Software 78
6.1 Motor Selection Wizard 79
6.2 Fit Predictor 79
6.3 DLS Predictor 80
OPERATIONAL
6.4 mDrop 80
MOTOR
LIMITS
6.5 Motor Rotor Bypass Calculator 80

6.6 Pre-Job Engineering Software 81
6.7 Power Section Spec Sheets Generator 81
6.8 Power Section Evaluator 81
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
6.9 Drilling Optimization Software 81

6.10 Stator Measurement Calculator 81
6.11 sLife Predictor 82
7.0 Special Applications 84
APPLICATIONS
7.1 Air (Gas) Drilling and Aerated Drilling 84

SPECIAL
7.2 Motorized Rotary Steerable System (MRSS) 89

7.3 Short-radius Wells 91
7.4 High Flow (HF) Applications 94
SPECIFICATIONS
7.5 At-Bit Measurement (ABM™) Applications 95

8.0 HyperLine™ Motor
Specifications 98
8.1 Bearing Section Specifications 98
8.2 Power Section Specifications 100
APPENDICES
8.3 Bearing Section Specification Summary 104

8.4 Power Section Specification Summary 106

CONTENTS Continued
INTRODUCTION
8.0 HyperLine™ Motor

Specifications, continued
8.5 Power Section Specification Summary: Special
Applications 110
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
Bearing Section Specifications

MOTOR
BuildLineTM 3-3/4” (95mm) MBTB 112

HyperLineTM 4-1/8” (105mm) LBTB 116
BuildLineTM 4-3/4” (121mm) SBTB 120
HyperLineTM 4-3/4” (121mm) MBTB 124
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION
HyperLineTM 8” (203mm) LBTB 148

OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Power Section Specifications

HyperLineTM 3-3/4” 5:6 4.0 (250) 160
HyperLineTM 4-1/8” 7:8 3.2 (250) 162
HyperLineTM 4-1/8” 7:8 5.4 (250) 164
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
HyperLineTM 4-3/4” 4:5 2.5 (250) 166

HyperLineTM 4-3/4” 4:5 3.5 (250) 168
HyperLineTM 4-3/4” 4:5 6.0 (250) 170
HyperLineTM 4-3/4” 5:6 8.3 (250) 172
APPLICATIONS
HyperLineTM 4-3/4” 6:7 7.0 (250) 174

SPECIAL
HyperLineTM 4-3/4” 7:8 2.0 Air (250) 176

HyperLineTM 4-3/4” 7:8 2.1 RSS (250) 178
HyperLineTM 4-3/4” 7:8 2.6 (250) 180
HyperLineTM 4-3/4” 7:8 3.7 (250) 182
SPECIFICATIONS
HyperLineTM 4-3/4” 7:8 5.0 (250) 184

HyperLineTM 4-3/4” 7:8 6.4 (250) 186
HyperLineTM 4-3/4” 7:8 7.9 Plus (250) 188
HyperLineTM 5” 3:4 11.0 Plus (250) 190
APPENDICES
HyperLineTM 5” 6:7 9.6 (250) 192

CONTENTS Continued
INTRODUCTION
Power Section Specifications, continued
HyperLineTM 5” 8:9 6.0 (250) 194
TM
HyperLine 6-1/4” 4:5 7.5 (250) 196
HyperLineTM 6-1/4” (6-1/2”) 5:6 4.0 HF (250) 198
CONFIGURATIONS
HyperLineTM 6-1/4” 6:7 5.0 (250) 200
& SELECTION
MOTOR
TM
HyperLine 6-1/4” 7:8 2.9 (250) 202
HyperLineTM 6-1/4” 7:8 3.3 (250) 204
HyperLineTM 6-1/2” 2:3 12.0 Plus (250) 206
TM
HyperLine 6-1/2” 7:8 4.2 Plus (250) 208
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
HyperLineTM 6-3/4” 3:4 4.3 ULTRA HF (250) 210
HyperLineTM 6-3/4” (6-1/2”) 4:5 7.0 (250) 212
TM
HyperLine 6-3/4” (6-1/2”) 6:7 5.0 (250) 214
HyperLineTM 6-3/4” 7:8 1.7 RSS (250) 216
OPERATION
HyperLineTM 6-3/4” (6-1/2”) 7:8 2.0 Air (250) 218
HyperLineTM 6-3/4” (6-1/2”) 7:8 3.0 Slow (250) 220
TM
HyperLine 6-3/4” (6-1/2”) 7:8 5.0 (250) 222
HyperLineTM 6-3/4” (6-1/2”) 7:8 5.7 (250) 224
HyperLineTM 6-3/4” 9:10 8.0 (250) 226
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
TM
HyperLine 8” 3:4 4.2 HF (250) 228
HyperLineTM 8” 4:5 5.3 (250) 230
HyperLineTM 8” 6:7 4.0 (250) 232
TM
HyperLine 8” 6:7 5.0 (250) 234
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
HyperLineTM 8” 7:8 2.5 RSS (250) 236

HyperLineTM 8” 7:8 4.0 (250) 238
TM
HyperLine 9-5/8” 6:7 3.5 (250) 240
HyperLineTM 9-5/8” 6:7 5.0 (250) 242
APPLICATIONS
HyperLineTM 9-5/8” 7:8 2.8 (250) 244

SPECIAL
TM
HyperLine 9-5/8” 7:8 5.7 (250) 246
HyperLineTM 11-1/4” (9-5/8”) 6:7 5.0 (250) 248
HyperLineTM 11-1/4” (9-5/8”) 7:8 2.8 (250) 250
TM
HyperLine 11-1/4” (9-5/8”) 7:8 5.7 (250) 252
SPECIFICATIONS
Appendices
(1) Fishing Diagrams 256
(2) Fit Selection Chart 270
(3) Bearing Section Pressure Drops 271
APPENDICES
(4) Mud Weight Correction for Pressure Drop 273

(5) Rotor Catch and Float Valve Information 274
(6) HyperLine™ Make-Up Torques 275
(7) Torque Specifications for MWD_LWD Tubulars 276

CONTENTS Continued
INTRODUCTION
Appendices, continued
(8) Recommended Torque for Rotary DC 278
(9) IADC Dull Bit Grading 290
(10) Useful Equations 292
CONFIGURATIONS
(11) Conversion Factors 300

& SELECTION
MOTOR
Weatherford Regional Corporate

Offices 302
COMPONENTS
Index 306
MOTOR
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES

Section 1.0
INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Weatherford provides a wide range of drilling, evaluation, completion,
COMPONENTS
production, intervention, geophysics, and data services to oil and gas

MOTOR
companies worldwide using fit-for-purpose technologies to enhance field

development in petroleum basins.
Weatherford’s Drilling Services group has been developing, manu-
facturing, and servicing downhole drilling motors for over 30 years,
and is constantly working on new technologies that will surpass past
performances.
OPERATION
Weatherford’s professional team applies extensive drilling experience

and technical ability to the design and maintenance of Weatherford drill-
ing motors. Feedback from field operations and extensive performance
monitoring in combination with an accurate component history database
allows for optimum engineering analysis in all matters of performance.
OPERATIONAL
All possible measures, including thorough component testing, are taken

MOTOR
LIMITS
to ensure product quality to our Customers.

Enclosed are the specifications for primary drilling motors Weatherford
currently has available. Technical information is provided on drilling
motor components, operation, applications and performance charac-
teristics.
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
This new edition of the Weatherford Motor Handbook contains updated

information and technical details on the components of our Drilling
Motors (Sections 1, 2 and 3). Section 4 describes best operational
practices and procedures, based on the latest Standard Operating
Procedures and Work Instructions. A complete section is dedicated
to discuss Drilling Motor Operational Limits (Section 5). Also, a new
APPLICATIONS
software for Drilling Motor Evaluation and Job Planning, HyperLine™

SPECIAL
Smart Toolbox, is introduced (Section 6). In Section 7, closer attention

is paid to some Special Applications, including Air (Gas) Drilling and
Aerated Drilling, Motorized Rotary Steerable System (MRSS), Short-
radius Wells, High Flow (HF) Applications and At-the-Bit Measurement
(ABM™) Applications. Finally, an updated Drilling Motor Database is
SPECIFICATIONS
presented. Bearing Sections and Power Sections are presented sepa-

rately, offering maximum operational flexibility.
Other drilling motor configurations and specialty tools are available but
are not contained within this book. In the event that an issue dealing
with this equipment has not been addressed, or further information is
required, please contact your Weatherford representative.
APPENDICES
1.1 APPLICATIONS
The versatility and variety of Weatherford drilling motors allow them
to be used in most downhole drilling applications. As downhole drilling
technology and techniques continue to expand, the applications that
Weatherford drilling motors can operate in will also grow.

Performance Drilling
INTRODUCTION
Weatherford drilling motors can be used for performance drilling. The
wide variety of torque, speed, and flow rate capabilities of the drilling
motors lend themselves easily to a wide range of bit types and formation
conditions. Rotary drilling can also be applied in addition to rotation from
the drilling motor for increased bit speed as required. Power is provided
directly at the bit by the power section, reducing wear and stress to drill-
CONFIGURATIONS
string components, and increasing component life substantially.
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Directional Drilling
With the creation of tighter legal spacing requirements, better reservoir
engineering modeling, and the drilling of multiple wells from a single sur-
face location, Directional Drilling has become very important to facilitate
collision avoidance relating to the position of existing wellbores, and the
COMPONENTS
avoid lease boundaries. The most obvious application for directional
MOTOR
drilling is for areas inaccessible to conventional vertical drilling tech-
niques. Also, when the reservoir is near problematic formations (i.e. salt
formations, steep fault planes, etc.), directional drilling techniques can
be used to avoid them, minimizing their effect on drilling and recovery
processes. Another capability with directional drilling is the drilling of
multiple wells from a single point. This is valuable in the case of offshore
OPERATION
drilling rigs which require a significant investment in time and money.
Multiple wells can be drilled from a single point to various targets for
optimized recovery, reducing drilling rig time and costs.
Horizontal Drilling
OPERATIONAL
In certain reservoirs, recovery can be dramatically improved by direc-

MOTOR
LIMITS
tionally drilling a well horizontally (over 80º inclination) for an extended

length. Greater reservoir exposure allows for higher production rates at
equivalent draw downs.
Typically, the build section of the well is drilled with a larger drilling motor
and casing is run to the start of the horizontal section, ensuring wellbore
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
integrity as the horizontal section is drilled. A smaller drilling motor is

then used to drill the horizontal component of the well.
The build section can be drilled in varying rates from long radius
to short-radius. The build rate is dependent on the hole conditions,
required horizontal dimensions, and well economics. Reference Short-
radius Wells in Section 7.3. Please contact Weatherford’s technical
APPLICATIONS
services department for more details.

SPECIAL
If the horizontal component of the well is to be straight, it is recommend-

ed that the smaller drilling motor be set at a slight angle for the horizontal
and then rotated to maintain wellbore inclination. If any adjustments
need to be made, the bend in the drilling motor can be used to correct
the wellbore trajectory. Higher motor settings have been used to drill,
SPECIFICATIONS
allowing aggressive turns in the lateral. However, they might result in

higher loads on the drilling components and sharper changes in the
horizontal trajectory which is undesirable.
APPENDICES

Multilateral Wells
INTRODUCTION
An extension of horizontal drilling is the drilling of multilateral wells.

Multilateral wells have more than one horizontal wellbore emanating
from a single wellbore. This can be in the form of several horizontal
wells fanning out radially from a single vertical well. The horizontal wells
can be on the same plane or be strategically placed at different planes
for multiple reservoirs. A second method is to sidetrack from an existing
CONFIGURATIONS
horizontal well for penetration into other areas in the reservoir for further
& SELECTION
recovery.
MOTOR
Re-Entry Wells
With the advent of newer drilling equipment, technology, and expertise,
existing wells are regularly re-entered for further reservoir recovery.
Sidetracking can be performed from both build section and horizontal
COMPONENTS
section of the existing well to penetrate into areas not drained with the
MOTOR
original well.
Rotary Steerable Drilling

Weatherford drilling motors can be used in conjunction with Weatherford's
Revolution™ Rotary Steerable Systems (RSS) to increase drilling per-
OPERATION
formance. In the BHA, the drilling motor is mounted above the rotary
steerable tool to increase bit rotational speed. Increasing bit speed
will increase the ROP while drilling. Additionally, by having the motor
de-couple any torsional loading between the drillstring and the bit, there
is a reduction in the potential for stick/slip to occur while drilling. This
combination has added benefits when compared with a standalone
OPERATIONAL
rotary steerable tool or motor. Reference Motorized Rotary Steerable

MOTOR
LIMITS
Systems (MRSS) in Section 7.2. Please contact a Weatherford technical

services representative for more details.
Underbalanced Drilling
Underbalanced drilling is a form of two phase drilling that typically uses
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
air or nitrogen, and is designed so that the formation pressure is greater

than the system pressure. Although it requires close control of all oper-
ating parameters, many production benefits can be found with underbal-
anced drilling. Techniques will vary depending on the quantity of air or
nitrogen in the system. Extensive pre-planning is required before drilling.
Reference Air Drilling (Two Phase) Applications in Section 7.1. Please
contact Weatherford’s technical services department for more details.
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
High Flow Applications

Certain formation conditions and well geometries require higher drilling
fluid flow rates for maximum torque and power outputs, while maintain-
ing optimum hole cleaning. Special drilling motors were designed for
SPECIFICATIONS
such cases to accommodate the additional volume flowing through the

power section. If conventional motors are used under these conditions,
excessive wear, loss of performance, and premature failure are highly
likely to occur. Refer to High Flow (HF) Applications in Section 7.4 for
technical information and HF motors specifications. Please contact
Weatherford’s technical services department for more details.
APPENDICES

Applications with At-the-Bit Measurement (ABM™) Technology
INTRODUCTION
Weatherford’s ABM™ system captures real-time, on-the-fly inclination
and azimuthal gamma ray (GR) measurements inches from the bit. This
technology can be used for geosteering in horizontal wellbores, under-
balanced drilling and Steam-Assisted Gravity Drainage (SAGD). Unlike
traditional motor telemetry systems, the ABM™ system – located below
the motor – provides rapid data transfer between the sensors and the
CONFIGURATIONS
MWD tool via a hard-wired mud motor. Refer to At-the-Bit Measurement
& SELECTION
(ABM™) Applications in Section 7.5 for technical information and wired
MOTOR
motors specifications. Please contact Weatherford’s technical services
department for more details.
Other Applications
Weatherford drilling motors have been used to drill conduit holes to
COMPONENTS
accommodate pipelines cable, and other transmission mediums. These
MOTOR
holes are generally drilled to traverse obstacles in a proposed right of
way, which present problems to conventional trenching methods; river
crossings, steep or unstable terrain, shore approaches, or environmen-
tally sensitive areas.
Extraction of water soluble minerals (i.e. salt, potash, etc.) can also be
OPERATION
attained through solution mining technologies. In this practice, “paired”
wells are drilled to predetermined targets and water is circulated through
the holes until communication is established. Water is then forced down
one hole and allowed to exit through the other with its mineral in solution.
Grout holes can be drilled to stabilize unconsolidated formations or
isolate water-bearing formations. Proper placement and control will
OPERATIONAL
result in reduced overall costs and greater technical efficiencies for the
MOTOR
LIMITS
procedure.
Methane and water drainage holes have been common in the mining
industry for years. Similar techniques are being employed in the envi-
ronmental industry for in-situ evacuation of toxic contaminants left in
SMART TOOLBOX
industrial and waste disposal sites.

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
11

SPECIAL HYPERLINE™ MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR
APPENDICES SPECIFICATIONS SMART TOOLBOX OPERATIONAL OPERATION CONFIGURATIONS INTRODUCTION
APPLICATIONS COMPONENTS
& SOFTWARE LIMITS & SELECTION
12
Third Edition
6552.01_3rd Edition Mud Lube_CURRENT working copy.indd 12

August 2015
This page intentionally left blank.
10/1/2015 3:46:48 PM
Section 2.0
MOTOR
CONFIGURATIONS
AND SELECTION

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
2.0 MOTOR CONFIGURATIONS

AND SELECTION
COMPONENTS
This handbook contains specifications for Weatherford’s HyperLine™

MOTOR
mud lubricated drilling motors. The following information provides details

on the naming structure used in motor specifications, as well as informa-
tion to aid in motor selection.
2.1 MOTOR CONFIGURATIONS

OPERATION
HyperLine™ EverForce™ – High Performance Drilling Motor

• High torque bearing section and high torque power section lined
with a performance elastomer.
HyperLine™ EverHeat™ – High Temperature Drilling Motor
OPERATIONAL
• High torque bearing section and high torque power section lined
MOTOR
LIMITS
with a premium elastomer especially formulated for high tempera-

ture applications.
HyperLine™ Plus – Ultra High Performance Drilling Motor
• High torque bearing section and high torque Uniform Rubber
SMART TOOLBOX
Contour (URC) power section.

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
2.2 MOTOR CONFIGURATION SELECTION

Directional / Performance Drilling – HyperLine™ EverForce™ perfor-
mance drilling motors are designed specifically for high torque appli-
cations. They have a wide selection of speed and are used for most
APPLICATIONS
drilling applications.
SPECIAL
High Temperature (HT) applications – HyperLine™ power sections can

be lined with our premium EverHeat™ elastomers to provide maximum
thermal stability at extreme high temperatures.
High Flow (HF) applications – Special drilling motors designed to
SPECIFICATIONS
accommodate higher flow rates for cases with hole cleaning issues
or when torque/power output requires to be maximized. Conventional
motors will be damaged due to excessive wear if used under these
conditions.
Motorized RSS (MRSS) applications – These motors have a modified
bearing section with a performance power section to efficiently drive our
APPENDICES
Revolution™ RSS System. This motor configuration provides optimum

speed and torque outputs for these applications.
Air Drilling – These drilling motors are a combination of a special
bearing section and a low-speed power section that delivers maximum
performance, while taking advantage of the benefits to drilling with
compressible fluids.

Drilling with ABM™ At-Bit Measurement System – Special hard-wired

mud motors used in conjunction with Weatherford’s ABM system to cap-
INTRODUCTION
ture real-time inclination and azimuthal gamma ray (GR) measurements,
inches from the bit.
2.3 POWER SECTION NOMENCLATURE

6 1/4 5:6 4.0 HF (250) - STD
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
Tubing OD
MOTOR
Power Section Fit
(Stator Nominal OD) STD: Standard
0.5-US: 0.5 Undersize
US: Undersize
Lobe Configuration 1.5-US: 1.5 Undersize
2US: Double Undersize
0.5-OS: 0.5 Oversize
OS: Oversize
COMPONENTS
Stage Count
1.5-OS: 1.5 Oversize
MOTOR
2OS: Double Oversize
3OS: Triple Oversize
Elastomer Type
(175): Premium (175 psi per stage)
(250): Performance (250 psi per stage)
Power Section Type
OPERATION
“ ”: Conventional
SLOW: Low Speed Model
HF: High Flow
ULTRA HF: Ultra High Flow
PLUS: Uniform Rubber Contour with Conventional tube OD
RSS: Motorized RSS applications
AIR: Air drilling
OPERATIONAL
Figure 1. Power Section Nomenclature

MOTOR
LIMITS
2.4 BEARING SECTION NOMENCLATURE

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
HyperLine™ 4 3/4 MBTB 3 deg Wired

Bearing Section
Type Special Configuration
HyperLine™ “ ”: Conventional
BuildLine™ RSS: Motorized RSS applications
TiFlex CTR: Centralized bladed pad near adjustable
AIR: Air drilling
Bearing Section Nominal HS: High speed drilling
APPLICATIONS
Size SRS: Smoothpath Rotating Stab on bit - box

SPECIAL
TSlick: True Slick

Wired: Wired motor
Bit-to-bend (BTB) Length
SBTB: Short Bit - to - bend
MBTB: Medium Bit - to - bend Adjustable Type (Optional)
LBTB: Long Bit - to - bend 2 deg: 0 - 2°
3 deg: 0 - 3°
4 deg: 0 - 4°
SPECIFICATIONS
Figure 2. Bearing Pack Nomenclature
Note: Some of the motor configurations mentioned above will not be

found in this handbook and are for informative purposes only. Please
APPENDICES
contact a Weatherford technical services representative for more details.
15

HYPERLINE™ MOTOR MOTOR
SPECIAL MOTOR
16
Third Edition

August 2015
10/1/2015 3:46:55 PM
Section 3.0
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
3.0 MOTOR COMPONENTS

This section provides detailed information on Weatherford’s HyperLine™
COMPONENTS
mud lubricated drilling motors and their components. Figure 3 shows the
MOTOR
main components of a HyperLine™ drilling motor. Detailed descriptions

will be presented afterwards.
OPERATION
Top Sub /
Rotor Catch
Power
OPERATIONAL
Section
MOTOR
LIMITS
Adjustable
Assembly
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Drive
Assembly
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Mud Lubricated
Bearing Section
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
Figure 3. Components of a HyperLine™ Drilling

Motor

3.1 MUD LUBRICATED BEARING SECTION
INTRODUCTION
The bearing section contains the radial and thrust bearings that transmit
the axial and radial loads from the bit to the drillstring while providing a
drive line that allows the power section to rotate the bit. Mud lubricated
bearing sections utilize a limited portion of drilling fluid for lubrication
and cooling. The drilling fluid bypassing through the bearing section
exits directly above the bit box and rejoins the primary flow to help clean
CONFIGURATIONS
the hole.
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Bearing housings are available with screw-on style stabilization. This
provides the option of installing a stabilizer sleeve on the rig floor in a
matter of minutes. The drilling motor can also be operated slick through
use of a thread protector sleeve when stabilization is not required.
Screw-on style bearing housings are the standard housings supplied.
IBS Bearing Housings are also available upon request for some con-
COMPONENTS
figurations.
MOTOR
Typically, the lower connection is an API regular bit box, although cus-
tom connections and pin-down options are also available upon request.
3.2 ADJUSTABLE ASSEMBLY

Weatherford drilling motors are supplied with an adjustable assembly
OPERATION
to incur a desired bend in the motor. The adjustable assembly can
be set from zero up to four degrees in varying increments in the field.
Weatherford adjustable assemblies are available in three different types
depending on the drilling motor size and configuration:
• 0º to 2º: 18 small increments
OPERATIONAL

MOTOR
LIMITS

This design provides a wide range of potential build rates that meet
requirements for directional, horizontal and re-entry wells. To minimize
the wear to the adjustable components, the adjustable ring has an inte-
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
grated wear pad that orients to the low side of the bend. Refer to Section
4.1 of this Handbook for Adjustable Assembly Operations.
3.3 DRIVE ASSEMBLY

The design of the power section imparts an eccentric rotation of the
rotor inside the stator. To compensate for this eccentric motion and
APPLICATIONS
convert it to a concentric rotation, Weatherford drilling motors utilize a

SPECIAL
high strength jointed drive assembly. The drive assembly consists of a

drive shaft with a sealed and lubricated drive joint located at each end.
The drive joints are designed to withstand the high torque delivered by
the power section. The drive assembly also provides a point in the drive
line that will compensate for the bend in the drilling motor required for
SPECIFICATIONS
directional control.
HyperLine™ drilling motors have two drive shaft options available, with
different joint types. The B-drive option uses steel balls to allow the rota-
tion of the shaft. This is an excellent solution for a wide range of torque /
speed requirements, with the additional benefit of easy ball replacement
once they are worn out. The E-Drive design, due to its jointed assembly
and elliptical-shaped fins, produces minimal movement to reduce fatigue
APPENDICES
and mechanical failure, allowing the motor to operate longer and the
joined sections to move together seamlessly.
Note: Titanium Flexible transmission drivelines and hybrid designs are
available upon request for particular applications.
19

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS
Figure 4. E-drive and B-drive assemblies

MOTOR
3.4 POWER SECTION

The Weatherford HyperLine™ drilling motor power section is an adapta-
tion of a positive-displacement hydraulic pump in a reversed application.
OPERATION
It converts hydraulic power from the drilling fluid into mechanical power
to drive the bit. The drilling fluid is pumped into the power section at high
pressure, causing the rotor to rotate within the stator.
The power section is comprised of two components: the stator and the
rotor. The stator consists of a steel tube containing a bonded elastomer
insert with a lobed helical pattern bored through the center. The rotor is
OPERATIONAL
a lobed steel rod with a similar helical profile. When the rotor is installed
MOTOR
LIMITS
into the stator, the combination of the helical shapes forms sealed flow
cavities between the two components. When the drilling fluid is forced
through the power section, the pressure drop across the cavities will
cause the rotor to turn inside the stator. This rotation is transmitted by
the drive assembly and bearing mandrel which provides power to the bit.
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
The rotational speed output is proportional to the flow rate pumped and
the geometry of the power section. The higher the flow rate, the faster
the power section rotates. Most HyperLine™ rotors are bored to allow
additional flow to bypass the power section through a nozzle for high
flow applications. Refer to Section 7.4 High Flow Applications for further
details.
APPLICATIONS
As opposed to the rotational speed, the torque output is independent of

SPECIAL
flow rate, but proportional to the differential pressure across the power
section. The torque needed to keep the bit turning increases with the
weight applied to the bit. This results in higher differential pressure
across the power section.
SPECIFICATIONS
Besides operating parameters, the performance characteristics of a

power section are controlled by the following design criteria:
• Lobe configuration
• Number of stages
• Stage length and pitch
APPENDICES
• Power section fit

• Elastomer type

Lobe Configuration
INTRODUCTION
The lobe configuration denotes the number of lobes the rotor and
stator have. The stator always has one more lobe than the rotor. The
illustrations in Figure 5 show a 4:5 lobe cross-section and a 7:8 lobe
cross-section. Generally, as the lobe ratio is increased, speed of rotation
is decreased, and torque output is increased. Weatherford offers power
sections with configurations from 2:3 up to 9:10 to provide the widest
CONFIGURATIONS
range of rotational speed and torque output.
& SELECTION
MOTOR
4:5 LOBE
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
OPERATION
7:8 LOBE
Stator
Elastomer
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Rotor
Stator
Tube
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Figure 5. Cross-sections of the typical power section

lobe configurations
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Number of Stages
A stage is defined as a full lobe revolution in the stator. As the number
of stages increases, a power section is capable of greater overall dif-
ferential pressure as a result of having more cavities holding additional
SPECIFICATIONS
pressure, which in turn provides more torque to the rotor. Rotational

speed will not vary with a change in the stage count.
Additionally, for the same differential pressure, more stages will increase
the efficiency of the power section since there will be less pressure
drop per stage and, therefore, less leakage. Rotational speed is better
maintained, and lifetime will be extended.
APPENDICES
Stage Length (Lead) and Pitch

The axial length required for the helix to make 360 degrees of rotation
around the body of the stator is called stage length or lead. The shorter
the stage length, the tighter the spiral (higher pitch angle) and the small-
er the cavities. This will produce a decrease in torque and an increase
in the rotational speed.
21

On the contrary, longer stages will slow down the power section but will
result in higher torque output. In long-stage power sections, the efficien-
INTRODUCTION
cy of the seal lines may decrease due to the long lead, causing leakage
and reduction of speed.
Note that the stage length of the stator is not identical to the stage length
of the rotor. The rotor has a shorter stage length than its matching stator.
The fluid cavity is provided by the missing lobe and the shorter helix
CONFIGURATIONS
length on the rotor.

& SELECTION
MOTOR
Power Section Fit

The power section fit is the compression or clearance between the rotor
and stator. This parameter is probably the most critical factor that deter-
mines stator life. Each power section configuration is designed with a
specific fit to optimize performance output. The power section fit can be
COMPONENTS
calculated using the following equation:

MOTOR
FitPS = Rotor Mean Diameter - Stator Minor Diameter
If the power section fit is tighter than optimal, motor efficiency increases
OPERATION
because of reduced fluid slip between cavities. However, at high inter-

ference, frictional losses and rubber strain increase dramatically and
stator life is degraded due to high strain conditions. In cases where the
fit is looser than optimal, the motor efficiency drops due to slippage of
high pressure fluid between cavities and stator life decreases because
of its increased susceptibility to stalls and stator wear. Optimum fit
OPERATIONAL
provides a balance between frictional losses, power section efficiency,

MOTOR
LIMITS
and stator life.

The downhole environment has a direct influence on the power section
fit. Many configurations have options available for larger clearance
(Oversize Fits) specifically designed to compensate for elastomeric
SMART TOOLBOX
expansion caused by temperature and/or drilling fluid. On the contrary,

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
several options are provided to be used in low temperature applications

or in cases where the elastomer tends to shrink as a result of its interac-
tion with the drilling fluid (Undersize Fits). HyperLine™ Power Sections
may be designed and manufactured with up to 10 different fits to suit the
widest range of downhole conditions. Figure 6 represents all possible fit
options for HyperLine™ Power Sections:
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Looser Fit Tighter Fit
3-OS 2-OS 1.5-OS OS 0.5-OS STD 0.5-US US 1.5-US 2-US

SPECIFICATIONS
Fit Fit Fit Fit Fit Fit Fit Fit Fit Fit
Figure 6. HyperLine™ Power Section Fit available

options.
STD=Standard, OS=Oversize, US=Undersize

I.e. “3OS”=Triple Oversize. “2US”=Double Undersize,
APPENDICES
etc.
Note: All fit options might not be available for every power section con-
figuration. Contact your Weatherford Representative for fit availability.

The power section fit selection process aims at identifying the compres-
sion fit that provides the required balance between stator life and overall
INTRODUCTION
performance, under specific downhole conditions and performance
requirements. Fit Predictor is the Weatherford proprietary program used
to determine optimum power section fit, based on downhole conditions,
power section geometry, elastomer properties, drilling fluid type, opera-
tional requirements, among other factors. Refer to Section 6.2 for further
information on how to use Fit Predictor.
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Elastomer Type
The stator elastomer has a large influence on the overall performance
output, drilling fluid compatibility, and operating temperature limit. The
elastomer is the consumable or wear component in the power section;
therefore, Weatherford drilling motors have a variety of elastomeric com-
COMPONENTS
pounds available to suit the needs of each drilling application.
MOTOR
Most fluids pumped through the motor will have some effect on the
elastomer. High fluid temperatures and exposure to certain chemicals
tend to shorten stator life. The most common elastomer reactions
are: swelling, shrinkage, softening, hardening, blistering, cracking,
etc. Additionally, the performance of the elastomer is dependent on
its mechanical and chemical properties. The maximum pressure drop
OPERATION
per stage depends on the physical properties of the rubber. Elastomer
selection should be based on drilling fluid type, performance require-
ments, longevity, and downhole conditions. Proper compound selection
helps to maximize stator life.
Weatherford drilling motors use a variety of elastomers that can be
OPERATIONAL
classified by their basic compound make up. Nitrile is the most pre-
MOTOR
LIMITS
dominant type of elastomer used in Weatherford drilling motors, and

will be suitable for most drilling applications. For this handbook, the
nitrile elastomers are broken down into three main categories based
on performance output: premium nitrile, EverForce™ and EverHeat™.
• Nitrile Butadiene Rubbers (NBR):
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
1. Premium elastomer (Weatherford NBR175)

2. EverForce™ elastomer (Weatherford WorkWise™ 250 or
WW250)
• Hydrogenated Nitrile Butadiene Rubbers (HNBR):
3. EverHeat™ elastomer (Weatherford HNBR)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Improvements to elastomer technology have provided the ability to

enhance power section performance. They are capable of handling
greater pressure drops, and therefore are able to create more output
torque without increased length. Premium nitrile (WFT NBR 175) is
the first step up from commonly used elastomers. They are rated at
SPECIFICATIONS
175 psi/stage (1207 kPa/stage), and can outperform the output of

standard nitrile elastomers by as much as 30%. The next step up is
our EverForce™ elastomer (WFT WorkWise™ 250), rated at 250 psi/
stage (1724 kPa/stage), which can improve the output as much as 40%
over premium nitrile, and 80% over standard nitrile. These performance
characteristics are provided in the motor specifications.
As mentioned before, some drilling fluid has a tendency to degrade
APPENDICES
stator elastomer, particularly at higher temperatures, increasing the

risk of elastomer failure. EverHeat™ (WFT HNBR) is used in applica-
tions where drilling fluid compatibility and/or temperature are an issue.
HNBR is also sometimes referred to as HSN (Highly Saturated Nitrile
Butadiene Rubber).
23

Mechanical properties of the elastomers are highly sensitive to tem-
perature and tend to decrease as downhole temperature rises. Nitrile
INTRODUCTION
elastomers are recommended for applications with temperatures up

to 300°F or 149°C. For more challenging applications with extremely
high temperatures (up to 400°F or 204°C), the use of HNBR rubbers
is recommended. Differential pressure de–rating should be properly
applied for applications above 150°F or 66°C. Refer to section 5.5 of
this Handbook for further information.
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
Due to the ever-changing variety of fluids and chemical additives used

MOTOR
while drilling, details of elastomeric compatibility will not be provided in

this handbook. For additional information or assistance with elastomer
selection, please contact a Weatherford technical representative.
Rotor Coatings
COMPONENTS
Depending on the application, Weatherford rotors are manufactured

MOTOR
with stainless or alloy steel to provide maximum corrosion resistance. A

superficial layer of chrome plating is added to reduce abrasion and fric-
tion. Some aggressive drilling fluids with high chloride content, especially
at high temperatures, can cause damage due to corrosion. The chrome
will flake off and the base metal under coatings will be rapidly attacked.
This type of damage will dramatically reduce motor performance and
OPERATION
may lead to failure. As an alternative, Tungsten Carbide rotor coatings

are more resistant to corrosion damage and are available upon request.
HyperLine™ Plus Power Sections

(Uniform Rubber Contour Technology)
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
URC, or Uniform Rubber Contour, power sections are a variation of

the basic PDM (positive displacement motor) design to improve perfor-
mance output. The cross-sectional profile of the rotor and stator are the
same as a conventional power section and operate in the same way,
however, the URC stator is designed differently. The steel tube of the
SMART TOOLBOX
stator is manufactured with a spiraled-lobed profile machined through

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
the bore. A thin uniform layer of elastomer is applied to the inside of this
lobed profile, hence the name Uniform Rubber Contour. When the rotor
is inserted into the stator, the thin layer of rubber provides the flexible
seal for the flow cavities of the power section, while the steel behind
the rubber provides a fixed support. The name HyperLine™ Plus will be
used to refer to URC power sections.
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
This design configuration results in both an increased torque capacity

and reduced effects from rubber swell (constant change in rubber thick-
ness due to temperature, or fluid exposure, over a thinner cross-section).
Stator
Elastomer
SPECIFICATIONS
Rotor
Stator
Tube
APPENDICES
Figure 7. URC power section cross-section profile

3.5 TOP SUB AND ROTOR CATCH MECHANISM
INTRODUCTION
Weatherford drilling motors come with a rotor catch assembly as stan-
dard equipment. The rotor catch is a safety device that allows the motor
to be pulled out of hole in the event of a connection failure. The catch
mandrel, which is connected to the rotor, will catch on the inside of the
top-most sub of the drilling motor, ensuring that when pulling out of the
hole the rest of the drilling motor will come with it. When engaged for
CONFIGURATIONS
retrieval, care must be used to prevent over stressing the catch mandrel.
& SELECTION
Top sub rotor catch assemblies have options available for an integrated
MOTOR
float or ported rotor catch mandrel for rotor bypass. Weatherford top
subs come equipped with a float recess at the API connection. Refer to
Appendix 5 - Rotor Catch and Float Valve Information.
Rotor catch operation can be found in Section 4.11. Refer to Section 6.5
for rotor catch nozzle selection.
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
3.6 BHA (BOTTOM HOLE ASSEMBLY) ADD-ONS
Weatherford has a variety of drilling tools available that can be run in
conjunction with the motor:
String Float Sub
OPERATION
String float subs are designed to be run above the motor and contain
a float valve. The float valve prevents drilling fluid from back flowing
and keeps cuttings out of the motor and drill pipe. This helps prevent
damage to the stator and keeps the bit from plugging up. It is also used
under the following conditions: a) drilling unconsolidated formations;
b) underbalanced drilling; c) milling steel; d) sour H2S wells; e) added
OPERATIONAL
blowout protection, etc.

MOTOR
LIMITS
String Stabilizers
String stabilizers can be used with Weatherford drilling motors to help
change the build rate characteristics of that motor, or help stabilize the
SMART TOOLBOX
BHA. These come in a large variety of styles and gauge diameters to

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
meet specific drilling requirements. Estimated build rates using both a

bearing housing stabilizer and a string stabilizer can be found on each
bearing section spec sheet. Please contact a Weatherford technical
services representative for more details on available string stabilizers.
Kick Pads
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Eccentric kick pads can be used on Weatherford drilling motors.

Typically, this kick pad is adjusted to match the low side of the motor to
increase build rate capabilities. They can be installed in the field. The
design is dependent on the type of bearing housing being used. A kick
pad allows for lower adjustable settings for a given build rate, reduces
radial stresses applied to the bearing assembly, and permits safer
SPECIFICATIONS
rotation of the motor.
Alignment Subs
Alignment subs are tools used in applications requiring the low side
bend on the drilling motor to be aligned with another drilling tool further
up on the BHA. Please contact a Weatherford technical services repre-
APPENDICES
sentative for more details.
25

Adjustable Gauge Stabilizers
INTRODUCTION
A Weatherford StableLine™ Adjustable Gauge Stabilizer can be used

above the motor to make changes to the build rate and rotary build rate
characteristics of the BHA while drilling. It is a hydraulically activated
tool with stabilizer blades that can be extended or retracted radially
from its body gauged for the wellbore. Mode selection, open or closed,
is remotely adjusted from surface by engaging and disengaging flow.
CONFIGURATIONS
Please contact a Weatherford technical services representative for

& SELECTION
more details.
MOTOR
HyperLine™ 250 SRS

The HyperLine™ 250 Smoothpath Rotating Stabilizer (SRS) provides
best-in-class hole quality for motor drilling operations. It consists of a
carefully design stabilizer integrated to the bit box of the motor, which
COMPONENTS
controls the dynamic loads on the bottom of the downhole motor, deliv-
MOTOR
ering optimal mechanical efficiency at the bit.

OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES

Section 4.0
OPERATION

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
4.0 OPERATION
To get the best performance and optimum life on Weatherford mud lubri-
COMPONENTS
cated drilling motors, the following procedures and guidelines should be

MOTOR
used during operation. Slight variations may be required with changes

in drilling conditions and drilling equipment.
4.1 ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE AND SURFACE CHECK

Although all Weatherford mud lubricated drilling motors are shipped
from the shop thoroughly inspected and tested, some initial checks
OPERATION
should be completed prior to running in hole. These surface checks

should only be used with mud drilling systems.
Note: To avoid potential bit, motor, and blow-out preventer damage,
these preliminary checks should be completed without a bit attached. A
thread protector should be installed in the bit box whenever moving the
OPERATIONAL
motor, and must be removed before flow testing.

MOTOR
LIMITS
1. The correct lift sub must always be used for lifting the tool into position
for make-up. Also, be sure the connection between the lift sub and the
drilling motor is tight (depending on customer’s requirements, it might
need to be torqued up). Pick up the Weatherford drilling motor with the
elevators and set it into the slips of the rotary table. Install the dog collar
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
/ safety clamps.
Note: The lift sub supplied with the drilling motor should only be used
for lifting the drilling motor. The capacity of the lift sub is restricted to
the weight of the drilling motor and should not be used for any other
purpose.
Note: Only apply rig tongs on the identified areas of the drilling motor.
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
All connections of the drilling motor are torqued in Weatherford’s service

shop. Further make-up on the rig floor is not necessary and if attempted
may cause damage (except for changing bend housing setting).
2. Remove the lift sub and connect the Kelly/Top Drive to the drilling
motor. Remove the dog collar / safety clamp and lift the drilling motor out
SPECIFICATIONS
of the slips. Remove the thread protector from the bit box and inspect
the threads for damage.
3. Lower the drilling motor until the bit box is below the rotary table.
Position it so the bit box is still visible.
Motor No-Load Pressure Differential

APPENDICES
4. Slowly start the pumps. Increase the flow rate until the bit box starts
turning. Record the flow rate and pressure. The pressure recorded at
this moment is the motor no-load pressure differential.
5. Continue gradually raising the flow rate until you reach the minimum
specified flow rate for that particular motor. Record the flow rate and
corresponding pressure. Compare to theoretical values for reference.

For more details, see Sections 6.6 and 8.1 on Drilling Motor Total
Pressure Drop.
INTRODUCTION
Caution: Extended operation at lower than minimum flow rates, with
or without a bit, should be avoided to minimize bearing pack heating
and wear.
6. Listen to the bearing section of the drilling motor for excessive bearing
noise, especially if the motor has been used previously without being
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
serviced.
MOTOR
7. Ensure that a portion of drilling fluid is coming out of the motor directly
above the bit box. Five to ten percent of the total flow circulating through
this point is acceptable.
8. Once flow has been turned off, the thrust bearing clearance can be
checked. First, with the drilling motor hanging with no weight on bit
COMPONENTS
(WOB) measure between the bottom-most face of the drilling motor
MOTOR
housings and the top edge of the collar on the bit box. Record this mea-
surement as D1. Similarly, take the same measurement with the weight
of the motor applied on the bit and record this value as D2. Subtract D2
from D1 to calculate the amount of axial clearance in the drilling motor.
It must not exceed the values in the following table:
OPERATION
HyperLine™ Maximum Allowable Axial Wear
Bearing Section Size (Bit Box Axial Movement)
3-3/4 in. 0.110 in. (2.80 mm)
4-1/8 in. 0.128 in. (3.25 mm)
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
4-3/4 in. 0.157 in. (4 mm)

6-1/4 in. 0.177 in. (4.5 mm)
6-3/4 in. 0.197 in. (5 mm)
8 in.
SMART TOOLBOX
0.236 in. (6 mm)

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
9-5/8 in. 0.276 in. (7 mm)

11-1/4 in. 0.315 in. (8 mm)
Table 1. Maximum allowable axial wear for Mud

Lubricated Drilling Motors
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
9. Radial play in the drilling motor can be checked by putting a wrench

on the bit box and deflecting it radially. Up to 0.040” (1 mm) diaMetrical
movement is acceptable.
10. After this surface check, the bit should be attached to the motor
SPECIFICATIONS
using a bit-breaker while holding the bit box stationary with a rotary
tong. Be sure to avoid contacting the end cap directly above the bit box
with the tong dies.
Caution: Avoid holding the bit box stationary and rotating the drilling
motor counter-clockwise, or holding the drilling motor stationary and
rotating the bit box clockwise, (directional reference looking down). This
could possibly cause the internal drilling motor connections to back off.
APPENDICES
Rotating in the opposite direction will result in drilling fluid to be pushed

out the top end and not risk disconnecting the internal connections.
11. Set the adjustable assembly to the desired bend. The instructions for
this procedure are presented next. The torque required on the adjust-
able assembly is indicated in Appendix 6.
29

4.1.1 Adjustable Assembly Operation for Larger Drilling Motors
(6-3/4”, 7”, 8”, 9-5/8”, 11-1/4”)
INTRODUCTION
STEP 1. Break tool above adjustable ring by placing rig floor

tongs at adjustable bent sub and the stator housing
adaptor. Do not use rig floor tongs on first 6” of stator
housing adaptor above adjusting ring.
CONFIGURATIONS
STEP 2. Hold tool with chain tongs at stator housing adaptor and
& SELECTION
back off adjustable bent sub with chain tongs until sta-
MOTOR
tor housing adaptor box face is 1/2” above adjustable

ring face. Do not use rig floor tongs.
STEP 3. Ensure pins in adjustable ring are engaged until box
face clears shoulder. Slide adjustable ring up until it
bottoms on the stator housing adaptor’s shoulder. Use
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
punch if necessary.
STEP 4. Hold tool at adjustable ring with chain tongs and adjust
by using chain tongs on adjustable bent sub. Increase
angle by rotating adjustable bent sub clockwise looking
down from top of tool. Decrease angle by rotating
counter-clockwise. Desired angle is achieved by align-
OPERATION
ing the same bend angle or letter from both sides.

STEP 5. Slide adjustable ring down until pins are engaged
fully with adjustable bent sub. Ensure adjustable ring
and adjustable bent sub faces are in contact before
proceeding.
OPERATIONAL
STEP 6. Dope the stator housing adaptor seal face.

MOTOR
LIMITS
STEP 7. Hold tool with chain tongs on stator housing adaptor

and turn adjustable ring to stator housing adaptor.
STEP 8. Set tool in slips. Torque connection to the value spec-
SMART TOOLBOX
ified in Appendix 6 by placing rig floor tongs at adjust-

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
able bent sub and stator housing adaptor.

STEP 9. If using adjustable kick pad, the pad must be oriented to
low side of bend. This can be done by breaking thread
protector sleeve from bearing housing. The adjustable
kick pad can then be slid down, oriented as desired
and re-engaged. The thread protector sleeve is then
APPLICATIONS
torqued to the value as specified in Appendix 6.

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES

Adjustment
INTRODUCTION
Stator
Housing
Adaptor
0.5”
Adjustable Max.
CONFIGURATIONS
Ring
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Adjustable
Bent Sub
Downhole
COMPONENTS
Step 1, 2
MOTOR
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Step 3 Step 4
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Example:
1.50 lines up with 1.50
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Step 5, 6 Step 7, 8
Figure 8. Adjustable assembly setting for larger motors

APPENDICES
31

4.1.2 Adjustable Assembly Operation for Smaller Drilling Motors
(3-3/4”, 4-1/8”, 4-3/4”, 5” and 6-1/4”)
INTRODUCTION
STEP 1. Break tool below adjustable ring by placing rig floor

tongs at adjustable bent sub and the bearing housing.
Do not use rig floor tongs on first 6” of bearing housing
below adjusting ring.
CONFIGURATIONS
STEP 2. Hold tool with chain tongs at adjustable bent sub and
& SELECTION
back off bearing housing with chain tongs until bearing

MOTOR
housing box face is 1/2” below adjustable ring face. Do

not use rig floor tongs.
STEP 3. Ensure pins in adjustable ring are engaged until box
face clears shoulder. Slide adjustable ring down until
it bottoms on bearing housing’s shoulder. Use punch
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
if necessary.
STEP 4. Hold tool at adjustable bent sub with chain tongs
and adjust by using chain tongs on adjustable ring.
Increase angle by rotating adjustable ring clockwise
looking down from top of tool. Decrease angle by rotat-
ing counter-clockwise. Desired angle is achieved by
OPERATION
aligning the same bend angle or letter from both sides.

STEP 5. Slide adjustable ring up until pins are engaged fully with
adjustable bent sub. Ensure adjustable ring face and
adjustable bent sub are in contact before proceeding.
STEP 6. Dope bearing housing seal face.
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
STEP 7. Hold tool with chain tongs on adjustable ring and turn
bearing housing to adjustable ring.
STEP 8. Set tool in slips. Torque connection to the value spec-
ified in Appendix 6 by placing rig floor tongs at adjust-
SMART TOOLBOX
able bent sub and bearing housing.

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
STEP 9. If using adjustable kick pad, the pad must be oriented to

low side of bend. This can be done by breaking thread
protector sleeve from bearing housing. The adjustable
kick pad can then be slid down, oriented as desired
and re-engaged. The thread protector sleeve is then
torqued to the value as specified in Appendix 6.
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES

Components Adjustment
INTRODUCTION
Adjustable
Bent Sub
Adjustable
CONFIGURATIONS
Ring
& SELECTION
0.5”
MOTOR
Max.
Bearing
Housing
Downhole
COMPONENTS
Step 1, 2
MOTOR
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Step 3 Step 4
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Example:
1.50 lines up with 1.50
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Step 5, 6 Step 7, 8
APPENDICES
Figure 9. Adjustable assembly setting for smaller motors
33

12. If the drilling motor has been used previously, an overall inspection
should be completed. General visual inspection of the entire drilling
INTRODUCTION
motor should be carried out to check for missing plugs, housing dam-
age, or loose connections. Ensure that a “Laydown Requirements
Review” (provided with the motor documentation from the shop) is
completed and all limitations have been taken into account. If limitations
have been exceeded as described on the form, the drilling motor should
not be re-run.
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
4.2 TRIPPING IN THE HOLE

When tripping in, the following considerations should be taken into
account:
• Control travel speed while tripping into the hole.
COMPONENTS
• The drillstring should be tripped with the blocks unlocked.

MOTOR
• Special care must be taken when passing the casing shoe, liner
hanger, bridges, and when nearing bottom.
• Tight spots should be reamed through rotating the drillstring within
Weatherford specifications and closely monitoring SPP pressure
and TD torque. Special care should be taken to avoid BHA hang-
OPERATION
ing and motor stalling.

• When tripping to extreme depths or when hole temperatures are
high, periodic stops are recommended to break for circulation.
This prevents bit plugging and aids in cooling the drilling motor,
OPERATIONAL
preventing high temperature damage.

MOTOR
LIMITS
• If a PDC or diamond bit is being used, do not circulate through the

drilling motor with no WOB for extended periods of time. Vibration
from the motor may damage the bit cutters.
• Stop and break circulation before putting drilling motor on-bottom.
SMART TOOLBOX
Failure to do so could plug jets and/or damage the drilling motor.

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
4.3 DRILLING
When the assembly has been tripped to the bottom of the hole,
HyperLine™ drilling motors should be operated in the following manner:
1. With the bit 60 - 90 ft (18.3 m to 27.4 m) off bottom start the pumps
APPLICATIONS
and slowly increase the operating flow rate and record the flow rate and
SPECIAL
pressure.
2. After a short cleaning interval, lower the bit carefully to bottom follow-
ing bit manufacturers bed-in procedures. Note that torque can be affect-
ed by excessive uncirculated cuttings. If excessive torque is identified,
SPECIFICATIONS
rotate the drillstring 40 to 60 rpm (depending on the bend adjustable

setting). If rotation is not allowed, increase flow rate to maximum, as per
motor specification, while running bit to bottom.
3. Orient the drillstring as desired and slowly apply WOB. Pump pres-
sure will rise as the WOB is increased. Note the change in system
pressure between the off-bottom and on-bottom values. This will be the
differential pressure. Try to drill with steady pump pressure by keeping a
APPENDICES
steady flow rate and constant weight on bit. Differential pressure should
be kept within the recommended ranges presented in this Handbook.

Operating Guidelines
INTRODUCTION
Monitoring of pump pressure in combination with WOB and TD torque
allows the operator to determine drilling performance. Listed below are
the most common performance trends:
• Adding WOB will cause both the differential pressure and torque to
increase.
CONFIGURATIONS
• Reducing WOB will cause both the differential pressure and the
& SELECTION
MOTOR
torque to decrease.
• Applying excessive WOB may cause damage to the thrust bear-
ings and/or power section.
• Applying excessive tension while stuck may cause damage to the
thrust bearings.
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
• Optimum differential pressure can be determined by balancing
motor performance, penetration rate, and drilling requirements.
• Maintaining a constant WOB and differential pressure will improve
directional control and wellbore quality.
• Do not exceed the differential pressure recommendations as listed
OPERATION
in the specifications, and ensure these limits are de-rated for
temperature, drilling fluids and drilling conditions. Failure to do so
could result in premature wear and/or damage to the drilling motor
stator. Reference Section 5.5 Temperature for further information.
OPERATIONAL
Many factors influence drilling performance such as temperature, bend

MOTOR
setting, bit type, formation, and well profile. It may be necessary to lower
LIMITS
performance expectations to accommodate the drilling conditions.
Back-Off Prevention
Historically, drilling motor connection back-offs occur when little or no
SMART TOOLBOX
WOB is being applied. At these times the vibrations created by the

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
drilling motor are at their highest amplitudes, which increased risk of

connection back-off. This may occur when:
• Reaming.
• Sidetracking.
APPLICATIONS
• Circulating.
SPECIAL
• Drilling underbalanced with compressible fluids.

• Drilling with a rotor bypass.
When operating a drilling motor with little or no WOB being applied, the
operator must reduce the flow rate as much as possible. In addition to
SPECIFICATIONS
the applications mentioned above, when WOB is about to be removed

the flow rate should be reduced prior to picking up. This will reduce
vibration of the BHA. Once significant WOB has been applied the
flow rate can again be increased to the maximum allowable flow rate.
Applying this procedure as consistently as possible will reduce risk of
connection back-offs.
APPENDICES
35

4.4 REACTIVE TORQUE
INTRODUCTION
A Weatherford drilling motor turns the bit with a right-hand (clockwise)

rotation. As WOB is increased, reactive torque is developed in a left-
hand (counter-clockwise) direction on the drilling motor housings.
Reactive torque is transferred to the BHA and may cause the connec-
tions above the power section to tighten or connections below to loosen.
Reactive torque increases with larger WOB and reaches a maximum
CONFIGURATIONS
when the motor stalls. Reactive torque affects directional control and
& SELECTION
must be taken into account when orienting the drilling motor from the
MOTOR
surface in the desired direction.
4.5 DRILLING MOTOR ROTATION

Rotary drilling with a bent motor places BHA components under signifi-
cant cyclic loads. As a result of wellbore constraint, the action of rotating
COMPONENTS
the drilling motor increases loading on BHA components. This is even

MOTOR
more predominant at higher motor bend settings and in higher wellbore

doglegs. Rotary drilling under the wrong conditions may:
• Accelerate wear between the rotor and stator.
• Cause belling on housing connections.
OPERATION
• Overload radial bearings causing excessive wear.

• Cause heat checking in areas where the outer surface contacts
the wellbore.
• Induce excessive lateral movement in overgauge holes leading to
vibration.
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
• Increase fatigue on motor components due to cyclic loading,

LIMITS
leading to component cracking or fracture (twist off).

To help prevent rotating in adverse conditions, Weatherford has pro-
vided maximum surface rotational speed and dogleg limits for rotary
drilling, based on the adjustable setting, hole size, and stabilization.
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Complete tables are presented in Section 5.4 Surface Rotational Speed

(RPM). Rotating the drilling motor set at bends greater than 1.83°/1.73°
is not allowed since it will greatly increase the risk of fatigue cracking
and failure on the housings.
When drilling, the transition from the curve section to the tangent/
straight section results in a very high bending stress across the bend in
APPLICATIONS
the motor as it rotates to a position 180° opposite to that of the curvature

SPECIAL
of the wellbore. When making this transition from sliding (curve section)
to rotary drilling (tangent/straight section), reduce the drillstring rotary
speed as much as the operation will allow. This will extend the overall
life of the drilling motor with most of the benefits going to extending the
life of the stator thread connections.
SPECIFICATIONS
• A minimum distance of 4 times the Bit-to-bend (BTB) length is

required for the SBTB and MBTB drilling motors.
• A minimum distance of 3 times the Bit-to-bend (BTB) length is
required for the LBTB drilling motors.
Under normal drilling conditions, “slick” bearing assemblies are typ-
APPENDICES
ically prone to high lateral vibration and shock resulting in extensive

connection and housing damage. If LWD/MWD sensors are available,
monitoring these parameters will allow corrective action to be taken.
This is even more critical when drilling hard formations.

Adding a string stabilizer above the drilling motor will reduce the
vibration/shock in the tool, but doing so will also increase the level of
INTRODUCTION
alternating stress in the stator connections. It is critical to take this into
consideration when drilling the transition from the curve section to the
tangent/straight section in a wellbore.
When drilling in hard formation environments where motor connections
and components are known to be prone to cracking and fatigue, reduce
CONFIGURATIONS
the drillstring rotary limit as much as possible. This will prolong the life
& SELECTION
of the motor and reduce the risk of an incident.
MOTOR
Weatherford directional drillers are responsible for operating the drilling
motors within the recommended RPM limits. Any deviation from these
parameters will be considered “out of spec”.
Cyclic Loading
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
When a motor is rotating down hole, each revolution (360° rotation) is
considered one cycle. At each point during the revolution, the motor
components undergo varying degrees of loading and stress in relation to
the wellbore constraint. The higher the motor bend setting and wellbore
dogleg, the greater the fluctuation in loading and stress. The action of
cyclic loading causes fatigue.
OPERATION
Fatigue is defined as the fracture of a component under cyclic loading, at
a stress below the normal breaking strength. Fatigue will increase with
a higher dogleg, motor bend setting, and/or rotation speed. Chemical
corrosion, such as crevice corrosion or stress corrosion cracking (SCC),
will act to greatly accelerate fatigue damage. Contact a Weatherford
representative if high levels of corrosion agents are expected. For more
OPERATIONAL
information, refer to Section 5.6. Cracking in components is initiated by

MOTOR
LIMITS
fatigue and will eventually lead to fracture or twist off. Risk of fatigue
failure can be minimized by operating within the limits provided in this
handbook.
4.6 DRILLING MOTOR STALL

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Stalling occurs when the power section is overloaded, stops rotating,

and is incapable of providing enough torque to turn the bit. This may be
caused by one, or by a combination, of the following:
• Excessive WOB.
• Excessive bend setting or dogleg severity.
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
• Excessive string RPM.

• Inadequate hole cleaning or hole sloughing.
• Sudden change in formation.
• Bit wear or damage.
SPECIFICATIONS
• Stick-slip.
Stalling can be indicated by a sudden sharp increase in the standpipe
pressure. This pressure increase is developed because the rotor is no
longer able to rotate inside the stator, forming a long seal between the
two. Figure 10 shows the risk of stalling based on the level of differential
pressure.
APPENDICES
37

INTRODUCTION
Wear & Stalling
re
otor
su
of M
res
sk
Ri Pressure
gP
ed Operating Outside
tin
CONFIGURATIONS
Pressure
ea
era
& SELECTION
Operating
Incr
Op
Range
MOTOR
Specification
um
No-L sure
Pres
oad P xim
ressu Stall
Ma
re
Zero Pressure
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
Figure 10. Risk of stall with increased differential

pressure
Drilling Parameters
If circulation is continued when stalled, the drilling fluid is forced through
OPERATION
the power section by deflecting the stator rubber. Drilling fluid continues
to circulate but the bit will not turn. Operating in this state will damage
the stator elastomer in a very short period of time resulting in extensive
damage and possible failure of the drilling motor. It is very important to
avoid this operating condition.
OPERATIONAL
When stalling occurs, the following corrective action must be taken

MOTOR
LIMITS
immediately:
1. Stop the rotary.
2. Reduce the pump rate immediately.
3. Release any build-up of surface torque.
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
4. Pick up off bottom with TD/Kelly bushing locked (otherwise

trapped torque will cause the drillstring to rotate counter-clockwise
or release excessive torque prior to pick up off bottom). If stalling
becomes frequent the drilling parameters must be adjusted ac-
cordingly. Failure to do so will result in the stator eroding until the
APPLICATIONS
drilling motor is inoperable.

SPECIAL
Caution: When a stall is detected do not pick the bit off bottom first. The
trapped energy / torque in the drillstring will instantly be released which
may cause connections to back off and/or cause damage to downhole
components.
SPECIFICATIONS
Micro Stalling
Micro stalling is another form of stalling in which the bit locks up and
the power section of the drilling motor is incapable of providing enough
torque to turn the bit. The drilling motor is more susceptible to micro
stalling when drilling under high loads and/or rotating in high doglegs.
Characteristics of micro stalling are:
APPENDICES
• Short duration event.

• Typically corrects itself without any outside influence.

• Very difficult to detect from surface.
INTRODUCTION
• Occurs under higher loading or drillstring rotary applications,
although, it is also very often related to sudden formation change
(different formation strength).
• Has the same negative results as regular stalling.
• May occur as the result of stick-slip.
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
• Usually occurs in small diameter motors.
MOTOR
The operator must be aware of conditions leading to micro stalling.
When micro stalling is suspected, the operator should reduce drilling
parameters such as flow rate, WOB, and differential pressure; and/or
increase lubricant percentage if drilling with water-based mud (reduces
stick-slip).
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
4.7 REAMING AND BACKREAMING
When reaming is required, all limits set in the rotary speed tables pre-
sented in Section 5.4 of this Handbook will remain the same, although
as a rule of thumb, rotary speed must be reduced as much as the oper-
ation will allow. Use 100 rpm or less as a practical guideline (maximum
OPERATION
surface speed). Special attention and action needs to be taken if hole
problems occur during the reaming process (hole pack off, high torque,
etc.).
All backreaming operations are considered to be high risk, and can
result in premature motor damage and failure. Backreaming exposes
the motor to very high tensile and torsional stresses that can lead to
OPERATIONAL
catastrophic problems (fish, lost-in-hole, sidetrack operations, etc.). If

MOTOR
LIMITS
backreaming is necessary, the maximum recommended drillstring rota-

tion for this operation is 40 rpm. If harsh backreaming takes place, it is
possible for the orientation of the adjustable housing to change, causing
questionable motor output and direction.
SMART TOOLBOX
Weight and Torque indicators should be kept as low as possible to

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
ensure smooth operation of the motor while backreaming and reaming.

Failing to do so will place too much tension on the motor and reduce the
shoulder compression of the connections, making them susceptible to
backing off or fatigue failure.
Additionally, flow rates should be maintained above the specified mini-
mum ratings to ensure bit and bearing cooling / cleaning. Recommended
APPLICATIONS
flow rate equals minimum flow rate (as per power section specifications)
SPECIAL
plus 10%.
4.8 HIGH TEMPERATURE WELLS (HT)

Any well in which the downhole temperature equals or exceeds 250°F
SPECIFICATIONS
(121°C) is considered a high temperature well. HT wells require special

attention to determine operating parameters best suited for optimum
performance. Extra precautions must be taken while drilling and operat-
ing in these environments.
• Prior to drilling, any effects of the drilling fluid to be used on elas-
tomers must be known so operating parameters and tool selection
APPENDICES
can be adjusted accordingly.

• Downhole operating hours for drilling motor and tools must be
adjusted accordingly for temperature.
• When running in hole, periodic stops must be made to circulate
drilling fluid and cool down the motor before continuing.
39

• Operating differential pressure should be set as low as possible
while still achieving acceptable ROP and performance. Differential
INTRODUCTION
pressure de-rating described in Section 5.5 is applicable after

150°F (66°C).
The following procedure is a guideline for operation in HT wells (down-
hole temperature > 250°F or 121°C). Prior to drilling, all motors and
drilling tools must configured accordingly. Customized procedures and
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
operating parameters should be made for each well specific to the

MOTOR
downhole conditions, drilling equipment, and drilling fluids to be used.

1. Follow standard shallow test and staging procedures to properly
condition and test downhole motor and drilling tools, monitor
borehole temperature, and prevent any sudden surge of pressure
due to pipe fill.
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
2. Upon observing temperatures of 250°F (121°C) stop and circu-

late for 30 minutes or as long as needed to reduce the observed
temperature by 10 - 20%. The temperature should be lowered as
much as possible.
3. At 280°F (140°C) or higher, the same circulation procedure must
OPERATION
take place as described in the above step every 1000 ft (300 m),
approximately 10 stands, until reaching bottom.
4. If reaching a circulating temperature of 340°F (170°C) and there
exists a need to stop circulating for any extended period of time
(sit static), the tools must be tripped up hole to either the casing
OPERATIONAL
shoe or to the depth at which the static temperature is less than

MOTOR
LIMITS
250°F (121°C). This is to minimize the exposure time of the tools

to temperatures greater than 350°F (175°C) and to prevent any
inherent issues associated with this temperature.
5. When initially drilling, keep the operating differential pressure
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
of the motor to a minimum (i.e. 75 psi / 500 kPa) for 30 to 60

minutes.
6. After maintaining low differential pressure for 30 to 60 minutes,
slowly increasing until scaled operating differential pressure is
achieved. Maintain that or less for drilling. Refer to Section 5.5 on
APPLICATIONS
Differential Pressure adjustment.

SPECIAL
7. While drilling, the temperature should be lowered as much as

possible, and should never exceed the temperature rating of the
elastomer (See Section 5.5). Cooling techniques include: rotation-
al speed reduction, circulation after preset time/depth intervals,
SPECIFICATIONS
mud coolers, etc.

8. If a motor is run in temperatures greater than 250°F (121°C) it
must be laid down when tripped to surface and returned to base
for service and reline. Do not re-run.
APPENDICES

4.9 ROTOR BYPASS APPLICATIONS
INTRODUCTION
Weatherford mud lubricated drilling motors have the ability to facilitate
a modest increase in fluid flow rate while maintaining the specified per-
formance. This is done by using a nozzle on the top end of the rotor or
rotor catch mandrel. The rotor has a bore through the center, in which
partial fluid flow can pass. This enables a portion of the fluid flow to pass
between the rotor and stator at the desired capacity, and all additional
CONFIGURATIONS
fluid flow to pass through the rotor. Applications when a rotor bypass
& SELECTION
may be desired are:
MOTOR
• When requiring a motor operating flow rate greater than the flow
rate indicated on the motor spec for a desired performance output.
• Where there are concerns about drilling conditions causing the
motor to stall. Fluid will be diverted away from the rotor stator
COMPONENTS
passage reducing wear or damage.
MOTOR
When off bottom, as the fluid flow rate is increased all fluid will pass
through the rotor. The friction between the rotor and stator will prevent
rotation. Eventually the pressure drop across the rotor nozzle will be
greater than the pressure drop required to overcome the frictional losses
between the rotor and stator, and the drilling motor starts to rotate.
OPERATION
The amount of flow diverted through the rotor is governed by the nozzle
size. If the correct nozzle has been selected, once the full flow rate is
achieved and the required pressure differential is achieved, the drilling
motor should have a portion of the flow approximately equal to the
desired capacity passing between the rotor and the stator. The remain-
ing portion of the flow will pass through the rotor.
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
• During all operations the pressure drop across the rotor and stator
will be equal to the pressure drop across the rotor nozzle.
• If the pressure drop across the rotor and stator is high, the flow
rate through the rotor bypass nozzle is high. If the pressure drop
SMART TOOLBOX
across the rotor and stator is low, the flow rate through the rotor
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
bypass nozzle is low.

• A rotor bypass does not alter the relationship between differential
pressure and torque as shown on the motor specs.
• Fluid volume passing through the rotor bypass varies with the
APPLICATIONS
differential pressure across the power section.

SPECIAL
• As differential pressure increases, the rotational speed (rpm) of

the motor reduces more rapidly with a rotor bypass than indicated
on the specification sheets.
• Operating beyond the maximum flow rate can result in accelerated
SPECIFICATIONS
wear to other drilling motor components.
Stalling
• The differential pressure at which the motor stalls reduces with a
rotor bypass.
• It is more difficult to identify stalling by the stand pipe pressure
APPENDICES
in the motor when using a rotor bypass. This is due to the rotor
nozzle allowing the fluid flow to bypass decreasing any pressure
spike. Even with less fluid passing between the rotor and stator,
detrimental effects of stalling remain. Stalling can be identified by
an increase in differential pressure and reduction in ROP.
41

• When a stall is identified, prior to pulling off bottom, the flow rate
should be reduced to avoid over spinning.
INTRODUCTION
Flow Rate Limitations

• When using a rotor bypass, the flow rate between the rotor and
stator should not be less than 2/3 of the maximum allowable flow
rate as indicated on the power section spec.
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
• Only a limited amount of excess flow can be accommodated by

MOTOR
using a rotor bypass nozzle. The maximum recommended flow

rate to be bypassed through the rotor is 10% of the maximum
allowable flow rate as indicated on the power section spec.
Nozzle Selection
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
See Section 6.5 on Motor Rotor Bypass Calculator for details on nozzle
sizing for specific rotor bypass applications.
4.10 VIBRATION
Vibration is a direct result of actions happening downhole while drilling.
Bit-to-formation and BHA-to-wellbore contacts transfer energy to the
OPERATION
motor, BHA, and the rest of the drillstring. Eliminating all amounts of
vibration is not possible. Vibration while drilling is naturally expected.
However, it is possible to take actions to reduce the amount of vibra-
tion occurring while drilling. Minimizing vibration will improve drilling
efficiency and increase the life of drilling components. See Section 5.9
for vibration limits.
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
The operator can control the level of vibration that the motor is subject to
downhole. Severe downhole vibration can cause damage to the motor,
BHA, drillstring, and even surface components. Some damaging results
of vibration include: a) connection back-off, b) premature bit wear and
chipped cutters, d) cracking and twist-offs, e) motor and MWD/LWD
SMART TOOLBOX
failures, f) over-torqued connections, g) uneven stabilizer wear, h) direc-

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
tional control issues, i) top drive or rotary stalling, j) excessive wear or

drillstring washout, among others.
There are three motions of vibration that affect the motor and downhole
components: axial, lateral, and rotational. Each type can occur individ-
ually or simultaneously. Often, there will be several different symptoms
detected due to more than one type of downhole vibration. Extra caution
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
must be taken while mitigating vibration. In several instances, while mit-

igating one type of vibration, another is created. Creating a non-severe
medium between two different types of vibration can be difficult at times,
but with close monitoring and small changes in drilling parameters, it can
be accomplished.
SPECIFICATIONS
Some drilling environments are directly related to the activation of some

vibration modes. Table 2. may be used as an initial guide for vibration
identification.
APPENDICES

Dynamic
Potential Cure Other Solutions
INTRODUCTION
Type
Hard formations, near vertical hole with limited
Axial Bit Bounce
axial damping due to low drag, roller cone bits.
Lateral Vibration –
Can occur in all formations.
Critical Speed
CONFIGURATIONS
Aggressive side-cutting bit, poorly matched
& SELECTION
Bit Whirl
Lateral cutting structure for formation.
MOTOR
Primarily due to understabilized BHA, High
BHA Whirl side-cutting or low lateral stability bits, soft
formations with wash out.
Aggressive PDC bits, no depth of cut/ torque
Full Stick-slip (FSS) control components, high friction BHA forma-
COMPONENTS
tion contact.
MOTOR
High Frequency
Hard formations, especially those containing
Rotational Torsional Oscillation
carbonates.
(HFTO)
Low Frequency
Torsional Oscillation Can occur in all formations.
OPERATION
(LFTO)
Table 2. Typical drilling environments for vibration

modes
Weatherford Drilling Services has extensive experience in optimizing

OPERATIONAL
BHA configurations and drilling procedures for mitigating the effects

MOTOR
LIMITS
of vibration. Please contact a Weatherford technical representative for

information and support.
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
43

SPECIAL MOTOR
Lateral Dynamics Axial Dynamics Torsional Dynamics
44
Lateral BHA Whirl Bit Whirl
Critical Speed Reduce RPM 10% Reduce RPM 10% Increase WOB 10% Reduce WOB 10%
Change RPM +/-10% Reduce WOB 10% Increase WOB 10% Reduce RPM 10% Increase RPM 10%
Yes (after two attempts) Does Vibration Yes (repeat twice) Yes (after two attempts) Does Vibration Yes (repeat twice) Yes (after two attempts) Does Vibration Yes (repeat twice)
Continue? Continue? Continue?
No No No
• Condition Hole • Condition Hole • Condition Hole
• Drill with original WOB and RPM at 50% • Drill with original WOB and RPM at 50% • Drill with original RPM and 50% WOB.
of original. Incrementally increase RPM to of original. Incrementally increase RPM to of original. Increase WOB to
original. If vibration levels increase with original. 80% of original.
RPM, increasing WOB may help.
Third Edition
Yes Yes Yes

Does Vibration Does Vibration Does Vibration
Continue? Continue? Continue?
No No • Condition Hole No
• Condition Hole • Condition Hole
• Drill with original RPM
• Drill with 50% of original • Drill with WOB at 120% of
and 50% WOB. Increase
parameters. Increase WOB original and RPM to 50%.
RPM to 120% of original,
to 80% of original, and then Incrementally increase
and incrementally increase
increase RPM to 80%. RPM to original.
WOB to 70% of original.
August 2015
If OOS conditions persist: If OOS conditions persist: If OOS conditions persist:
• If high shock levels occur • Consider bit change and/or • Consider BHA change, bit
Figure 11. Vibration Mitigation Flow Chart

near vertical, attempt to running shock sub change, torque mitigation
increase hole inclination if tools, switch to torque-
well plan allows based surface drive control,
• Consider BHA change, bit friction reduction tools.
change, changing flowrate • Low torque wellplan and
to reduce washout. reduction of wellbore
• Minimize back reaming tortuosity.
Continue drilling
10/1/2015 3:47:18 PM
Axial Vibration – Bit Bounce
INTRODUCTION
Axial vibration (along the BHA centerline) is caused by large WOB fluc-
tuations causing the bit to undergo impact loading. Not only are these
vibrations damaging to the bit and its cutting structures, but also to com-
ponents in the BHA. While commonly observed when drilling with roller
cone bits in hard formations, it can occur in other situations. Axial vibra-
tion can be a result of excitation of axial resonances within the BHA.
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
Detecting Bit Bounce Vibration Metrics
MOTOR
• Erratic fluctuations of the WOB / • High Axial RMS
hook load. • Peak Vibration
• Visible bouncing motion of the top
drive and kelly hose.
COMPONENTS
• Large downhole shocks.
MOTOR
• Slower rate of penetration (ROP).
• Excessive damage / wear to bit.
Preventing Bit Bounce

Mitigating Bit Bounce
(next time)
OPERATION
• Pick up off bottom / work out all • Use axial shock sub in
torque and vibration. drillstring near the bit.
• Change RPM / WOB. • Less aggressive bit
• Vary combination to find optimal
parameters.
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Table 3. Bit Bounce assessment matrix

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
Figure 12. Bit bounce.
45

Lateral Vibration – Critical Speed
INTRODUCTION
Potential for lateral vibration (perpendicular to the BHA centerline) exists

when BHA components come into contact with the wellbore. It is typi-
cally caused by excitation of a lateral BHA resonance or critical speed.
Wellbore contact results from lack of stability combined with fluctuating
WOB and torque. Lateral vibrations are commonly observed in poorly
stabilized BHA’s that result in buckling of downhole components. It is
CONFIGURATIONS
also observed in vertical wells where there is no gravity-defined low side

& SELECTION
in the hole to help keep the BHA stabilized. Shocks may occur if BHA
MOTOR
strikes borehole whilst resonating or during partial whirl.

Bit whirl and BHA whirl are subsets of lateral vibration and will be
described separately afterwards.
Detecting Lateral Vibration Vibration Metrics
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
• Erratic fluctuations in surface • Low whirl indicator

torque created by severe stick-slip • High RMS vibration
which usually accompanies high sometimes accompanied
lateral shocks by shocks as BHA impacts
• Slower ROP borehole
OPERATION
Preventing Lateral Vibration

Mitigating Lateral Vibration
(next time)
• Pick up off bottom / work out all • Run critical speed analysis
torque and vibration • Calibrate model to offset
• Change RPM / change WOB data
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
• Modify BHA (i.e. Add stabilizer) • Avoid drilling at critical speed

LIMITS
or modify BHA accordingly
Table 4. Lateral Vibration – Critical Speed

SMART TOOLBOX
assessment matrix
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
Figure 13. Lateral vibration.

Lateral Vibration – Bit Whirl
INTRODUCTION
Bit whirl is defined as the eccentric rotation of the bit about a point other
than its geoMetric center created from excessive side cutting forces act-
ing on the bit. The bit typically “walks” around the borehole in the oppo-
site direction to rotation. The immediate impact of this occurrence is the
borehole becoming overgauge and a large increase in impact loading on
the PDC cutters resulting in premature bit failure. Bit whirl is commonly
CONFIGURATIONS
seen while drilling with bits that have aggressive side cutters, push-the-
& SELECTION
bit rotary steerable systems, hard rock areas, and low angle wells.
MOTOR
Detecting Bit Whirl Vibration Metrics
• Increase in lateral / torsional • Whirl Indicator
vibrations • High Lateral RMS and Peak
COMPONENTS
• Overgauge hole Vibration
MOTOR
• Slower ROP • Potential for Large downhole
• Excessive wear / chipped cutters shocks
• Premature bit failure
Preventing Bit Whirl
Mitigating Bit Whirl
(next time)
OPERATION
• Use of anti-whirl bit • Optimum cutting structure
• Decrease RPM / increase WOB for formation
• Pick up off bottom / work out all • More passive bit gauge
torque and vibration length
• Increase to full RPM after • Use near-bit stabilizer
OPERATIONAL
on-bottom
MOTOR
LIMITS
Table 5. Lateral Vibration – Bit Whirl assessment

matrix
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Figure 14. Lateral Vibrations – Bit Whirl

APPENDICES
47

Lateral Vibration – BHA Whirl
INTRODUCTION
BHA whirl is the eccentric rotation or walk of the BHA around the well-
bore about a point other than its geoMetric center. The resulting actions
include high torsional and lateral vibrations from repetitive impact of the
BHA and wellbore. These actions can lead to several things such as
uneven stabilizer wear, tool joint damage, and downhole tool failures.
BHA whirl is commonly seen while drilling with pendulum assemblies,
CONFIGURATIONS
poorly stabilized BHA’s, overgauge holes, and in washed out areas.

& SELECTION
MOTOR
Forward whirl typically occurs in limber BHA members suspended

between stabilizers points. The rate and direction of procession is
the same as the drillstring rotation. Backward whirl requires BHA-to-
borehole contact and is prevalent at stabilizer locations, especially when
stabilizers are undergauge or hole enlargement occurs. Backward whirl
can be extremely damaging as the procession rate can be 40 to 50 times
COMPONENTS
the drillstring rotation rate.

MOTOR
Detecting BHA Whirl Vibration Metrics

• Uneven wear on stabilizer blades • Whirl Indicator
• Increase in surface torque • High Lateral RMS and Peak
• Localized wear on tool joints Vibration
OPERATION
• Increase in lateral vibrations • Potential for large downhole

shocks
Preventing BHA Whirl
Mitigating BHA Whirl
(next time)
OPERATIONAL
• Decrease RPM / increase WOB • Improve BHA stabilization

MOTOR
LIMITS
• Pick up off bottom / work out all • Improve hole quality by

torque and vibration running longer gauge bit
• Use roller reamers in place of • Increase lateral BHA
stabilizers stiffness
SMART TOOLBOX
• Non-rotating drillstring protectors

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Table 6. BHA Whirl assessment matrix

APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
Figure 15. BHA Whirl

Rotational Vibration – Full Stick-Slip (FSS)
INTRODUCTION
This torsional vibration is caused by the alternating speeding up
and slowing down of the BHA while rotating due to the bit stopping
momentarily. Full Stick-slip is characterized by distinct periods of zero
downhole rotation. When the bit instantaneously stops, the drillstring
continues turning, storing torsional strain energy until sufficient torque is
transferred down to break the stick. With sufficient torque, the bit comes
CONFIGURATIONS
loose, which then releases the drillstring torque and causes the bit to
& SELECTION
accelerate. Stabilizers in the BHA can also create this same action,
MOTOR
which is known as BHA induced stick-slip.
Once the BHA/bit accelerates, it will rotate at a rate faster than the sur-
face RPM, causing it to go into a regular sequence of accelerating and
decelerating. The bit/BHA may actually rotate in a negative RPM due to
the torque released in the opposite direction of the surface torque. FSS
COMPONENTS
can cause severe damage not only to the motor and BHA components,
MOTOR
but also to the PDC bits. Chipped cutters from reverse rotation of PDC
bits and twisting or backing off at a connection are common forms of
damage. FSS can occur while rotary drilling or reaming and is commonly
seen in transition zones and high angle wells due to BHA drag.
OPERATION
Detecting Full Stick-Slip Vibration Metrics
• Increase in difference between • Torsional Dynamics Indicator
min and max downhole RPM status
• Erratic surface torque • High Angular Acceleration
• Top drive stalling • High peak RPM
OPERATIONAL
• Increase in lateral vibrations

MOTOR
LIMITS
• Connection over-torqued
• Housing or connection fracture
• Chipped cutters / excessive bit
wear
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Preventing Full Stick-slip

Mitigating Full Stick-slip
(next time)
• Increase RPM / decrease WOB • Less aggressive bit
• Pick up off bottom / work out all • Improve hole cleaning
torque and vibration • Increase mud lubricity
APPLICATIONS
• Drill with less aggressive PDC bit • Reduce wellbore tortuosity

SPECIAL
• Anti-torque equipment • Modify BHA configuration

• Use roller reamers in place of and well plan.
stabilizers
• Non-rotating drillstring protectors
SPECIFICATIONS
Table 7. Full Stick-slip (FSS) assessment matrix
SLOW
APPENDICES
Figure 16. Full Stick-slip

(FSS)
FAST
49

Rotational Vibration – High Frequency Torsional Oscillation (HFTO)
INTRODUCTION
High Frequency Torsional Oscillation occurs when the natural frequency

of the BHA is excited. This frequency of oscillation can range from 20Hz
to 300Hz, and is prevalent when drilling carbonate formations. HFTO
can result in extensive and premature failure of downhole drilling tools
and PDC drill bits. This is the most damaging form of rotational dynam-
ics and cannot typically be recognized by standard stick-slip Metrics.
CONFIGURATIONS
Our latest vibration sensors are equipped with a dedicated HFTO indi-
& SELECTION
cator available in real-time at surface. HFTO can occur at the same time
MOTOR
as FSS and Low Frequency Torsional Oscillation (LFTO).

Detecting HFTO Vibration Metrics
• No visible signs at surface • HFTO indicator
COMPONENTS
• High peak tangential and

MOTOR
angular accelerations
• May occur with any other
form of rotational vibration
Preventing HFTO
Mitigating HFTO
(next time)
OPERATION
• Reduce WOB • Less aggressive bit cutting

• Relatively insensitive to RPM structure
• Use Revolution™ RSS
• Use anti-torque equipment
OPERATIONAL
Table 8. High Frequency Torsional Oscillation

MOTOR
LIMITS
(HFTO) assessment matrix

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
Figure 17. High Frequency Torsional Oscillation

(HFTO)

Rotational Vibration – Low Frequency Torsional Oscillation (LFTO)
INTRODUCTION
Low Frequency Torsional Oscillation occurs when the torsional natural
frequency of the drillstring is excited. The frequency of oscillation is typ-
ically <0.5Hz but can be higher especially with push-pipe BHAs. In a lot
of cases, the peak RPM can be up to 2 times the average surface RPM.
This form of rotation dynamic is very common although is the least dam-
aging mode of rotation vibration. This vibration mode may occur when
CONFIGURATIONS
rotating off bottom. It is difficult to mitigate with surface parameters.
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Detecting LFTO Vibration Metrics
• Periodic oscillations in surface • Torsional Dynamics Indicator
torque. status.
• Peak RPM 2 times average
COMPONENTS
surface RPM.
MOTOR
Preventing LFTO
Mitigating LFTO
(next time)
• Surface parameters have little • Increase torsional drillpipe
OPERATION
effect stiffness
• Switch top drive gear • Switch top drive gear
• Activate torque-based surface • Use torque-based surface
drive control drive control OPERATIONAL
Table 9. Low Frequency Torsional Oscillation (LFTO)

MOTOR
LIMITS
assessment matrix
4.11 OVERPULLING AND JARRING

When overpulling adhere to the maximum load capacities as indicated
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
in the drilling motor spec sheets. Reference Load Capacities in Section

8.1 for more information.
• On motors set with a bend, excessive overpull loads may induce
high bending stress levels in the housings and connections, espe-
cially in doglegs.
APPLICATIONS
• Attempt to orient the motor bend in the same direction as the well
SPECIAL
curvature before applying any overpull loads.

• Jarring can induce high tensile and compressive shock loads on
drilling motor components.
Jar placement software should be utilized to determine the most
SPECIFICATIONS
effective position for every application. Consult with your Weatherford

Technical Services representative for available options.
APPENDICES
51

4.12 ROTOR CATCH OPERATIONS
INTRODUCTION
Weatherford drilling motors come with a rotor catch mechanism. In the

event of a housing connection failure down hole, this safety device will
prevent the bottom part of the drilling motor from being left in the hole.
Figure 18 shows the geometry and function of the rotor catch mecha-
nism. The rotor catch mandrel is connected to the drilling motor rotor.
When engaged, the rotor catch mandrel will hang on the inner shoulder
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
of the motor top sub. As the bottom hole assembly is pulled out of hole
MOTOR
it will bring the rest of the drilling motor out with it.

COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS

Normal Positioning & Twist-off / Back-off

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Twist-off / Back-off Off Bottom Positioning

On Bottom Positioning
Figure 18. Drilling Motor Rotor Catch Mechanism

APPLICATIONS
Rotor Catch Functioning

SPECIAL
The operator should be able to quickly identify connection twist-off or

back-off. The identifying features are:
• Pressure loss when the bit is on bottom (due to loss of flow
through the housing).
SPECIFICATIONS
• When the motor is off bottom, the standpipe pressure will increase.
• With WOB reapplied the pressure increase disappears.
The rotor catch mandrel will bottom on the inside shoulder of the motor
top sub. In this condition, circulation is not possible and will result in a
significant standpipe pressure increase. The rotor catch design is used
APPENDICES
to prevent a portion of the motor from separating in the event of a hous-

ing connection failure.

If the housing back-off or twist-off has not been recognized, there is a

risk that the motor components will become damaged due to rotary con-
INTRODUCTION
tact and washing. If drilling continues in this state, there is a possibility
of the rotor catch mandrel backing off from the rotor. Prompt assessment
of rotor catch engagement will provide the operator the best opportunity
of retrieving the motor.
Tripping with Rotor Catch
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Caution: Care must be taken when pulling a motor out of hole with an
engaged rotor catch mandrel.
• The BHA should not be rotated if possible.
• If rotating is required it should be kept to a minimum to reduce
excessive load on the rotor catch.
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
• Circulating should also be kept to a minimum as significant wash-
ing can occur.
• Tripping should be done cautiously, especially through tight spots
such as liner hangers, casing, casing shoes, etc..
• There is a risk of damaging the rotor catch mechanism if the
OPERATION
drilling motor becomes stuck during tripping out.
4.13 TRIPPING OUT OF THE HOLE

When drilling with conventional mud, prior to tripping out, it is rec-
ommended that the fluid be circulated for at least one bottoms-up to
OPERATIONAL
ensure that the wellbore is thoroughly cleaned. Special attention should

MOTOR
LIMITS
be paid to hole cleaning since this is one of the most common reasons
for packing off.
Tripping out procedures for a Weatherford drilling motor are similar to
those for tripping in. Care is required when pulling the drilling motor
through tight spots such as liner hangers, casing, and casing shoes to
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
minimize possible damage to both the drilling motor and the wellhead
components.
Rotation at low rates is permissible to assist with the removal of the drill-
string. If it becomes necessary to pull on the drillstring, refer to Section
8.1 for the corresponding Bearing Section specifications and maximum
overpull values.
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
4.14 SURFACE CHECK BEFORE LAYDOWN AND FLUSHING

Once the drilling motor is at surface, rotate the bit box in a clock-
wise direction (looking downhole) to drain the drilling motor. This is
recommended before laying down a Weatherford drilling motor since
aggressive drilling fluids can deteriorate the elastomer stator and seals.
SPECIFICATIONS
If possible, clean water / base oil should be put in through the top of the
drilling motor while the bit box is rotated. This cleans the power section
and should minimize the effects of the drilling fluid on the motor when
being shipped or stored. Also, clean motor ends (bit box and top sub)
with clean water and install a thread protector into the box connections
at each end.
APPENDICES
53

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
OPERATION
Figure 19. Bit box rotation for motor drain

OPERATIONAL
Note: Being able or unable to manually rotate the bit box does not
MOTOR
LIMITS
provide an accurate indication of motor damage.

Note: It is extremely important to flush the drilling motor with fresh water
before laying it down, especially when working with the aggressive / cor-
rosive drilling fluids. Failure to do so will allow the drilling fluid to further
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
deteriorate components long after the drilling motor has been operated.
Before laying down a Weatherford mud lubricated drilling motor, it
should be inspected in the event that it is required again before servic-
ing. The surface check inspection procedures followed in Section 4.1
can be repeated with attention paid to the bit box rotation, fluid bypass
rate above the bit box, and axial and radial movement of the bottom end
APPLICATIONS
of the drilling motor.

SPECIAL
If there are any concerns with the drilling motor, it should be laid down
for servicing.
A mud lubricated drilling motor Laydown Requirements Review should
be performed in case the drilling motor is going to be re-run. This takes
SPECIFICATIONS
into account extreme drilling conditions, and allows re-use of drilling

motor based on mandatory limits in combination with operators’ judg-
ment.
4.15 TROUBLESHOOTING
There are many factors that influence the performance and the life of
drilling motors. Some of them are listed in Figure 20. Common failure
APPENDICES
modes and abnormal symptoms observed during operations were

identified as related to some of these factors or specific combinations
of them.

Motor Selection
INTRODUCTION
Downhole Conditions
Bit Selection
+
Drilling Fluids
Design & Engineering
Drilling Parameters
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
Manufacturing
MOTOR
Operating Procedures
Storage & Handling
Drilling Motor Performance
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
Figure 20. Factors which influence drilling motor
performance
Careful attention to variations in operating parameters can identify many
OPERATION
common downhole problems. In many cases, corrective measures may
save a costly trip. The following are symptoms that are sometimes
experienced during drilling related to using a Weatherford drilling motor.
Also listed are measures that can be taken to correct the problem and
continue drilling.
Note: Any time there are problems incurred while drilling, it is strongly
OPERATIONAL
suggested that all possible surface problems are identified and correct-
MOTOR
LIMITS
ed before assuming the problem is related to the downhole equipment.

This will minimize any trip time for pulling out the downhole equipment
unnecessarily.
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
55

SPECIAL MOTOR
56
Identified Symptom Possible Cause Recommended Solution
Pressure Decrease or A. String Washout (On- or Off-Bottom) Normal drillstring washout procedures apply.
Lower than Calculated
B. Lost Circulation (On- or Off-Bottom) Normal lost circulation procedures apply.

C. Gas Kick (On-Bottom) Normal gas kick procedures apply
D. Housing Twist-off or Back-off In this situation flow will be bypassing through the fractured housing or backed off connec-
Third Edition

(On-Bottom) tion directly into the annulus. To confirm pick the motor off bottom. If the pressure remains
low the problem is elsewhere (twist-off / back-off may have occurred above the drilling
motor). If the pressure increases, thus engaging the rotor catch and blocking flow through
the drillstring, a twist-off or back-off is likely the problem. At this point it may be necessary
to pull out of hole.
E. Drive Line Twist-off or Back-off In this situation there is a sudden loss in the power output across the motor causing a
August 2015
(On-Bottom) pressure drop across the power section. This will also be seen in conjunction with a sudden
loss in ROP. At this point it may be necessary to pull out of hole.
Table 10. Motor Operations Troubleshooting
10/1/2015 3:47:24 PM
Pressure Increase A. Drilling Motor or Bit Plugged (On- or This usually coincides with little or no circulation. Remove the WOB, allow bit to drill off,
or Higher than Off-Bottom) and then stop pumps. If the pressure remains high it is possible that motor or bit jets are
Calculated plugged. Check shakers for rubber.
B. Excessive Bit Side Loading (On- or Can occur with an under gauge hole or an adjustable bend setting angle that is too high.
Off-Bottom) This usually coincides with full circulation.
(On-Bottom) - If the drilling motor is too tight against the wall of the wellbore the drilling
motor may be working too hard resulting in a torque requirement greater than the limits of

the motor. Corrective measures include reducing WOB or reducing the bend angle in the
drilling motor.
(Off-Bottom) - If the drilling motor is too tight against the wall of the wellbore the bit may
start sidetracking. Corrective measures include drilling a kelly down to reduce side loading
or reducing the bend angle on the drilling motor. If sidetracking is a concern the drilling
motor should be run with a lower flow rate to prevent it.
C. Drilling Motor Stalled or Stalling Usually coincides with a sudden pressure/torque increase. Rotary application should be
(On-Bottom) stopped/flow rate reduced and any built up string torque slowly released. WOB can then
be reduced allowing the bit to come loose and the motor to turn freely. If the pump pres-
sure is still high, the pumps should be turned off. These steps must be followed in close
succession to reduce potential stator damage.
Table 10. Motor Operations Troubleshooting, continued
57

SPECIAL MOTOR
10/1/2015 3:47:24 PM
SPECIAL MOTOR
58
Pressure Increase or D. Mud Gumbo / Rings (On-Bottom) These occur when cuttings accumulate around tool joints. They cause the string to stick
Higher than Calculated and prevent sliding. Use standard mud treatment procedures.
E. Housing Twist-off or Back-off (Off- In this situation, the motor will be hanging by the rotor catch, blocking flow going through
Bottom) the drillstring. To confirm, set the motor on-bottom. If the pressure remains high, the prob-
lem is elsewhere. If the pressure drops, thus relieving the rotor catch blockage, a twist-off
or back off is likely the problem. At this point, it may be necessary to pull out of hole.
Third Edition

August 2015
10/1/2015 3:47:24 PM
Loss or Change in A. Drilling Motor Stalled or Stalling Usually coincides with a sudden pressure/torque increase. Rotary application should be
Rate of Penetration stopped/flow rate reduced and any built up string torque slowly released. WOB can then
be reduced allowing the bit to come loose and the motor to turn freely. If the pump pres-
sure is still high, the pumps should be turned off. These steps must be followed in close
succession to reduce potential stator damage.
B. Worn or Damaged Stator With certain drilling fluids, stators may wear prematurely resulting in a weaker output
over time. As the stator wears, speed of the motor will be reduced. Indications of a worn
stator are a drop in the ROP, or an increase in differential pressure required to produce

the same ROP.
C. Drive Line Twist-off or Back-off In this situation there is a sudden loss in the power output across the motor causing a
pressure drop across the power section. This will also be seen in conjunction with a sud-
den loss in ROP. At this point it may be necessary to pull out of hole.
D. Change of Formation Adjust the flow rate and WOB (alternatively mud properties) to optimize drilling perfor-
mance for the new formation conditions.
E. Bit / Drillstring / Stabilizers Stuck Normal corrective procedures apply.
F. Bit Worn or Balling Normal corrective procedures apply.
59

SPECIAL MOTOR
10/1/2015 3:47:24 PM
SPECIAL MOTOR
60
Third Edition

August 2015
10/1/2015 3:47:24 PM
Section 5.0
MOTOR
OPERATIONAL
LIMITS

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
5.0 MOTOR OPERATIONAL LIMITS

This section provides operational guidelines and limits on all Weatherford
COMPONENTS
HyperLine™ mud lubricated drilling motors, related to: flow rate capa-
MOTOR
bilities, differential pressure, well curvature (Dogleg Severity (DLS)),

surface rotational speed (RPM), temperature, drilling fluids, shelf life, bit
pressure drop, and vibration.
5.1 FLOW RATE

Minimum and maximum flow rate capacities are indicated for each drill-
OPERATION
ing motor in the specifications presented in Sections 8 of this handbook.

HyperLine™ Drilling Motors should always be operated within the indi-
cated flow rate range. Any attempt to operate a motor outside this limit
shall be considered as an “out-of-spec” (OOS) operation.
When the maximum allowable flow rate is exceeded, it has been proven
OPERATIONAL
that the stator wear rate increases exponentially, the power section effi-
MOTOR
LIMITS
ciency drops due to slippage of high pressure fluid between cavities and
stator life decreases due to increased susceptibility to stalls and stator
wear. Additionally, the excessive velocity will surely lead to premature
erosion: the lobes of the stator will deform preventing the sealing faces
between rotor and stator from forming properly. Fatigue and mechanical
SMART TOOLBOX
property loss are highly likely to happen. The possibility of elastomer

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
abrasion is also high, if medium-high solids content is present.

Operating below the minimum recommended flow rate can also be dam-
aging to the drilling motor. Required speed and torque output will not be
reached and power section risk of failure is increased due to excessive
friction. Additionally, bearing section lubrication and heat-removal issues
APPLICATIONS
may be present under this condition.

SPECIAL
Note: Maximum flow rate capacity may exceed recommended values

only if a rotor bypass nozzle is used. Refer to Section 4.9 in this hand-
book for applicable guidelines and limitations.
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES

5.2 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
INTRODUCTION
Compared to the traditional performance curves, Weatherford Power
Sections curves offer additional information to help determine optimum
drilling condition to maximize performance and lifetime. The perfor-
mance curves have been broken down into three (3) zones, based on
efficiency and power output. As shown in Figure 21, differential pressure
limits for each zone depend on the flow rate pumped through the power
CONFIGURATIONS
section.
& SELECTION
MOTOR
200 11000
q ue [14914]
600 gpm [2271 lpm] Tor
Max. Flow
Rate
160 8800
[11931]
Rotational Speed, rpm
450 gpm [1703 lpm]
Torque, ft-lbs [N-m]

120 6600
COMPONENTS
A [8948]
MOTOR
300 gpm [1136 lpm] B
C
80 D 4400
Min. Flow Ra [5966]
te
40 2200
Design
Limit
[2983]
0 0
OPERATION
0 140 280 420 560 700 840 980 1120 1260 1400
[965] [1931] [2896] [3861] [4826] [5792] [6757] [7720] [8687] [9653]
Differential Pressure, psi [kPa]
Figure 21. Typical RPM vs. Differential Pressure

Power Section Performance Curve.
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
The yellow zone (from 0 psi or 0 kPa to Line A in Figure 21) represents
the “Safe Zone”. The level of stress on the rubber is low; hence motor
life is expected to be longer.
The green zone (from Line A to Line B in Figure 21) represents the
“Recommended Zone”. The level of stress on the rubber is medium; this
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
means there is a balance between power output and lifetime. Extensive

statistical data and experience has shown that higher ROPs are reached
within this range.
The red zone (from Line B to Line C in Figure 21) represents the “High
Risk Zone”. The level of stress on the rubber is high; hence life of the
stator is reduced and the risk of failure increases. Additionally, the power
APPLICATIONS
output curve is parabolic, i.e., power output reaches a maximum value

SPECIAL
somewhere in the “green zone” and drops afterwards. If no additional

power is obtained beyond that point, there is no need to run the power
section under these high-risk conditions.
Operating the power section beyond Line C (in Figure 21) is considered
“out-of-spec“. Line D denotes nominal elastomer design limit (rubber
SPECIFICATIONS
rating, also referred to as power section maximum differential pressure).

As mentioned before, running the motor at or close to this value should
be avoided. If higher differential pressure is needed, a different power
section with more stages and/or with a higher pressure-rated elastomer
should be selected in order to ensure operations are conducted in the
“Recommended Zone”.
APPENDICES
Note: As a rule of thumb, optimum performance/lifetime balance is gen-

erally obtained at 45% - 60% of the Power Section maximum differential
pressure (design limit).
63

5.3 WELL CURVATURE (DLS)
INTRODUCTION
Limits for well curvature (DLS) can be found in Section 8.0 Bearing
Section Specifications for each model. These tables provide the maxi-
mum recommended dogleg to rotate in for selected bend angle settings,
hole sizes, and stabilization. Exceeding these values will result in accel-
erated component fatigue and excessive bearing loading. These limits
are based on maximum rotary speed limits presented below.
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
5.4 SURFACE ROTATIONAL SPEED (RPM)

MOTOR
Weatherford restricts surface rotary speed on BHA imposed by rig

equipment. The first reason is to mitigate cyclic bending stress resulting
from DLS and motor bend, this is why the rotary speeds must decrease
with increasing motor bend.
COMPONENTS
Secondly, to control dynamic vibrations there is a limit for straight

MOTOR
motors. The power section itself is a strong source of vibration from

the rotor orbiting around the stator axis. Damaging vibrations induced
by the power section become difficult to manage as rotary speeds are
increased, particularly for vertical drilling.
The following tables apply to all Weatherford mud lubricated motors.
Limits are based on motor configuration, size, and dogleg severity limits
OPERATION
for rotary drilling.

OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES

HYPERLINE™ DRILLING MOTORS – MAXIMUM ALLOWED

SURFACE ROTARY SPEED [RPM]
INTRODUCTION
Page 66: Tangent / Straight Section (Curvature less than 2º/100’)
Table 11. HyperLine™ Drilling Motors – Maximum
allowed surface rotary speed [rpm] for a tangent /
CONFIGURATIONS
straight section.
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Page 67: Curve Section (Curvature exceeds 2º/100’)
Table 12. HyperLine™ Drilling Motors – Maximum
allowed surface rotary speed [rpm] for a curve section.
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
Notes:
1. “Slick” BHA configuration refers to any motorized BHA where there
is no stabilization present.
OPERATION
2. “1 Stabilizer (Bottom)” BHA configuration refers to a motorized BHA
with a stabilizer on the motor bearing assembly. The stabilizer used
could be a kick pad as well.
3. “1 Stabilizer (Top)” BHA configuration refers to a motorized BHA with
no stabilization on the drilling motor and a string stabilizer located 30 ft.
OPERATIONAL
(9 m) or further away from the bit (pendulum assembly).

MOTOR
LIMITS
4. “2 Stabilizers (Bottom + Top)” BHA configuration refers to a motor-

ized BHA with a stabilizer on the bearing assembly and a string stabilizer
located no further than 40 ft. (12 m) away from the first contact point.
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
65

Tangent / Straight Section (Curvature less than 2º/100’)
INTRODUCTION
Bearing Section Model
HyperLine™ 11-1/4” (286mm)


BuildLine™ 4-3/4” (121mm)
HyperLine™ 8” (203mm)
Adjustable
CONFIGURATIONS
Setting
& SELECTION
MBTB
MBTB
MBTB
MOTOR
SBTB
LBTB
LBTB
LBTB
LBTB
MBTB
BHA
LBTB
LBTB
LBTB
0 - 2° 0 - 3° 0 - 4°
Config.
0.00° 0.00° 0.00° 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140
0.17°
0.39° 0.39° 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
0.35°
0.52°
COMPONENTS
0.78° 0.78° 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 60
0.68°
MOTOR
1.00°
1.15° 1.16° 80 80 50 80 80 50 65 65 80 80 80 50
Slick
1.15°
1.29°
1.50° 1.53° 60 60 40 50 60 40 40 50 60 60 60 40
1.53°
1.64°
1.83° 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
1.81°
OPERATION
Above Above Above

No rotation allowed
1.81° 1.83° 1.53°
0.00° 0.00° 0.00° 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140
0.17°
0.39° 0.39° 120 120 100 120 120 100 120 120 120 120 120 120
0.35°
0.52°
0.78° 0.78° 100 100 50 75 100 50 75 75 100 100 100
0.68°
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
1 Stabilizer
1.00°
(Bottom)
1.15° 1.16° 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 60 60
1.15°
1.29°
1.50° 1.53° 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
1.53°
1.64°
1.83° 40 40
1.81°
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Above Above Above

No rotation allowed
1.81° 1.83° 1.53°
0.00° 0.00° 0.00° 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140
0.17°
0.39° 0.39° 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0.35°
0.52°
0.78° 0.78° 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 50
0.68°
APPLICATIONS
1 Stabilizer
SPECIAL
1.00°
1.15° 1.16° 60 60 40 60 60 40 40 40 60 60 60 40
(Top)
1.15°
1.29°
1.50° 1.53° 50 50 40 40 50 40 40 40 50 50 50 40
1.53°
1.64°
1.83° 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
1.81°
SPECIFICATIONS
Above Above Above

No rotation allowed
1.81° 1.83° 1.53°
0.00° 0.00° 0.00° 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140
0.17°
0.39° 0.39° 120 120 75 100 120 75 120 120 120 120 120 120
0.35°
0.52°
0.78° 0.78° 100 100 50 50 100 50 50 50 100 100 100 40
0.68°
(Bottom + Top)
2 Stabilizers
APPENDICES
1.00°
1.15° 1.16° 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
1.15°
1.29°
1.50° 1.53° 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
1.53°
1.64°
1.83°
1.81°
No rotation allowed
Above Above Above
1.81° 1.83° 1.53°

Curve Section (Curvature exceeds 2º/100’)
INTRODUCTION
Bearing Section Model


Adjustable
CONFIGURATIONS
Setting
& SELECTION
MOTOR
MBTB
MBTB
MBTB
SBTB
LBTB
LBTB
LBTB
LBTB
MBTB
BHA
LBTB
LBTB
LBTB
0 - 2° 0 - 3° 0 - 4°
Config.
0.00° 0.00° 0.00° 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85
0.17°
0.39° 0.39° 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75
0.35°
0.52°
COMPONENTS
0.78° 0.78° 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
0.68°
MOTOR
1.00°
1.15° 1.16° 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Slick
1.15°
1.29°
1.50° 1.53° 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
1.53°
1.64°
1.83° 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
1.81°
OPERATION
Above Above Above
No rotation allowed
1.81° 1.83° 1.53°
0.00° 0.00° 0.00° 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85
0.17°
0.39° 0.39° 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75
0.35°
0.52°
0.78° 0.78° 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 40
0.68°
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
1 Stabilizer
1.00°
(Bottom)
1.15° 1.16° 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
1.15°
1.29°
1.50° 1.53° 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
1.53°
1.64°
1.83° 40 40
1.81°
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Above Above Above

No rotation allowed
1.81° 1.83° 1.53°
0.00° 0.00° 0.00° 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85
0.17°
0.39° 0.39° 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75
0.35°
0.52°
0.78° 0.78° 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
0.68°
APPLICATIONS
1 Stabilizer
1.00°
SPECIAL
1.15° 1.16° 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
(Top)
1.15°
1.29°
1.50° 1.53° 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
1.53°
1.64°
1.83° 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
1.81°
SPECIFICATIONS
Above Above Above

No rotation allowed
1.81° 1.83° 1.53°
0.00° 0.00° 0.00° 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85
0.17°
0.39° 0.39° 75 75 75 75 75 40 75 75 75 75 75 75
0.35°
0.52°
0.78° 0.78° 50 50 40 50 50 40 50 50 50 50 50 40
0.68°
(Bottom + Top)
2 Stabilizers
APPENDICES
1.00°
1.15° 1.16° 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
1.15°
1.29°
1.50° 1.53° 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
1.53°
1.64°
1.83°
1.81°
No rotation allowed
Above Above Above
1.81° 1.83° 1.53°
67

Drilling Motor Surface Rotation Considerations
INTRODUCTION
The following are guidelines for operating a Weatherford mud lubricated

drilling motor in conjunction with the rotary speed limit tables previously
presented:
• Drillstring rotation of the drilling motor must also adhere to the
maximum dogleg severity limits found in the specifications of each
CONFIGURATIONS
bearing section contained in this Handbook.

& SELECTION
MOTOR
• A 1.83°/1.73° adjustable bend setting is the absolute limit for

rotation on the Weatherford HyperLine™ LBTB (long bit-to-bend)
drilling motors. This is even further reduced when using a stabi-
lized bearing assembly, or MBTB (medium bit-to-bend) and SBTB
(short bit-to-bend) drilling motors.
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
• All motor rotary limits are based on static bending stress calcu-
lations. Reduce the drillstring rotation as needed based on the
current well conditions.
• Typically, all Weatherford SBTB and MBTB drilling motors are
provided with a 0 to 2° adjustable assembly, and the LBTB with a
OPERATION
0 to 3° adjustable assembly.
• When reaming is required, all limits set in the rotary speed tables,
for both tangent/straight and curve sections, will remain the same.
Lowering the maximum speed to 100 rpm (if practical) is recom-
mended. If back reaming is necessary, the maximum recommend-
OPERATIONAL
ed drillstring rotation speed for this operation is 40 rpm.

MOTOR
LIMITS
Note: When a motor is rotated in the wellbore at its maximum limit, as

per applicable tables, the stator may undergo additional stresses due to
flexing of the stator tube. In these cases, stator should be automatically
relined.
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
5.5 TEMPERATURE
Downhole temperature has a great effect on the performance and life
of a HyperLine™ mud lubricated drilling motor. Optimal performance is
obtained by configuring the drilling motor for the downhole temperatures
it will encounter. The component most affected by temperature is the
APPLICATIONS
stator elastomer. As temperature increases, the elastomer swells and

SPECIAL
the mechanical properties of the elastomer are adversely influenced. A

combination of these two effects has the following results:
• Increased interference fit between rotor and stator.
• Increased friction and heat build-up.
SPECIFICATIONS
• Hard spots form in elastomer due to heat build-up.

• Heat build-up accelerates elastomer failures.
• Elastomer more susceptible to chunking.
• Premature wear on rotor and stator.
• Reduced life expectancy.
APPENDICES
• Increased risk of downhole failure.

Low temperature wells may also have an effect on the power section fit,
and therefore, on the overall performance and stator lifetime.

Hence, the power section should be configured to accommodate for

the effects of temperature. First, the correct fit between the rotor and
INTRODUCTION
the stator must be selected. If necessary, elastomers designed for
higher temperatures should be chosen. Finally, the operating differential
pressure must be de-rated based on expected operating temperature.
Note: Extreme temperatures change the elastomer's mechanical prop-
erties and may lead to premature failure. Any stator that is exposed to
CONFIGURATIONS
temperatures above 250°F or 121°C should be automatically relined.
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Power Section Fit Selection
To compensate for elastomeric volumetric changes caused by increased
or reduced temperature, proper power section fit should be selected.
Power section fit selection process is described in Section 6.2 Fit
Predictor.
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
Elastomer Type Selection
Improvements to elastomer technology have provided the capability to
operate at higher downhole temperatures. Weatherford Premium elas-
tomer (WFT NBR 175) and EverForce™ elastomer (WFT WorkWise™
250) are both rated at 300°F or 149°C. For more challenging applica-
OPERATION
tions with extremely high temperatures (up to 400°F or 204°C), the use
of our EverHeat™ elastomer (WFT HNBR) is recommended.
Elastomer Type Maximum Operating Temperature

Premium elastomer
Up to 300°F or 149°C
OPERATIONAL
(WFT NBR175)
MOTOR
LIMITS
EverForce™ elastomer
(WFT WorkWise™ 250)
EverHeat™ elastomer
(WFT HNBR)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Table 13. Maximum Operating Temperature for

Weatherford Elastomers
Differential Pressure Adjustment

APPLICATIONS
To compensate for reduced elastomer strength at higher temperatures,

SPECIAL
the amount of elastomer loading from drilling should be reduced accord-

ingly. The reduction in loading will offset the reduction in elastomer
strength and help reduce loss in life expectancy associated with tem-
perature. The loading that occurs on the elastomer is directly related to
the differential pressure applied across the power section while drilling.
SPECIFICATIONS
For downhole temperatures above 150°F or 66°C, the Load Curve

Scaling Factors at Temperature chart, shown in Figure 22, should be
used as a guideline to scale the differential pressure based on tempera-
ture and elastomer type.
There is an exponential decrease in life expectancy on power sections
as temperature increases. If the differential pressure is not scaled
APPENDICES
accordingly, the risk of a premature failure increases significantly with

temperature. The differential scaling factor can be used in two ways:
69

1.2
DSF: Differential Scaling Pressure Factor
INTRODUCTION
1.0 Ev
erH
ea
0.8 Ev Pr t™
erF em
orc ium
e™
0.6
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.4
MOTOR
0.2
0.0
100 150 200 250 300 350 400
38 66 93 121 149 177 204
COMPONENTS
Circulating Temperature, °F (°C)

MOTOR
Figure 22. Differential Pressure Scaling Factor.
1. To limit the maximum differential pressure (design limit) on a

specific motor configuration based on temperature.
The maximum differential pressure (design limit) indicated on each
OPERATION
Power Section Specification sheet is based on operating at tempera-

tures below 150°F (66°C). At temperatures above this value, the max-
imum differential pressure must be scaled down. To calculate, find the
DSF (Differential Scaling Factor) in Figure 22 for the maximum expected
downhole circulating temperature. Multiply this number by the maximum
differential pressure indicated on the motor spec sheet to determine the
OPERATIONAL
new maximum differential pressure.

MOTOR
LIMITS
Max dp(adjusted) = Max dp (as per spec) × DSF
Note: This equation also applies to redefine the limits of the “Safe
SMART TOOLBOX
Zone”, “Recommended Zone” and “High Risk Zone” on the performance

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
curves.
2. To adjust the operating differential pressure on a specific motor

configuration for a different temperature.
If an ideal operating differential pressure is known for a drilling appli-
APPLICATIONS
cation at a specific temperature, the DSF can be used to adjust the

SPECIAL
operating differential pressure accordingly for a different temperature. To

calculate a new operating differential pressure, find the DSF for both the
old temperature and the new temperature. Multiply the old differential
pressure by the new temp DSF divided by the old temp DSF to deter-
mine the new differential pressure required.
( )
SPECIFICATIONS
DSF @New Temp

dp(adjusted) = dp(old) ×
DSF @Old Temp
APPENDICES

5.6 DRILLING FLUIDS
INTRODUCTION
The correct circulation and use of drilling fluids is critical in any drilling
operation. Drilling fluids satisfy many needs in their capacity to do the
following: a) suspend cuttings (drilled solids), remove them from the
bottom of the hole and the wellbore, and release them at the surface; b)
control formation pressure and maintain wellbore stability; c) seal per-
meable formations; d) cool, lubricate, and support the drilling assembly;
CONFIGURATIONS
e) transmit hydraulic energy to tools and the bit; f) minimize reservoir
& SELECTION
damage; g) permit adequate formation evaluation; h) control corrosion;
MOTOR
i) facilitate cementing and completion; j) minimize impact on the environ-
ment; k) inhibit gas hydrate formation, etc.
HyperLine™ drilling motors are designed to operate effectively with
most types of drilling fluids. Successful runs have been achieved with
fresh- or saltwater, oil-based fluids, additives for viscosity control or lost
COMPONENTS
circulation, and nitrogen gas. Consideration must still be taken when
MOTOR
using a drilling fluid as to what effect it will have on the performance and
life of the drilling motor. The most fluid sensitive component in the drilling
motor is the elastomer lining in the stator; however, rotors may also be
attacked by some aggressive fluids.
Mud Weight (Density) and pH
OPERATION
The drilling fluid density, or mud weight, will have an effect on the overall
performance and life of the drilling motor. Heavier muds will have a
tendency to wear the motor faster than lighter muds due to suspended
materials within the mud.
• Mud weight lower than 12 ppg (~1450 kg/m3) should prevent any
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
significant washing.
LIMITS
• Mud weight higher than 16 ppg (~1900 kg/m3) will cause abnormal
wear.
• Mud weight should always be below 19 ppg (~2250 kg/m3).
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Solids, LCM, or any other additives to the drilling fluid must be taken
into consideration. These may increase the wear rate or reduce the
maximum density that the motor can handle.
Recommended pH level should be between 4 and 10. Drilling fluids with
a pH value outside this range can cause serious damage to the elasto-
mer and plated components, especially if the fluid is allowed to stagnate.
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Oil-Based (Hydrocarbon) Drilling Fluids

Hydrocarbon-based drilling fluids can be very harmful to elastomers
(stator and seals). A measure of this aggressiveness is called the aniline
point. The aniline point is the temperature at which equal amounts of
the hydrocarbon and aniline become miscible. This temperature is an
SPECIFICATIONS
indication of the percent of light ends (aromatics content) present in the

hydrocarbon.
As a general rule, the aniline point of any drilling fluid should not be
lower than 150°F (66°C). This value is generally considered accept-
able for compatibility with the motor elastomers and health and safety
concerns. There are no fixed rules regarding this measure, though. The
lower the aniline point the higher the percentage of elastomer damaging
APPENDICES
and swelling due to fluid permeation. Also, the operating temperature of

the drilling fluid should be lower than the aniline point. Operating outside
these parameters tends to excessively swell elastomers and cause
premature wear, thus reducing the performance of the motor. In cases
where hydrocarbon-based fluids are used, it is recommended to adjust
the power section fit to accommodate for expected changes. Elastomers
perform better in mineral-based fluids over oil-based fluids.
71

For specific product fluid compatibility, please contact a Weatherford
Technical Representative. Always inform yourself of the health and
INTRODUCTION
safety risks associated with drilling mud and mud additives.

Note: Although usually not visually evident, chemicals and aromatics
contained in this type of drilling fluid normally compromises the mechan-
ical properties of the elastomer. Always reline the power section stator
after being operated in oil based drilling fluid.
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
Brine / Salt Solutions (Chlorides)

MOTOR
Drilling fluids with high chloride content can cause damage to the power
section rotor due to corrosion. This is especially true at higher tempera-
tures. Attention must be given if chloride concentration is above 30,000
ppm. High chloride concentrations will attack the base metal under
coatings such as the chrome on the rotor. This will cause the chrome to
COMPONENTS
flake off; leaving sharp edges on the surface that will accelerate wear
MOTOR
and erosion of stator elastomer. This type of damage will dramatically

reduce motor performance, and may cause the motor to stall, even at
low differential pressure. This will finally lead to failure (chunking).
Chrome-plated rotor coatings are acceptable for use with chlorides
concentration up to 30,000 ppm. For higher concentrations, the use of
OPERATION
tungsten carbide coatings is highly recommended.
Corrosion
Weatherford drilling motors are designed with alloy steels, stainless
steels, surface treatments, and coatings that are resistant to corrosion.
Even so, attention must be paid to the type of drilling fluid being used
OPERATIONAL
and any corrosive agents that are introduced into the mud system over
MOTOR
LIMITS
time. Because of the nature of the coatings, corrosion in downhole

rotors is not uncommon. The speed and nature of this corrosion is highly
variable though, and is affected by the downhole conditions and type of
drilling fluids used.
SMART TOOLBOX
Of primary concern is the degree of electrical resistance within the mud.

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
The addition of salt ions (chlorides, calcium, sodium, etc.) to the fluid
considerably reduces the electrical resistance in the drilling fluids, which
is acting as the electrolyte. As this resistance is reduced, the flow of gal-
vanic current between the metals is promoted, and this rapidly increases
the corrosion process.
APPLICATIONS
Some of the more common corrosive agents are oxygen, carbon diox-
SPECIAL
ide, hydrogen sulfide, and salts. All can cause corrosive pitting on motor
components if introduced into the drilling system.
• Oxygen is a major cause of severe pitting.
• Carbon dioxide is not as harmful as oxygen but can still cause
pitting in high concentrations.
SPECIFICATIONS
• Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) can cause severe pitting, stress cracking,

and hydrogen embrittlement.
• Salts can cause moderate to severe pitting.
Pitting and stress cracking will create small stress concentrations on the
surface of a component, increasing risk of fatigue-related issues. Some
APPENDICES
operating conditions will encourage corrosion:

• The rate of corrosion will increase with temperature.
• Trapped corrosive gases may dissolve into drilling fluid with an
increase in pressure.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, additives such as oxygen and sulfide

scavengers, inhibitor fluids and films, and pH maintenance can be used.
INTRODUCTION
Attention must be given to any corrosion-reducing additives that may
reduce the life of drilling motor components.
Note: Always reline power section stator after operating in a corrosive
drilling fluid.
CONFIGURATIONS
Solids and Sands
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Special attention should be paid to the solids content in the drilling fluid
in order to extend the motor life and minimize the risk of failure.
Fine abrasives such as sand should be kept below 0.5%. Sand contents
above this value can reduce the motor life by half. Abrasive solids and
sands are damaging to the stator elastomer, and will increase wear on
COMPONENTS
motor components.
MOTOR
Based on the sand density (21.7 ppg or 2.6 g/cc), the solids present in
the mud can be grouped into two main categories: Low Gravity Solids
(LGS) –lighter than sand; and High Gravity Solids (HGS) – heavier than
sand.
• LGS includes salt, bentonite, and drilling cuttings, such as clays,
OPERATION
limestone and shale, etc. The calculated percentage of LGS
serves as an indicator of the effectiveness of the solids-control
equipment on the rig. High LGS is related to erosion of the stator
elastomer, rotor coating, seals and drive assembly components.
As a general rule, LGS content should not exceed 8%. A lower
OPERATIONAL
limit is preferred for higher-density muds.

MOTOR
LIMITS
• HGS is mostly related to weighting material. Normally, no drilling

cuttings are encountered under this category. Calcium carbonate,
barite and hematite are the main components of HGS. Generally,
HGS are not highly abrasive, although particles shape and size
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
could cause some negative effects on the motor. All solid additives
with rough or sharp surfaces should be avoided. In some cases,
specific particle size and shape criteria may apply. Contact your
Weatherford representative for further information.
Note: Higher ROPs are usually achieved when total solids content is
APPLICATIONS
kept below 5% (if possible and practical). Since drilled solids become
SPECIAL
less tolerable with increasing mud density, for heavier drilling fluid, a
maximum of 2 or 3% is desirable.
Lost Circulation Material (LCM)

Typical lost circulation materials such as calcium carbonates, walnut
SPECIFICATIONS
shells, cellophane flakes and cellulose fiber (among others) can be

used safely with Weatherford mud lubricated drilling motors. MWD tools
usually present more limitations with LCM than drilling motors. However,
a few considerations must be made when doing so:
• Use well-mixed, medium to fine LCM. A maximum of 80 lbs/bbl
(228 kg/m3) is recommended.
APPENDICES
• Larger particle sizes or heavy concentrations of fibrous mate-

rial will have a tendency to start plugging up radial bearings or
port nozzles in the drilling motor, and lead to premature wear or
circulation problems. In order to avoid plugging the system, lost
circulation material should be added slowly, away from the pump
intake. A pre-mix system would be the preferred means of usage.
73

Note: Contact your Weatherford technical services representative if the
mud system exceeds any of the drilling fluids - related limits described
INTRODUCTION
above or if there are any concerns in regard to these values.
5.7 SHELF LIFE

The shelf life of stators depends on the elastomer compound used and
how the stators are stored. In general, air (ozone) and heat damage the
CONFIGURATIONS
elastomer. Our elastomers tolerate more heat than the regular stators;
& SELECTION
however, they are still subject to aging from atmospheric ozone and
MOTOR
heat. The shelf life of stators relined with our NBR and HNBR elastomers
(including WW250 and NBR 175), which have been stored covered at
moderate temperature with the ends sealed (air tight), should never
exceed 24 months (2 years). Stators older than that must be relined.
At no time should rotors be stored inside stators. The interference and
COMPONENTS
weight of the rotor will deform the stator lobe profile over time. If power
MOTOR
sections are going to sit idle for over four (4) weeks, the rotors should
be pulled out and stored separately.
Contact your Weatherford representative for applicable guidelines relat-
ed to the shelf life of power section stators and storage/handling best
practices, especially those applicable to extremely hot environment and
OPERATION
cold weather.
5.8 BIT PRESSURE DROP

A certain amount of flow is required to pass through the bearing stack
of the HyperLine™ mud – lubricated motors to provide lubrication and
remove heat caused by internal friction. The amount of flow is regulated
OPERATIONAL
by the pressure drop across the bit. If the bit total flow area (TFA) is
MOTOR
LIMITS
too large, the resulting back pressure will not be sufficient to divert the
required flow through the bearings. This could cause the bearings to
seize due to overheating. On the contrary, an excessive bit pressure
drop will increase the volume diverted through the bearings, resulting in
accelerated wear. Hence, the bit pressure drop should be limited to the
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
values indicated on the specifications for each bearing section model

presented in Section 8.1.
5.9 VIBRATION
Weatherford vibration sensors are equipped with industry standard
Metrics to quantify downhole shock and vibration severity. In addition to
APPLICATIONS
these, some new cutting edge Metrics are now available. These devel-
SPECIAL
opments are shedding new light on the downhole drilling environment.

The following tables can be used as guidelines to preserve the BHA
integrity, including drilling motors, when vibration sensors are used.
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES

LATERAL AND AXIAL DYNAMICS
INTRODUCTION
Lateral Axial
Lateral Axial
Peak / Peak /
Severity RMS RMS Action
Shock Shock
(g) (g)
(g) (g)
CONFIGURATIONS
Normal <2 < 15 <2 <6 Normal drilling, no action required.
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Moderate 2-4 15 - 30 2-3 6 - 15 Monitor and initiate mitigation.
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
Inform client immediately, and attempt
mitigation and parameter optimization. If
High 4-7 30 - 80 3-4 15 - 35 conditions persist for 10 minutes, raise
OOS. Tool damage is imminent in as
little as 15 cumulative minutes.
OPERATION
Inform client immediately, enforce
mitigation and parameter optimization.
It may be necessary to stop drilling and
Severe >7 > 80 >4 > 35
redress hole to remove vibration-in-
duced borehole patterns. Create OOS
and contact coodinator.
Table 14. Lateral and Axial Dynamics Guidelines

OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
75

ROTATIONAL DYNAMICS
INTRODUCTION
Angular
Max – Stick-
Accel. HFTO TDI 1st
Severity Min Slip Action
(rad/s2) Indicator Gen
RPM Index
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0 – 80%
MOTOR
Normal drilling, no action

Normal of surface < 0.4 < 1000 1 1, 2, 3
required.
RPM
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
80 –
160% of 0.4 – 1000 - Monitor and initiate
Moderate 2-3 4, 5
surface 0.8 3000 mitigation.
RPM
OPERATION
Inform client immediately,

attempt mitigation and
160 –
parameter optimization.
200% of 3000 -
High 0.8 – 1 3-5 6 Tool damage may occur
surface 6000
in as little as 12 hours.
OPERATIONAL
RPM
Create OOS form and
MOTOR
LIMITS
contact Coordinator.
Inform client immediately,

enforce mitigation and
parameter optimization.
SMART TOOLBOX
Tool damage may occur

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
> 200% in as little as 3 hours. It

Severe of surface >1 > 6000 >5 7 may be necessary to stop
RPM drilling and redress hole
to remove vibration in-
duced borehole patterns.
Create OOS and contact
coordinator.
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Table 15. Rotational Dynamics Guidelines
Contact your Weatherford representative for further information on

vibrational limitations and measuring tools.
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES

Section 6.0
HYPERLINE™
SMART TOOLBOX
&
OTHER SOFTWARE

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
6.0 HYPERLINE™ SMART TOOLBOX & OTHER

SOFTWARE
COMPONENTS
One of the most challenging aspects of utilizing downhole motors for

MOTOR
drilling operations is understanding and predicting failure. The life of

motors is critical, and in order to achieve optimum life, power sections
and bearing sections must be designed, selected and operated with
knowledge of the factors that influence life and performance.
Weatherford has worked intensely to create the HyperLine™ Smart
Toolbox, a one-of-a-kind suite which compiles powerful programs
OPERATION
specifically designed to help operations in some crucial tasks. Data

from the field have been gathered over the years, best practices were
consulted, and several engineering approaches were applied to create
this platform.
When used in conjunction with our BHA Modeling and Real Time Drilling
OPERATIONAL
Optimization Software, Weatherford HyperLine™ Smart Toolbox will

MOTOR
LIMITS
exceed any expectations during the entire process of a drilling motor job.
Start
1 Motor Selection Wizard

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
2 Fit Predictor
No?
PRE-RUN Optimum Fit
(Job planning Available?
and Yes?
drilling 3 DLS Predictor
engineering/
APPLICATIONS
optimization) 4 mDrop
SPECIAL
5 Motor-Rotor Bypass Calculator
6 Pre-Job Engineering Software
7 Spec Sheet Generator

SPECIFICATIONS
FIELD 8 Power Section Evaluator
OPS 9 Drilling Optimization Software
10
APPENDICES
Stator Measurement Calculator

POST-RUN
11 sLife Predictor
Figure 23. Job planning and execution workflow with

HyperLine™ Motors.

6.1 MOTOR SELECTION WIZARD
INTRODUCTION
Weatherford Drilling Services presents this Motor Selection Wizard to
assist users in making an easy initial selection of the best drilling motor
for a particular service. After entering basic information such as: hole
size, bit type, expected temperature, flow rate, differential pressure,
surface rpm capabilities and motor output requirements, the program will
display the full list of suitable options, sorted by performance variable.
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
Users are able to select from our complete database, quickly compare
MOTOR
different models, sort results, print/send reports and graphs, and get any
information they might require to ensure proper selection for optimum
reliability and performance.
For more details and guidance with your selection, please contact your
nearest Weatherford Technical Services office or representative.
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
6.2 FIT PREDICTOR
Power section fit is probably the most critical factor that determines sta-
tor life. Optimum fit provides a balance between frictional losses, power
section efficiency, and stator life, as described in Section 3.4.
A proper power section assembly process involves selecting a fit at
OPERATION
surface that will provide optimal stator life under expected downhole
conditions. Fit selection is very complex and should be made based on
physics and mathematical models, test data, field data, and experience.
That issue is solved with this application, which is intended for use in the
shop, in the field, and in the office. Results have proven to be accurate in
applications with both low and high downhole circulating temperatures,
OPERATIONAL
all elastomer types, different drilling fluids, and the widest range of
MOTOR
LIMITS
operational conditions.
This software integrates the effects of downhole conditions, system
hydraulics, chemical reactions, heat build-up, wear rates, time, among
many others factors to predict the power section fit accurately.
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Fit Other
Predictor Calculators
Includes thermal effects a a
Includes hydraulic effects a
Includes wear effects a
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Includes chemical (swelling/shrinkage) effects a

Includes hysteresis effects a
Includes time effects a
Allows to compare different models / configurations a
SPECIFICATIONS
Optimizes selection of fits on surface a

Allows to conduct sensitivity analysis a
Predicts power section performance a
Provides operational guidelines a
Uses actual data from previous jobs to refine results a
APPENDICES
Table 16. Fit predictor features.
79

Results in Figure 24. represent the power section fit on surface and at
the start and end depths. The position of the markers relative to the five
INTRODUCTION
color zones indicates the expected performance of the power section.

CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
Figure 24. Typical Fit Predictor results.
The use of the Fit Predictor is mandatory for every motor job with a
Weatherford Power Section. The Final Results report is generated by
OPERATION
R&M DHM supervisors and technicians, approved by the DD coordina-

tors, and must be attached to the motor documentation.
Extensive documentation and procedures are available upon request.
Please contact your Weatherford Technical Services representative.
6.3 DLS PREDICTOR

OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
This program is intended to be used for refining results presented in the

BUR estimation tables, enclosed in Section 8 of this handbook for each
bearing section. Users are able to quickly evaluate and compare the
response (directional tendency) of the drilling motor with different BHA
configurations and add-ons, variable power section models and lengths,
SMART TOOLBOX
hole overgauge effects, among other features. For better results, the use
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
of our BHA Modeling Software is recommended.

Please contact your Weatherford Technical Services representative for
applicable documentation.
6.4 mDROP
APPLICATIONS
mDrop is a calculator based on the motor pressure drop tables present-

SPECIAL
ed in this Handbook. This program simplifies the hydraulics calculations

and allows the users to apply corrections to obtain more realistic results.
Please contact Weatherford’s Technical Services department for addi-
tional information.
SPECIFICATIONS
6.5 MOTOR ROTOR BYPASS CALCULATOR

As described in Section 4.9, nozzle sizing is critical to get desired results
when bypassing a portion of the total flow through a bored rotor. With
this application, users are able to calculate optimum bypass nozzle
sizes and flow rates for rotor bypass (jetting) applications. To size a
nozzle for a specific application, the following operating parameters are
APPENDICES
required:
• Flow rate indicated in power section specification for desired
performance (flow passing through rotor and stator).
• Required total flow rate for the application

• Required motor operating differential pressure
INTRODUCTION
• Total motor pressure drop
• Mud weight
Note: Equations presented in Appendix 11 for Bit Hydraulics are also
applicable for motor/rotor bypass nozzles calculations.
CONFIGURATIONS
6.6 PRE-JOB ENGINEERING SOFTWARE
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Pre-Job Engineering Software encompasses T&D, Hydraulics, BHA
Static & Vibration Analysis, and Directional Tendencies. These outputs
are all used during the Well Planning & Engineering phase and help
ensure an acceptable design of both BHA and drillstring; free of high
contact forces and bending stresses. This software, if used in conjunc-
tion with Weatherford’s real-time Vibration Monitors, can help reduce
COMPONENTS
unwanted levels of vibration downhole.
MOTOR
6.7 HYPERLINE™ SPEC SHEETS GENERATOR
With this program, users will be able to easily generate full, up-to-date
specifications sheets for our entire motor fleet.
OPERATION
6.8 POWER SECTION EVALUATOR
Our Power Section Evaluator will help determine power section output
under any given differential pressure/flow rate combination. This is the
easiest way to read and get data from the power section specifications.
Users will be able to find optimum operating conditions, generate full
specifications, visualize safe and risky zones, and apply de-rating factor
OPERATIONAL
based on downhole temperature.

MOTOR
LIMITS
6.9 DRILLING OPTIMIZATION SOFTWARE

Drilling Optimization Software is a real-time drilling data monitoring
and analysis application. It uses data from the rig sensors, surveys,
SMART TOOLBOX
and geology (rock strength) to ensure effective monitoring of drilling

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
performance, stuck pipe avoidance, and the overall health of the well.
6.10 STATOR MEASUREMENT CALCULATOR

This Stator Measurement Calculator is a program that allows evaluating
power section conditions after every job while maintaining a tracking
database. Based on final dimensions and actual data from the field, this
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
application will determine whether the stator can be reused or should

be sent to be relined.
Additionally, it will calculate the Equivalent Swelling Index (ESI), a sub-
stitute for compatibility test results when not available. This important
index is used to calibrate the Fit Predictor model. Experience has proven
SPECIFICATIONS
that more precise results can be expected from the Fit Predictor when
real ESI values are used.
For more details and technical information, please contact your nearest
Weatherford Technical Services office or representative.
APPENDICES
81

6.11 sLIFE PREDICTOR
INTRODUCTION
sLife Predictor is an application capable of evaluating individual effects

of operational downhole conditions and parameters on power sections
in order to predict remaining stator life before and after every run. This
software can be used for two main purposes:
1. To determine the stator remaining life after a run. This helps de-
termine if the stator can be reused or should be sent to be relined.
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
2. To determine if the stator will last long enough to complete a

MOTOR
planned run under estimated conditions. This is critical when

planning a motor job.
After every reline, the stator expected life (in hours) is preset to 100%,
based on motor size and elastomer type. The mathematical model
COMPONENTS
determines the effect of each individual variable on life expectation in

MOTOR
terms of hours consumption. Considered variables include:

• Actual operating hours.
• Downhole temperature.
• Differential pressure.
OPERATION
• Flow rate.
• Mud type.
• Solids content.
• Well trajectory, etc..
OPERATIONAL
Final results show life consumption and remaining life. These results
MOTOR
LIMITS
should be properly recorded using a Power Section Traveler Log sys-

tem. Accumulated hours should be taken into consideration in future
analysis.
Please contact Weatherford’s Technical Services department for addi-
tional information.
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES

Section 7.0
SPECIAL
APPLICATIONS

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
7.0 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS

7.1 AIR (GAS) DRILLING AND AERATED DRILLING
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
Air and gas drilling technology is the utilization of compressed air or

other gases as drilling fluid to carry the cuttings to the surface. These
compressible fluids such as air, nitrogen, natural gas, etc., can be used
in combination with a lubricating fluid to meet all the requirements
expected from an optimum drilling fluid system. There are two main
reasons for utilizing air and gas drilling methods in modern oil and gas
OPERATION
operations. These are: 1) Performance drilling (reducing drilling time by

increasing ROP), and; 2) Underbalanced drilling (the reservoir fluids flow
to the wellbore as the bit advances, avoiding damage to the formation).
Gases are commonly mixed with liquid muds to form two-phase drilling
fluids. Based on the liquid concentration present, there are three main
distinct operational subcategories for this technology:
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
• Air and gas drilling operations (pure gas or mist: 2.5% or less
liquid concentration. Liquid stays as droplets in gas).
• Foam drilling operations (2.5% to 25% liquid concentration).
• Aerated drilling operations (25% or higher liquid concentration.
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Gas stays as bubbles in liquid).

Note: Percentage concentration based on downhole conditions (percent
age of liquid vs. gas).
There are many advantages to drilling with compressible fluids. Better
hole cleaning, increased penetration rates, lost circulation problems are
minimized, formation damage is limited, and continual drill stem testing
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
of potential producing formations can be performed. When used in the

right application, it can reduce rig time and cost. In some applications,
air (gas) drilling methods can be counter-productive, though. Heavy mud
drilling is preferred for formations with high pore pressure or with high
formation water inflow potential.
SPECIFICATIONS
Formation Loss of High Pore Control of Inflow of

ROP
Damage Circulation Pressure Control Formation Water
Air and Gas
Mist
increasing
increasing
increasing
increasing
Unstable Foam
increasing
APPENDICES
Stable Foam
Aerated Mud
Mud
Table 17. Comparison of mud and air drilling

methods.

Drilling Motor Selection
INTRODUCTION
Due to the low heat absorption capacity of compressible fluids, one of
the main concerns with air or two-phase drilling is minimizing the heat
buildup in the stator elastomer. This can be done by:
• Optimum power section fit selection (running power sections with
larger clearances between the rotor and the stator). Refer to Section
6.2 Fit Predictor software for additional details.
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
• Low-speed power section selection. Minimizing power section rpm
MOTOR
will reduce the hysteresis effects (heat buildup) within the elastomer,
extending the life of the motor.
For air (gas) drilling and aerated drilling applications, the following power
sections are recommended (preferred option in bold):
COMPONENTS
Recommended
MOTOR
Motor Size
Power Sections
4-3/4 in.
HyperLine™ 4 3/4 in. (5 in.) 7:8 2.0 Air (250)
and 5 in.
6-1/2 in. HyperLine™ 6 3/4 in. (6 1/2 in.) 7:8 2.0 Air (250)
and 6-3/4 in. HyperLine™ 6 3/4 in. (6 1/2 in.) 7:8 3.0 Slow (250)
OPERATION
8 in. HyperLine™ 8 in. 7:8 2.5 RSS (250)
9-5/8 in.
HyperLine™ 9 5/8 in. (11 1/4 in.) 7:8 2.8 (250)
and 11-1/4 in.
Table 18. Recommended power sections for air drill-

OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
ing and aerated drilling applications.

LIMITS
HyperLine™ bearing sections can be operated with aerated drilling

fluids and with stable foam with little or no special preparation. Specific
bearing sections for air drilling are available upon request and are not
SMART TOOLBOX
included in this Handbook.

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Air (gas) drilling requires careful attention to equipment configuration,

drilling operation, well planning and drilling engineering. Please contact
your Weatherford Technical Representative if considering air (gas)
drilling or aerated drilling.
Gas Volume Requirements

APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Due to the compressive nature of gas, air and aerated drilling applica-
tions will typically require a higher flow rate to achieve the same motor
operating speed as a liquid. An equivalent liquid flow rate should be
calculated to be used along with the specifications sheets and curves in
order to determine the expected motor performance.
SPECIFICATIONS
The prediction calculations for air and gas drilling technologies are com-
plicated and require the use of special software. However, the following
equations can be used to estimate the equivalent liquid flow rate for air
and aerated drilling applications:
APPENDICES
85

1. If hydraulics and pneumatics analysis are available:
[ ]
INTRODUCTION
FRgas x (T + C2 )
FReqv = FRliq + C1
Pmotor
Where:
CONFIGURATIONS
FReqv : Equivalent liquid flow rate, in gpm (Imperial) or Lpm (Metric)

& SELECTION
MOTOR
FRliq : Flow rate of the liquid mud present in the mixture, in gpm
(Imperial) or Lpm (Metric)
FRgas : Flow rate of the gas present in the mixture at atmospheric
conditions, in scfm (Imperial) or m3/min (Metric)
C1 : Conversion factor, use 0.183 (Imperial) or 302.9 (Metric)
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
C2 : Conversion factor, use 460 (Imperial) or 273 (Metric)

T : Downhole circulating temperature, in °F (Imperial) or °C (Metric)
Pmotor : Average absolute pressure inside the power section, in psi
(Imperial) or kPa (Metric)
OPERATION
2. Quick reference calculations under normal drilling conditions:

Typically, air flow rate required at surface in scfm (standard cubic feet
per minute) is 5 to 7 times more than liquid flow rate in gpm. The graph
in Figure 25 in conjunction with the following equation can be used as a
OPERATIONAL
quick reference for determining air volume requirements under normal

MOTOR
LIMITS
drilling conditions:
FReqv = FRliq + ( FRgas

FReqv )
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Where:
FReqv : Equivalent liquid flow rate, in gpm (Imperial) or Lpm (Metric)
FRliq : Flow rate of the liquid mud present in the mixture, in gpm
(Imperial) or Lpm (Metric)
FRgas : Flow rate of the gas present in the mixture at atmospheric
APPLICATIONS
conditions, in scfm (Imperial) or m3/min (Metric)

SPECIAL
Feqv: Gas - Liquid Flow Rate Equivalency Factor for Air and Gas
Drilling applications, from Figure 25.
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES

8.0 0.060
INTRODUCTION
Gas - Liquid Flow Rate Equivalency Factor for Air Drilling, Feqv (Imperial)
Gas - Liquid Flow Rate Equivalency Factor for Air Drilling, Feqv (Metric)
7.5
0.055
7.0
0.050
6.5
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
6.0 0.045
5.5
0.040
5.0
COMPONENTS
0.035
MOTOR
4.5
4.0 0.030
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Downhole Temperature [°F / °C]
OPERATION
Figure 25. Gas / Liquid Flow Rate Equivalency
Factor for Air and Gas Drilling applications.
Note: The graph in Figure 25 is based on air, an average absolute pres-

sure inside the power section of 700 psi (4826 kPa), and 250 psi (1724
kPa) of differential pressure.
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
As the downhole pressure inside the motor increases, the air flow rate
required to maintain an operating speed (rpm) also increases. It is rec-
ommended to consult Weatherford’s technical service department for
more detailed information on air volume requirements.
SMART TOOLBOX
Lubricant Fluid
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
The wear rate on BHA’s and drilling motor’s components will be greater
in air drilling operations than in a conventional mud drilling operation
under the same conditions. Hence, a lubricant fluid is required to min-
imize wear and extend the life of the drilling tools. The lubricant helps
reduce friction on the rotor / stator interface and provides some cooling
APPLICATIONS
assistance to reduce blow-by damage. On mud lubricated bearings, it

SPECIAL
lubricates and cools wear surfaces. Lubricants should be injected in

fresh water downstream of the air compressors.
As the amount of lubricating fluid is decreased, wear to either the stator
elastomer or mud lubricated bearings will increase significantly, reducing
the life of the drilling motor. To determine the minimum required lubricant
SPECIFICATIONS
injection rate, the following equation can be used:
FRlube = C × FRgas × ( )( %lube

100
×
PAtm
PAtm+ PHyd+ ∆PBit+ ∆PMotor
)
Where:
APPENDICES
FRlube : Minimum required lubricant injection rate, in gpm (Imperial)

or m3/min (Metric)
C : Conversion factor, use 1.0 (Imperial) and 7.48 (Metric).
87

FRgas : Air or gas flow rate at atmospheric conditions, in scfm
(Imperial) or m3/min (Metric)
INTRODUCTION
%lube : Percent flow rate of lubricant required (Recommendation:

minimum of 5% for sealed bearing pack, and minimum of 15% for mud
lube bearing pack)
PAtm : Atmospheric pressure, 14.7 psi (Imperial) or 101.3 kPa (Metric)
CONFIGURATIONS
PHyd : Hydrostatic pressure, in psi (Imperial) or kPa (Metric)

& SELECTION
MOTOR
∆PBit : Bit Pressure drop, in psi (Imperial) or kPa (Metric)

∆PMotor : Total motor pressure drop at no load as indicated on the
specifications, in psi (Imperial) or kPa (Metric)
Operational Guidelines
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
While drilling with air using Weatherford’s drilling motors and/or MWD/
LWD tools, several considerations must be made to ensure a successful
run. These guidelines will help reduce excessive vibration, over-spinning
and other problems related with air (gas) drilling operations:
• Staging air on and off the string is absolutely necessary, but all
OPERATION
air must be turned off if the string will be off bottom for extended
amounts of time (anything longer than 5 minutes would be consid-
ered detrimental).
• Do not let the motor run freely at any time, i.e. no WOB. Doing
so will cause premature stator wear and possibly an internal
OPERATIONAL
joint back-off or fracture. This mode of operation is defined as

MOTOR
LIMITS
over-spinning. With the air rates needed to drill effectively, it is

essential to keep the motor on bottom with a load.
• Any time air is brought on or off while using any amount of air or
number of compressors, make sure the air is brought on/off as
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
slowly as possible. Vibration and air surging issues can cause

serious damage and eventual tool failure.
• Appropriate drill bit nozzles sizing is crucial for air (gas) drilling
operations (over-spinning prevention). The air choke created by
the nozzles provides a back pressure that helps control the output
APPLICATIONS
rotational speed of the rotor.

SPECIAL
• If reaming is required, special care should be used. As well, using

one compressor is preferred. If two air compressors are required,
extreme caution needs to be taken to ensure that the motor is not
spinning wildly.
SPECIFICATIONS
• Weatherford highly recommends the use of string floats to keep

pressure trapped within drillstring, reducing the surge effect
against tools and motor. String floats also reduce blow down time
while bleeding air off during connections.
APPENDICES

• When the drilling motor is being operated, gases (especially nitro-

gen) permeate into the rubber components under high pressure
INTRODUCTION
and after long periods of use. Once the drilling motor is being
pulled out of hole, the pressure decreases allowing the gases to
expand and coalesce within the rubber. This is called explosive
decompression, and creates blisters in the rubber, possibly leading
to stator failure. To minimize this effect, the rate at which the
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
drilling motor is pulled out of hole should be reduced to allow time
MOTOR
for the permeated nitrogen gas to escape from the rubber without
causing blistering.
• When air drilling, stalling the motor can cause extensive damage
to the stator. Stalling is not easily identifiable with a pressure
COMPONENTS
increase at surface because the drilling medium is compressible,
MOTOR
and the stall will not be immediately noticed. ROP should be used
as a gauge for stalling. If the ROP drops off excessively, it should
be considered an indication that the drilling motor has stalled.
• The higher the gas / liquid ratio (lower liquid rates) the easier it is
to stall the motor.
OPERATION
• Slippage or blow-by (onset of stalling) occurs sooner and at lower
differential pressures in two-phase flow than single-phase flow.
• When on bottom drilling, an increase in the combined equivalent
flow rate of 5 to 10% over maximum recommended may help
OPERATIONAL
reduce stalling problems.

MOTOR
LIMITS
• Corrosion of downhole equipment may be a concern due to the

large volumes of oxygen present. Passivating or oxidizing inhibi-
tors should be used to minimize corrosion.
Refer to the latest Air Drilling Standard Operating Procedure for further
SMART TOOLBOX
details and best practices.

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
With all compressible fluids the performance of drilling motors varies

greatly with small differences in flow rate, fluid type and lubrication
provided. To provide optimum life and performance characteristics, it is
suggested Weatherford’s technical services department review the well
information and modeling to provide a suggested combination of air flow
APPLICATIONS
rate and lubricating fluid flow rate prior to air drilling.

SPECIAL
7.2 MOTORIZED ROTARY STEERABLE SYSTEM (MRSS)

Weatherford drilling motors can be used in conjunction with Weatherford
Rotary Steerable Systems (RSS), Revolution™, for various applications
including:
SPECIFICATIONS
• Performance drilling.
• Extended-reach drilling.
• High stick/slip environments.
• Rigs with limited torque and RPM capability.
Downhole Drilling Motors are selected, such that the total downhole
APPENDICES
RPM (Motor + Surface) never exceeds the maximum allowable Bias Unit
Rotational Speed at operating flow rates. Stick-Slip readings must also
be taken into account in the calculations. At all times, the maximum total
rpm value, including the SSA (Stick-Slip Average) must be kept below
the recommended thresholds:
89

Bias Unit Type Maximum Bias Unit Rotational Speed
INTRODUCTION
950 (MK4) 150 rpm

825 / 825RS (MK3) 150 rpm
675 (MK3) 160 rpm
675 (MK4) 220 rpm
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
475 / 475RS 175 rpm

MOTOR
Table 19. Maximum Bias Unit Rotational Speed
Motorized RSS assemblies are prone to high vibration, especially if

the drilling parameters used are within critical ranges. Therefore, it is
COMPONENTS
mandatory that the correct stabilization and compliant bit are used.
MOTOR
Additionally, a BHA vibration analysis must be carried out on each BHA

run to identify these critical parameter ranges.
• All MRSS BHAs need service line approval prior to deployment.
• Any deviation from the stipulated RPM limits / BHA configurations
/ motor recommendations must be approved by service line
OPERATION
management.
Proper power section fit selection should also be conducted prior each
run to account for drilling conditions effects.
Wired Motor Assembly – Requires Service Line Approval

OPERATIONAL
This motor is wired through for direct communication between the

MOTOR
LIMITS
HEL™ (Hostile-Environment-Logging) system and the RSS. It incor-

porates a Uniform Rubber Contour (URC) power section to maximize
drilling efficiency. Collars housing a slip-ring/compensation assembly
are run directly between the motor and the IDS collar. A pin-down
interface sub is connected to the bottom of the motor, and connects to
SMART TOOLBOX
the barrel collar.

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

The following power sections (preferred option in bold) are stipulated for
MRSS applications:
APPLICATIONS
Bias Unit Type Recommended Power Sections

SPECIAL
HyperLine™ 9 5/8 in. 7:8 2.8 (250)

950 (MK4)
HyperLine™ 9 5/8 in. 6:7 3.5 (250)
825 / 825RSS (MK3) HyperLine™ 8 in. 7:8 2.5 RSS (250)
HyperLine™ 6 3/4 in. 7:8 1.7 RSS (250)
SPECIFICATIONS
675 (MK3) / 675 (MK4) HyperLine™ 6 3/4 in. 7:8 3.0 Slow (250)
HyperLine™ 6 1/2 in. 7:8 4.2 Plus (250)
HyperLine™ 4 3/4 in. 7:8 2.1 RSS (250)
HyperLine™ 5 in. 7:8 3.7 (250)
475 / 475RSS
HyperLine™ 4 3/4 in. 7:8 2.6 (250)
HyperLine™ 4 3/4 in. 7:8 3.9 Plus (250)
APPENDICES
Table 20. Recommended power sections for MRSS

applications
Preferably, the above power sections should used with an adjustable

assembly fixed in the straight position and a pin-down bearing section
configuration.

INTRODUCTION
• General guidelines presented in Section 4 are also valid to MRSS
applications.
• When running MRSS assemblies, selecting the operating differ-
ential pressure, picking tools up off bottom, and setting the RSS
targets on bottom (with Downlink Commander™, DLC) should be
CONFIGURATIONS
performed with care at all times.
& SELECTION
MOTOR
• The automatic driller needs to be turned off and the WOB drilled
off before picking up off bottom.
• Light WOB should be used to set a MRSS BHA on bottom. If the
automatic driller is used to set tools on bottom, then the drilling
threshold on the ‘auto-driller’ needs to be reset each time before
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
going to bottom to ensure the driller does not rapidly bring the
WOB up to drilling parameters, causing the motor differential to
spike.
• Operational limits referring to differential pressure must be obeyed
at all times. Refer to Section 5.2 for further details.
OPERATION
For more details, please refer to current Revolution™ RSS Handbook
and/or contact Global RSS Technical Support Group.
7.3 SHORT-RADIUS WELLS

Horizontal drilling and re-entry technology are rapidly evolving. Short-
OPERATIONAL
radius drilling has made it possible to re-enter and sidetrack existing

MOTOR
LIMITS
vertical wells, targeting limited hydrocarbon columns horizontally.

Short-radius wells are typically defined as wells incorporating a build
section with a DLS greater than 28°/100’ (28°/30m). This definition
may vary ,and can be operator or area specific. Well designs of this
type are typically drilled to kickoff below, or to minimize exposure in a
SMART TOOLBOX
problematic zone above the target zone, or to minimize distance from

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
the parent wellbore to reduce geologic or other uncertainty. These wells

are typically drilled in 6 ¼ in. (159mm) or smaller hole sizes.
Due to the complexity of the well geometry (high DLS), it may be difficult
for some tools to pass through the buildup curve. The high stresses on
the drilling string, and particularly on the motor adjustable assembly,
increases the risk of fatigue failure. There is also an increased possibility
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
to have problems while drilling such as stuck pipe, twist off and hole
cleaning issues, etc. Additionally, high friction forces between the BHA
and the wellbore, especially inside the curve section, increases drilling
difficulties.
However, if planning and execution are conducted properly, there are
SPECIFICATIONS
many benefits to short-radius drilling, including:

• Higher build rates and improved drilling motor steerability.
• Less open hole / formation exposure.
• Curve portion may be drilled fully in the Target Zone.
• By keeping both the curve and the lateral within the desired
APPENDICES
portion of the reservoir, there is a better chance of avoiding un-

desirable gas and/or water invasion. Reducing the TVD between
the kickoff and the reservoir minimizes the differential pressure
between the two. Lowering the hydrostatic head is a benefit in
artificial lift where the pump is located in the vertical portion of the
well.
91

• Kicking off below a problematic formation, external casing shoe, or
internal completion component.
INTRODUCTION
• Provides a simple, cost-effective solution to drive maximum

production benefits from aging fields.
• Less expensive than drilling a new well to kickoff point.
• Re-entry has the advantage that borehole trajectory through
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
the production zone is near the original wellbore, where much is

MOTOR
known about the reservoir from logs and production history. This
would help in addressing problems with minimum interventions.
• Isolate higher/lower pressured production zones or water sands
without setting and cementing a liner. Particularly in re-entry
situations, the running of a protective liner would necessitate an
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
unacceptable reduction in hole size through the production zone.

• Many operators are restricted by well spacing or lease lines. Often
there is no room to drill a medium- or long-radius curve and then
drill a producing lateral of any significant length. In this scenario a
short-radius curve will allow to increase the lateral portion of the
OPERATION
well, extending the production zone.

• In many situations, short-radius wells can be an inexpensive
alternative to fracturing and a good option for evaluating an area
for subsequent horizontal development.
Detailed well planning and pre-job engineering is crucial for success-
OPERATIONAL
ful short-radius drilling operations. Optimum drilling BHAs should

MOTOR
LIMITS
be designed and performance predictions should be estimated as

accurately as possible. The selection of the bend setting for the drilling
motors is also important to minimize problems in the curve and lateral
sections. Additionally, MWD / LWD systems should be selected based
on the capability to pass though and survive the proposed short-radius
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
build up rates.

The downhole motors required for the build section will typically use
a shorter bit-to-bend length bearing section. Weatherford BuildLine™
bearing sections provides the ability to drill higher build rates for
APPLICATIONS
short-radius drilling. BuildLine™ bearing sections develop higher build-

SPECIAL
up rates (BURs) through reduced bit-to-bend (BTB) length. This acts

to increase side force at bit, making the BHA turn more than with
HyperLine™ bearing sections for a given bend setting. Secondly,
the shorter BTB length reduces the geoMetric interference and, as a
consequence, the motor bend setting that causes unwanted contact
SPECIFICATIONS
is higher. However, reducing the length of bearings and drive reduces

performance drilling capabilities. It is recommended to use HyperLine™
MBTB Bearing Sections for a better balance.
APPENDICES

Recommended BuildLine™ Bearing Sections for short-radius wells are

the following:
INTRODUCTION
Recommended
Motor Size
Bearing Sections
3-3/4” BuildLine™ 3 3/4 in. MBTB 4 deg
CONFIGURATIONS
4-3/4” BuildLine™ 4 3/4 in. SBTB 4 deg
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Table 21. Recommended bearing sections for
short-radius applications
Motor bend selection is critical. Detailed BHA modeling and analysis

must be performed prior to the operation (refer to Section 6.8 Pre-Job
COMPONENTS
Engineering Software). If available, field data should be considered in
MOTOR
determining bend setting. The adjustable assembly type will either be
0-3° or 0-4°, depending on the build rates required.
An offset pad on a dogged housing is to be utilized. Optimal kick pad
offset will change based on hole size. The effective offset diameter of
the pad should be close to the hole diameter, although pad size may
OPERATION
vary based on local conditions. The kick pad can produce greater side
force at bit without causing unwanted wellbore contact, compared to
screw-on stabilizers.
The power section to be used for the build curve will be determined by
the BUR required and the bit type proposed. It is highly recommended
that a roller-cone bit be used for drilling of the build curve. The roller
OPERATIONAL
cone minimizes reactive torque, allowing better toolface control and

MOTOR
LIMITS
improved application of effective WOB for higher BURs.

As the BUR requirements increase, the power section must shorten.
Jam calculations should be carried out to assess the suitability of the
proposed drilling motor and BHA.
SMART TOOLBOX
For Short-radius applications, the following power sections are recom-

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
mended:
Recommended
Motor Size
Power Sections
3-3/4 in. HyperLine™ 3 3/4 in. 5:6 4.0 (250)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
HyperLine™ 4 3/4 in. 4:5 2.5 (250)

4-3/4 in. HyperLine™ 4 3/4 in. 4:5 3.5 (250)
HyperLine™ 4 3/4 in. 4:5 6.0 (250)
Table 22. Recommended power sections for

SPECIFICATIONS
short-radius applications
• In some applications, the nature of the short-radius build section
could cause a fatigue failure of the drillpipe and BHA (including
the drilling motor) if they are rotated out of specification. Refer to
APPENDICES
Section 5.4 for applicable surface rotational speed limits.

• WOB is the critical drilling parameter. Flow rate and drilling fluid
also have a substantial influence on achieved BURs.
93

• Drilling the kick-off portion of the build section is the most import-
ant aspect to hit the desired well target. Due to the high build rates
INTRODUCTION
of these assemblies, errors made during initial kick-off phase are

very significant and difficult to correct.
• Achievable build rates are formation specific. Azimuth control can
also affect build rates (depending on formation characteristics).
CONFIGURATIONS
Detailed procedures and best practices documentation for short-radius

& SELECTION
applications are available. Please contact a Weatherford’s technical

MOTOR
service representative for further information.
7.4 HIGH FLOW (HF) APPLICATIONS

In some especial cases, drilling motors are required to operate at flow
rates higher than those indicated on the spec sheets (overflow condi-
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
tion). Theoretically, speed and output power should increase as the flow
rate increases. However, if conventional power sections are operated
at flow rates above the design limit, the deformation of the elastomer
becomes excessive and the seal lines between rotor and stator can no
longer be preserved. As a result, cavity integrity is lost and volumetric
efficiency of the power section drops drastically.
OPERATION
Additionally, out-of-spec fluid velocities are related to shorter lifetime

and lack of performance since wear rates increase exponentially. The
average fluid velocity through the power section is an important element
because of its influence on wear. If the fluid velocity is too high, it caus-
es erosive wear, and if too low, it allows solids to settle and abrasive
wear occurs. It has been proven that the relationship between the fluid
OPERATIONAL
velocity and the wear is exponential with n = 3 ~ 5. Also, the velocity with
MOTOR
LIMITS
which the rotor rubs against the stator (sliding velocity) has a very sig-
nificant effect on the wear rate of both components. Optimum allowable
values have been set for both of them to minimize the risk of excessive
wear. These thresholds are implicit in the recommended flow rate range
indicated on the specifications.
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
In some cases, power section stators can lose their mechanical strength
and even fail due to fatigue at mechanical loading conditions well below
the rubber tear strength as the result of high cyclic loading on the stator
elastomer due to rotor speed. The cyclic loading simply defines the
number of times a stator lobe is flexed in a unit of time.
As the number of power section lobes increases, fatigue life decreases
APPLICATIONS
because the loading frequency increases. At high loading frequencies,

SPECIAL
the strain on the elastomer will be sufficient to promote the initiation and
propagation of microscopic cracks in the stator lobes. This phenome-
non, known as fatigue crack growth, occurs under high strain and strain
rate depending on the elastomer tear strength and strain energy release
rate. If the elastomer is subjected to strain below the critical level, the
SPECIFICATIONS
onset of fatigue crack growth may not occur even at very high frequen-
cies. However, at strains above the critical level, cracks will initiate in the
high strain region, usually in the bottom of the stator lobes, and the crack
growth rate will depend on the cyclic rate of loading.
When all effects described in previous sections are combined, the stator
elastomer profile is permanently deformed; hence it is no longer capable
APPENDICES
of maintaining the quality of the sealing faces between the rotor and the
stator. As a result, leakage between cavities increases drastically and
overall efficiency drops, reducing the power output of the power section.
Speed and output power below expected values are then obtained as
a result.

In order to prevent all effects described above from happening, special

power sections have been designed. Recommended power sections for
INTRODUCTION
High Flow applications are presented in the following table:
Recommended
Motor Size
Power Sections
6-1/4 in. HyperLine™ 6 1/4 in. 5:6 4.0 HF (250)
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
6-1/2 in. HyperLine™ 6 1/2 in. (6 1/4”) 5:6 4.0 HF (250)
MOTOR
6-3/4 in. HyperLine™ 6 3/4 in. 3:4 4.3 ULTRA HF (250)
7 in. HyperLine™ 7 in. (6 3/4 in.) 3:4 4.3 ULTRA HF (250)
8 in. HyperLine™ 8 in. 3:4 4.2 HF (250)
COMPONENTS
Table 23. Recommended power sections for High
MOTOR
Flow applications
7.5 AT-BIT MEASUREMENT (ABM™) APPLICATIONS

Gamma ray and inclination measurements taken below the motor are
OPERATION
achieved by integrating Weatherford’s drilling motors with the At-Bit-
Measurement tool (ABM™). This is accomplished with the use of the
Wired Mud Motor (WMM) and slip ring assembly. The ABM™ sensors
include a scintillation detector for measuring naturally occurring gamma
ray and single axis accelerometer for measuring inclination. Typical
applications include:
OPERATIONAL
• Geosteering
MOTOR
LIMITS
• Steam-assisted gravity drainage (SAGD)

• Precision casing point landing
Conventional HyperLine™ power sections can be used in conjunction
with the ABM™ technology. Proper selection should be ensured.
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
See Section 6.1 on Motor Selection Wizard. Recommended Bearing

Sections for At-Bit Measurement (ABM™) Applications are the following:
Recommended
Motor Size
Bearing Sections
4-3/4 in. HyperLine™ 4-3/4 in. MBTB Wired
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
5 in. HyperLine™ 5 in. MBTB Wired

SPECIFICATIONS
Table 24. Recommended bearing sections for At-Bit

Measurement (ABM™) Applications
APPENDICES
95

INTRODUCTION
• Previous experience has shown that the slip ring assembly and
ABM™ will be damaged and possibly fail downhole if not properly
stabilized.
• As a result, it is recommended that the top of the motor is stabi-
lized using a 1/8 in. under gauge stabilizer.
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
• The bearing section should also be stabilized using a 1/8 in. under
MOTOR
gauge screw-on sleeve stabilizer.

COMPONENTS
MOTOR
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES

Section 8.0
HYPERLINE™
MOTOR
SPECIFICATIONS

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
8.0 HYPERLINE™ MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS

This section provides technical details and guidance to help understand
COMPONENTS
how to properly read bearing section and power section specifications.

MOTOR
8.1 BEARING SECTION SPECIFICATIONS

Dimensional Data
• Length to Stabilizer, to Bend and Bearing Section Overall Length.
OPERATION
• Top Sub Length.

• Maximum Outer Diameter for various padding arrangements.
• Recommended Minimum and Maximum wellbore diameters.
• Bearing Section Weight (including top sub and rotor catch)
OPERATIONAL
Connections
MOTOR
LIMITS
• Top and Bottom Connections.

• Stator and Rotor Connections.
Load Capacities
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
• Operating (recommended) load capacities: these are the maxi-

mum recommended loads that can be applied to the drilling motor
when it is being circulated through and still allow continued use.
• Static (reusable) load capacities: these are the maximum loads
that can be applied when the drilling motor is not being circulated
APPLICATIONS
through and still allow continued use.

SPECIAL
• Ultimate (survival) load capacities: these are the loads that must
not be exceeded. In doing so, excessive damage will occur.
Bearing Section Pressure Drop

SPECIFICATIONS
The bearing section pressure drop is the pressure required to overcome

the static friction of components within the bearing section. The bearing
section pressure drop is required in various calculations, and can be
used to help troubleshoot problems downhole when drilling.
Estimated values presented are based on water at 68°F or 20°C. Proper
mud weight correction should be applied as indicated in Appendix 4.
APPENDICES
Actual pressure drops must be determined on the rig floor during the
motor surface checks before tripping in the hole. See Section 4.1. for
details.

Drilling Motor Total Pressure Drop
INTRODUCTION
The drilling motor total pressure drop is the pressure required to over-
come the static friction of mating components within the whole motor.
This includes the bearing section, combined with one of the power sec-
tions listed, adjustable and transmission assemblies, and top sub. Much
of this friction stems from the rotor and stator fit in the power section.
Mud weight correction presented in Appendix 4 is also applicable.
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
Note: The drilling motor total pressure drop is typically less at surface
MOTOR
temperature than at downhole temperature due to changes in the rotor
and stator fits. This must be taken into consideration when using the
no-load pressure differential determined at surface for any calculation
or analysis.
Use the mDrop software to get quick results. See Section 6.4 for details.
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
Maximum Dogleg for Rotary Drilling
This table provides the maximum recommended dogleg to rotate in for
selected bend angle settings, hole sizes, and stabilization. Exceeding
these values will result in accelerated component fatigue and excessive
bearing loading. These limits are based on maximum rotary speed limits
presented in Section 5.4 of this handbook.
OPERATION
Estimated Build Up Rates
Each drilling motor specification provides an estimated build rate table
correlating the adjustable bend setting and common wellbore diameters
for both slick and fully stabilized drilling motors with an estimated build
OPERATIONAL
rate.
MOTOR
LIMITS
• One stabilizer refers to a BHA with a single screw-on stabilizer

below the bend.
• Two stabilizers refer to a BHA with a stabilizer below the bend and
one directly above the drilling motor.
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Note: BUR tables provide estimates up to 2-deg. This satisfies the

majority of drilling applications. However, some bearing sections can
be ordered with 3- or 4-deg. adjustables for medium and short DLS.
Contact your Weatherford representative for further information.
The enclosed charts provide predictions based on the load deflection
response for expected BHA and hole size combinations. The presented
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
values are for a specific set of assumptions that are believed to provide
representative results. However, field performance is expected to vary
from these results depending on the application. For applications that
are expected to deviate from the base assumptions, check with your
Weatherford representative. The primary assumptions are as follows:
SPECIFICATIONS
• Bit centered in borehole with a hinged constraint.

• Drill collar centered and tangent to borehole centerline.
• Static in-plane bending.
• Borehole walls are rigid and frictionless.
• Assumes perfect wellbore geometry.
• Neglects any bit or formation interaction.
APPENDICES
• Rotary drilling provided at 25 degrees inclination with minimum

applied WOB.
99

• Slide drilling in absence of gravity and zero WOB. As conditions
vary downhole, these estimates may be inaccurate for some
INTRODUCTION
wells. Caution should be used when referring to these values, as

experience with certain formations will allow for a more informed
estimate of the expected build rate.
• Tables based on 250 in. (6.35 m) long power section.
More accurate results can be obtained by using the DLS Predictor and
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
the WFT Pre-Job Engineering Software. See Sections 6.3 and 6.6 for
MOTOR
further details.
8.2 POWER SECTION SPECIFICATIONS

Performance Specifications
COMPONENTS
• Minimum and maximum flow rate capacities.

MOTOR
• Speed Ratio value.

• Rotational Speed (rpm) Range (at no load).
• Maximum Differential Pressure (Elastomer Design Limit).
• Torque Ratio value.
• Torque capacity at Maximum Differential Pressure.
OPERATION
• Stall Torque value.

• Maximum Nominal Output Power (calculated at maximum RPM
and maximum torque. Actual output power values can be obtained
directly from the performance curves).
OPERATIONAL
Dimensional Data
MOTOR
LIMITS
• Stator Tube OD and ID

• Stator Overall and Contour Lengths
• Stator Cutbacks (Bottom/Top)
• Stator Weight
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
• Stator Connection
• Rotor Overall and Contour Lengths
• Rotor Weight
• Rotor Head OD and Length
• Rotor Connection
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Available Fits
The charts presented correspond to current power section fit availabil-
ity on the date of publication of this handbook. Please contact your
Weatherford Directional Drilling representative for recent additions and
further information.
SPECIFICATIONS
Differential Pressure Operating Limits

The table indicates differential pressure ranges for the “Safe”,
“Recommended”, “High Risk”, and “Out-of-Spec” zones, at maximum,
minimum, and mid flow rates. Please refer to Section 5.2 for further
details on differential pressure operating limits.
APPENDICES
Power Section Performance Curves

Charts are shown to provide operational characteristics over the full
range of flow rates and differential pressures for the drilling motor. The
components of each chart are described below, as well as instructions
in how to read them.

Output Power vs. Differential Pressure Chart
INTRODUCTION
In the first chart, the differential pressure scale (psi and kPa) is displayed
across the bottom of the chart, and the mechanical output power scale
(hp and kW) is on the left side.
The POWER lines start at zero differential pressure and zero output
power, and increase progressively as differential pressure increases.
When the flow rate and differential pressure are known, the POWER
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
lines are used to determine the mechanical output power of the
MOTOR
drilling motor. Using the performance chart shown in Figure 28 for a
HyperLine™ 6-3/4” 3:4 4.3 ULTRA HF (250) power section as an exam-
ple, if the flow rate is 800 gpm (3028 Lpm) and the differential pressure
is 500 psi (3450 kPa), the output power of the drilling motor would be
approximately 170 hp (130 kW).
COMPONENTS
[8274]
1200
MOTOR
850 gpm [3217 lpm]
700 gpm [2650 lpm]
550 gpm [2082 lpm]
[7446]
1080
Limit
Design
[6619]
OPERATION
960
it >>>
[5792]
840
Risk Lim
OPERATIONAL
[4964]
720
MOTOR
LIMITS
[4137]
600
SMART TOOLBOX
[3309]
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
480
>>>
Limit
and 500 psi (3450 kPa)
800 gpm (3028 Lpm)
170 hp (130 kW) @
Safe
[2482]
360
Output Power
Rate
[1655]
APPLICATIONS
240
te
Ra
Flow
SPECIAL
low
Min.
x. F
Ma
[827]
120
SPECIFICATIONS
0
[261]
[209]
[157]
[104]
[52]
350
280
210
140
0
70
Output Power, hp [kW]
Figure 26. Output Power vs. Differential Pressure

Chart for a HyperLine™ 6-3/4” 3:4 4.3 ULTRA HF
(250)
APPENDICES
Rotational Speed (rpm) and Torque vs. Differential Pressure Chart

This chart is two charts laid over each other. The bottom of the chart is
the differential pressure scale (psi and kPa). The left side of the chart
is the rotational speed scale (rpm), and on the right side is the torque
scale (ft-lbf and N-m).
101

Differential Pressure
INTRODUCTION
The differential pressure is the difference between the system pressure

when the drilling motor is on-bottom (loaded) and off-bottom (not load-
ed). Operational limits are represented by color zones as explained in
Section 5.2.
Differential pressure ranges presented in the chart correspond to the
EverForce™ elastomer (WFT WorkWise™ 250) design limit and pres-
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
sure rating. Specifications for power sections lined with our Premium
MOTOR
(WFT NBR175) or EverHeat™ (WFT HNBR) elastomers are not includ-

ed in this handbook, but are available upon request. See Section 6.7 in
HyperLine™ Spec Sheet Generator.
Performance data presented is applicable to operations at circulating
temperatures below 150ºF (66ºC). If operating at higher temperatures,
COMPONENTS
these values must be scaled using the Differential Scaling Factor (DSF)
MOTOR
found in Section 5.5. Other variables will have to be taken into consider-
ation which may require the maximum differential pressure to be scaled
down even further.
Rotational Speed (rpm)

The horizontal curved lines extending from the speed scale (on the left
OPERATION
side of the chart) are the RPM lines. Each is designated for a specific
flow rate. The RPM lines are used with the speed scale and the differ-
ential pressure scale across the bottom. Lines for flow rates not shown
can be estimated through interpolation.
RPM lines start at the left axis of the chart and begin to drop off slightly
OPERATIONAL
as differential pressure increases due to the slippage between cavities.

MOTOR
LIMITS
They eventually end somewhere past the maximum differential pressure

line (vertical line). The chart shows what happens to the speed of the
drilling motor as differential pressure is increased. The drop in RPM as
differential pressure increases is slight until the max differential pressure
line is crossed. At that point the RPM drops quickly to zero which is stall
SMART TOOLBOX
mode.
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
When the flow rate and differential pressure are known, the RPM lines
are used to determine what the drilling motor rotational speed is. Using
the performance chart shown in Figure 27 for a HyperLine™ 6-3/4” 3:4
4.3 ULTRA HF (250) power section as an example, if the flow rate is 800
gpm (3028 Lpm) and the differential pressure is 500 psi (3450 kPa), the
speed of the drilling motor would be approximately 230 rpm.
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Torque
On the right side of the chart is the torque scale (ft-lbf and N-m). The
angled line extending from the X and Y axis intersection is the torque
line. The torque line is used with the torque scale and the differential
SPECIFICATIONS
pressure scale across the bottom. The torque line starts at 0 differential
pressure and zero torque, and increases linearly as differential pressure
increases. When the differential pressure is known, the torque line is
used to determine the torque output on the motor.
Using the performance chart shown in Figure 27 for a HyperLine™
6-3/4” 3:4 4.3 ULTRA HF (250) power section as an example, if the
differential pressure is 500 psi (3450 kPa) the output torque from the
APPENDICES
drilling motor is approximately 3900 ft-lbs (5300 N-m).

The same torque line is used for all flow rate values because torque is
independent of flow rate.

Torque, ft-lbs [N-m]
INTRODUCTION
[11524]
[9220]
700 gpm [2650 lpm] [6915]
550 gpm [2082 lpm] [4610]
[2305]
8500
6800
5100
3400
1700
[8274]
1200
850 gpm [3217 lpm]
[7446]
1080
Torque
CONFIGURATIONS
Limit
& SELECTION
Design
MOTOR
ue
[6619]
960
q
Tor
[5792]
>>>
840
3900 ft-lbs (5300 N-m)
500 psi (3450 kPa)

Risk Limit
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
[4964]
720
@
[4137]
600
OPERATION
[3309]
480
Safe Limit >>>
and 500 psi (3450 kPa)
800 gpm (3028 Lpm)
[2482]
230 rpm @
360
OPERATIONAL
[1655]
Speed, rpm
MOTOR
240
LIMITS
Max. Flow Rate
Min. Flow Rate
[827]
120
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0
300
240
180
120
60
Rotational Speed, rpm
Figure 27. Rotational Speed (rpm) and Torque vs.

Differential Pressure Chart for a HyperLine™ 6-3/4”
APPLICATIONS
3:4 4.3 ULTRA HF (250)

SPECIAL
Output Power vs. Differential Pressure Chart

In the first chart, the differential pressure scale (psi and kPa) is displayed
across the bottom of the chart, and the mechanical output power scale
SPECIFICATIONS
(hp and kW) is on the left side.

The POWER lines start at zero differential pressure and zero output
power, and increase progressively as differential pressure increases.
When the flow rate and differential pressure are known, the POWER
lines are used to determine the mechanical output power of the
drilling motor. Using the performance chart shown in Figure 28 for a
HyperLine™ 6-3/4” 3:4 4.3 ULTRA HF (250) power section as an exam-
APPENDICES
ple, if the flow rate is 800 gpm (3028 Lpm) and the differential pressure
is 500 psi (3450 kPa), the output power of the drilling motor would be
approximately 170 hp (130 kW).
103

SPECIAL MOTOR
Wired / Non - Wired

Torque Drive Assembly Adjustable Assembly Type
Bit-to-Bend Length Compatibility Special Configurations Availability
104
Capability Available Options Available Options
(RSS, ABM)
Bearing Section
Size IBS
Configuration Screw-On SRS
Ti-Flex Central- Straight Bearing
in mm Standard High E-Drive B-Drive Wired Non-Wired 0 - 2° 0 - 3° 0 - 4° Straight Bearing
Drive ized Housing Housing
Housing Mandrel
Stabilizer
3 3/4" BuildLine™ 3 3/4” (95mm)

34 864 • • •
(95mm) MBTB
4 1/8” HyperLine™ 4 1/8”

50 1270 • • • •
(105mm) (105mm) LBTB
Third Edition

BuildLine™ 4 3/4” (121mm)
36 914 • • • •
SBTB
HyperLine™ 4 3/4”
55 1397 • • • • • • • • • • •
(121mm) MBTB
4 3/4” HyperLine™ 4 3/4”

73 1854 • • • • • • • • •
August 2015
TiFlex 4 3/4” (121mm)
55 1397 • • • • • • • • •
MBTB
8.3 BEARING SECTION SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
TiFlex 4 3/4” (121mm)

73 1854 • • • • • • • • •
LBTB
55 1397 • • • • • • • • • • • •
5” MBTB
(127mm) HyperLine™ 5” (127mm)
73 1854 • • • • • • • • • •
LBTB
10/1/2015 3:47:59 PM
Wired / Non - Wired
Torque Drive Assembly Adjustable Assembly Type
Bit-to-Bend Length Compatibility Special Configurations Availability
Capability Available Options Available Options
(RSS, ABM)
Bearing Section
Size IBS
Configuration Screw-On SRS
Ti-Flex Central- Straight Bearing
in mm Standard High E-Drive B-Drive Wired Non-Wired 0 - 2° 0 - 3° 0 - 4° Straight Bearing
Drive ized Housing Housing
Housing Mandrel
Stabilizer
40 1016 • • • • • • • • • •
6 1/4” (159mm) MBTB
(159mm) HyperLine™ 6 1/4”
70 1778 • • • • • • • •
(159mm) LBTB

45 1143 • • • • • • • • • • •
6 3/4” (171mm) MBTB
(171mm) HyperLine™ 6 3/4”
74 1880 • • • • • • • • • • •
(171mm) LBTB
7” HyperLine™ 7” (178mm)
45 1143 • • • • • • • • •
(178mm) MBTB
8” HyperLine™ 8” (203mm)
80 2032 • • • • • • • • • •
(203mm) LBTB
9 5/8” HyperLine™ 9 5/8”

92 2337 • • • • • • • • • • •
11 1/4” HyperLine™ 11 1/4”

114 2896 • • • • • • •
105
Note: Some of the bearing sections above will not be found in this handbook and are for informative purposes only. Contact a Weatherford Technical Services representative for more details.

SPECIAL MOTOR
10/1/2015 3:47:59 PM
8.4 POWER SECTION SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
Imperial Units
INTRODUCTION
Speed Torque
Size
Power Section Model Ratio Ratio
in. rev / gal ft-lbf / psi

CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
3 3/4” HyperLine™ 3 3/4" 5:6 4.0 (250) 2.40 1.02

MOTOR
HyperLine™ 4 1/8" 7:8 3.2 (250) 0.79 3.13

4 1/8”
HyperLine™ 4 1/8" 7:8 5.4 (250) 1.31 1.87
HyperLine™ 4 3/4" (5") 4:5 2.5 (250) 1.01 2.41
HyperLine™ 4 3/4" (5") 4:5 3.5 (250) 1.03 2.74
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
HyperLine™ 4 3/4" (5") 4:5 6.0 (250) 1.01 2.60

HyperLine™ 4 3/4" (5") 5:6 8.3 (250) 0.98 2.71
HyperLine™ 4 3/4" (5") 6:7 7.0 (250) 0.82 3.10
4 3/4”
& HyperLine™ 4 3/4" (5") 7:8 2.6 (250) 0.26 8.95
5”
OPERATION
HyperLine™ 4 3/4" (5") 7:8 3.7 (250) 0.35 7.49

HyperLine™ 4 3/4" (5") 7:8 5.0 (250) 0.63 3.65
HyperLine™ 4 3/4" (5") 7:8 6.4 (250) 0.63 3.65
HyperLine™ 5" 6:7 9.6 (250) 0.81 3.03
HyperLine™ 5" 8:9 6.0 (250) 0.51 4.89
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
HyperLine™ 6 1/4" (6 1/2") 4:5 7.5 (250) 0.64 3.85

6 1/4" HyperLine™ 6 1/4" (6 1/2") 6:7 5.0 (250) 0.34 7.61
&
6 1/2" HyperLine™ 6 1/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 2.9 (250) 0.16 14.73
HyperLine™ 6 1/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 3.3 (250) 0.15 15.54
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
HyperLine™ 6 3/4" (6 1/2") 4:5 7.0 (250) 0.48 5.39

HyperLine™ 6 3/4" (6 1/2") 6:7 5.0 (250) 0.29 8.32
6 3/4” HyperLine™ 6 3/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 5.0 (250) 0.28 9.03
HyperLine™ 6 3/4" 7:8 5.7 (250) 0.23 10.55
HyperLine™ 6 3/4" 9:10 8.0 (250) 0.27 9.08
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
HyperLine™ 8" 4:5 5.3 (250) 0.25 10.28

HyperLine™ 8" 6:7 4.0 (250) 0.17 14.66
8”
HyperLine™ 8" 6:7 5.0 (250) 0.17 14.66
HyperLine™ 8" 7:8 4.0 (250) 0.16 16.40
SPECIFICATIONS
HyperLine™ 9 5/8" 6:7 3.5 (250) 0.11 23.43

HyperLine™ 9 5/8" 6:7 5.0 (250) 0.12 21.11
9 5/8”
HyperLine™ 9 5/8" 7:8 2.8 (250) 0.07 35.94
HyperLine™ 9 5/8" 7:8 5.7 (250) 0.12 19.65
HyperLine™ 11 1/4" 6:7 5.0 (250) 0.12 21.11
APPENDICES
11 1/4” HyperLine™ 11 1/4" 7:8 2.8 (250) 0.07 35.94

HyperLine™ 11 1/4" 7:8 5.7 (250) 0.12 19.65

INTRODUCTION
Max. Max. Nominal
Flow Rate Speed Range Differential Max. Torque Output Power
Pressure
gpm rpm psi ft-lbf hp
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
100 - 180 240 - 432 1000 1020 84
MOTOR
100 - 250 79 - 198 800 2504 94
100 - 250 131 - 328 1350 2525 157
100 - 275 101 - 278 625 1506 80
100 - 275 103 - 283 665 1825 98
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
100 - 300 101 - 303 1500 3900 225
150 - 325 148 - 320 2075 5623 342
150 - 360 123 - 295 1750 5425 305
150 - 300 39 - 78 650 5818 86
OPERATION
150 - 350 53 - 123 925 6928 162
150 - 300 95 - 189 1250 4563 164
150 - 300 95 - 189 1600 5840 210
200 - 360 162 - 292 2400 7272 404
200 - 350 102 - 179 1500 7338 250
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
200 - 400 128 - 256 1875 7219 352

200 - 500 68 - 170 1250 9513 308
200 - 600 32 - 96 725 10679 195
300 - 600 45 - 90 825 12821 220
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
300 - 600 144 - 288 1750 9433 517

300 - 600 87 - 174 1250 10400 345
300 - 600 84 - 168 1250 11288 361
300 - 600 69 - 138 1425 15034 395
400 - 700 108 - 189 2000 18160 654
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
300 - 900 75 - 225 1325 13621 584

400 - 1000 68 - 170 1000 14660 475
300 - 900 51 - 153 1250 18325 534
300 - 900 48 - 144 1000 16400 450
SPECIFICATIONS
600 - 1200 66 - 132 875 20500 515

600 - 1200 72 - 144 1250 26388 723
800 - 1600 56 - 112 700 25158 536
600 - 1200 72 - 144 1425 28001 768
600 - 1200 72 - 144 1250 26388 723
APPENDICES
800 - 1600 56 - 112 700 25158 536

600 - 1200 72 - 144 1425 28001 768
107

8.4 POWER SECTION SPECIFICATION SUMMARY, continued...
Metric Units
INTRODUCTION
Speed Torque
Size
in. (mm) rev / L N-m / kPa

CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
3-3/4” (95mm) HyperLine™ 3-3/4” (95mm) 5:6 4.0 (250) 0.634 0.20
MOTOR
HyperLine™ 4-1/8” (105mm) 7:8 3.2 (250) 0.209 0.62

4-1/8”
(105mm)
HyperLine™ 4-1/8” (105mm) 7:8 5.4 (250) 0.346 0.37
HyperLine™ 4-3/4”, 5” (121,127mm) 4:5 2.5 (250) 0.267 0.47
HyperLine™ 4-3/4”, 5” (121,127mm) 4:5 3.5 (250) 0.272 0.54

COMPONENTS
MOTOR
HyperLine™ 4-3/4”, 5” (121,127mm) 4:5 6.0 (250) 0.267 0.51
HyperLine™ 4-3/4”, 5” (121,127mm) 5:6 8.3 (250) 0.260 0.53
4-3/4” HyperLine™ 4-3/4”, 5” (121,127mm) 6:7 7.0 (250) 0.217 0.61

(121mm)
& HyperLine™ 4-3/4”, 5” (121,127mm) 7:8 2.6 (250) 0.069 1.76
5”
OPERATION
(127mm) HyperLine™ 4-3/4”, 5” (121,127mm) 7:8 3.7 (250) 0.092 1.47
HyperLine™ 4-3/4”, 5” (121,127mm) 7:8 5.0 (250) 0.166 0.72
HyperLine™ 4-3/4”, 5” (121,127mm) 7:8 6.4 (250) 0.166 0.72
HyperLine™ 5” (127mm) 6:7 9.6 (250) 0.214 0.60
HyperLine™ 5” (127mm) 8:9 6.0 (250) 0.135 0.96

OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
HyperLine™ 6-1/4”, 6-1/2” (159, 165mm) 4:5 7.5 (250) 0.169 0.76
6-1/4”
(159mm) HyperLine™ 6-1/4”, 6-1/2” (159, 165mm) 6:7 5.0 (250) 0.090 1.50
&
6-1/2” HyperLine™ 6-1/4”, 6-1/2” (159, 165mm) 7:8 2.9 (250) 0.042 2.90
(165mm)
HyperLine™ 6-1/4”, 6-1/2” (159, 165mm) 7:8 3.3 (250) 0.040 3.06
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
HyperLine™ 6-3/4”, 6-1/2” (171,165mm) 4:5 7.0 (250) 0.127 1.06
HyperLine™ 6-3/4”, 6-1/2” (171,165mm) 6:7 5.0 (250) 0.077 1.64

6-3/4”
(171mm) HyperLine™ 6-3/4”, 6-1/2” (171,165mm) 7:8 5.0 (250) 0.074 1.78
HyperLine™ 6-3/4” (171mm) 7:8 5.7 (250) 0.061 2.07
HyperLine™ 6-3/4” (171mm) 9:10 8.0 (250) 0.071 1.79

APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
HyperLine™ 8” (203mm) 4:5 5.3 (250) 0.066 2.02
HyperLine™ 8” (203mm) 6:7 4.0 (250) 0.045 2.88

8” (203mm)
HyperLine™ 8” (203mm) 6:7 5.0 (250) 0.045 2.88
HyperLine™ 8” (203mm) 7:8 4.0 (250) 0.042 3.22

SPECIFICATIONS
HyperLine™ 9-5/8” (244mm) 6:7 3.5 (250) 0.029 4.61
HyperLine™ 9-5/8” (244mm) 6:7 5.0 (250) 0.032 4.15

9-5/8”
(244mm)
HyperLine™ 9-5/8” (244mm) 7:8 2.8 (250) 0.018 7.07
HyperLine™ 9-5/8” (244mm) 7:8 5.7 (250) 0.032 3.86
HyperLine™ 11-1/4” (286mm) 6:7 5.0 (250) 0.032 4.15

APPENDICES
11-1/4” HyperLine™ 11-1/4” (286mm) 7:8 2.8 (250) 0.018 7.07

(286mm)
HyperLine™ 11-1/4” (286mm) 7:8 5.7 (250) 0.032 3.86

INTRODUCTION
Max. Max. Nominal
Pressure
Lpm rpm kPa N-m kW
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
379 - 681 240 - 432 6895 1383 63
MOTOR
379 - 946 79 - 198 5516 3395 70
379 - 946 131 - 328 9308 3423 117
379 - 1041 101 - 278 4309 2042 59
379 - 1041 103 - 283 4585 2474 73
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
379 - 1136 101 - 303 10342 5288 168
568 - 1230 148 - 320 14307 7624 255
568 - 1363 123 - 295 12066 7355 227
568 - 1136 39 - 78 4482 7887 64
OPERATION
568 - 1325 53 - 123 6378 9393 121
568 - 1136 95 - 189 8618 6186 122
568 - 1136 95 - 189 11032 7918 157
757 - 1363 162 - 292 16547 9860 301
757 - 1325 102 - 179 10342 9949 186
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
757 - 1514 128 - 256 12928 9787 262

757 - 1893 68 - 170 8618 12897 230
757 - 2271 32 - 96 4999 14479 146
1136 - 2271 45 - 90 5688 17382 164
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
1136 - 2271 144 - 288 12066 12789 386

1136 - 2271 87 - 174 8618 14101 257
1136 - 2271 84 - 168 8618 15304 269
1136 - 2271 69 - 138 9825 20383 295
1514 - 2650 108 - 189 13790 24622 487
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
1136 - 3407 75 - 225 9136 18468 435

1514 - 3785 68 - 170 6895 19876 354
1136 - 3407 51 - 153 8618 24845 398
1136 - 3407 48 - 144 6895 22235 335
SPECIFICATIONS
2271 - 4542 66 - 132 6033 27795 384

2271 - 4542 72 - 144 8618 35777 540
3028 - 6057 56 - 112 4826 34110 400
2271 - 4542 72 - 144 9825 37965 573
2271 - 4542 72 - 144 8618 35777 540
APPENDICES
3028 - 6057 56 - 112 4826 34110 400

2271 - 4542 72 - 144 9825 37965 573
109

8.5 POWER SECTION SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
Special Applications
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
Speed Torque
Size
CONFIGURATIONS
in. rev / gal ft-lbf / psi

& SELECTION
MOTOR
HyperLine™ 4 3/4” (5”) 7:8 2.0 Air (250) 0.30 7.14

4 3/4” HyperLine™ 4 3/4" 7:8 2.1 RSS (250) 0.26 8.56
&
5” HyperLine™ 4 3/4" 7:8 3.9 Plus (250) 0.38 8.07
HyperLine™ 5" 3:4 11.0 Plus (250) 2.89 1.06
COMPONENTS
HyperLine™ 6 1/4" (6 1/2") 5:6 4.0 HF (250) 0.23 10.30

MOTOR
6 1/4”
& HyperLine™ 6 1/2" 2:3 12.0 Plus (250) 1.66 1.84
6 1/2”
HyperLine™ 6 1/2" 7:8 4.2 Plus (250) 0.19 12.77
HyperLine™ 6 3/4" 7:8 1.7 RSS (250) 0.10 23.73
HyperLine™ 6 3/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 2.0 Air (250) 0.15 13.62
OPERATION
6 3/4”
HyperLine™ 6 3/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 3.0 Slow (250) 0.15 17.04
HyperLine™ 6 3/4" (7") 3:4 4.3 ULTRA HF (250) 0.30 7.90
HyperLine™ 8" 3:4 4.2 HF (250) 0.26 9.45
8”
HyperLine™ 8" 7:8 2.5 RSS (250) 0.07 29.30
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
8.5 POWER SECTION SPECIFICATION SUMMARY, continued...

Special Applications
Metric Units
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Speed Torque
Size Ratio Ratio
Power Section Model
N-m /
in. (mm) rev / L kPa
APPLICATIONS
HyperLine™ 4-3/4”, 5” (121,127mm) 7:8 2.0 Air (250) 0.079 1.40

4-3/4”
SPECIAL
(121mm) HyperLine™ 4-3/4” (121mm) 7:8 2.1 RSS (250) 0.069 1.68
&
5” HyperLine™ 4-3/4” (121mm) 7:8 3.9 Plus (250) 0.090 1.42
(127mm)
HyperLine™ 5” (127mm) 3:4 11.0 Plus (250) 0.763 0.21
6-1/4” HyperLine™ 6-1/4”, 6-1/2” (159, 165mm) 5:6 4.0 HF (250) 0.061 2.03
SPECIFICATIONS
(159mm)
& HyperLine™ 6-1/2” (165mm) 2:3 12.0 Plus (250) 0.439 0.36
6-1/2”
(165mm) HyperLine™ 6-1/2” (165mm) 7:8 4.2 Plus (250) 0.050 2.51
HyperLine™ 6 3/4" (171mm) 7:8 1.7 RSS (250) 0.026 4.67
HyperLine™ 6-3/4”, 6-1/2” (171,165mm) 7:8 2.0 Air 0.040 2.68
6-3/4” (250)
APPENDICES
(171mm)
HyperLine™ 6-3/4”, 6-1/2” (171,165mm) 7:8 3.0 Slow 0.040 3.35
(250)
HyperLine™ 6-3/4”, 7” (171, 178mm) 3:4 4.3 ULTRA HF (250) 0.079 1.55
8” HyperLine™ 8” (203mm) 3:4 4.2 HF (250) 0.069 1.86

(203mm)
HyperLine™ 8” (203mm) 7:8 2.5 RSS (250) 0.018 5.76

INTRODUCTION
Max. Max. Nominal
Pressure
CONFIGURATIONS
gpm rpm psi ft-lbf hp
& SELECTION
MOTOR
100 - 250 30 - 75 500 3570 51
100 - 300 26 - 78 525 4494 67
150 - 325 57- 124 975 7868 186
175 - 325 506 - 939 2750 2915 521
COMPONENTS
350 - 700 81 - 161 1000 10300 316
MOTOR
250 - 650 415 - 1079 3000 5520 1134
313 - 625 59 - 119 1050 13409 303
400 - 700 40 - 70 375 8899 119
300 - 600 45 - 90 500 6810 117
OPERATION
300 - 600 45 - 90 750 12780 219
550 - 850 165 - 255 1000 7900 384
625 - 1050 162 - 273 1050 9923 516
300 - 900 21 - 63 625 18313 220
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Max. Max. Nominal

Pressure
Lpm rpm kPa N-m kW

APPLICATIONS
379 - 946 30 - 75 3447 4840 38

SPECIAL
379 - 1136 26 - 78 3620 6093 50

625 - 1230 56 - 111 6722 9571 111
662 - 1230 506 - 939 18961 3952 389
1325 - 2650 81 - 161 6895 13965 235
SPECIFICATIONS
946 - 2461 415 - 1079 20684 7484 846

1183 - 2366 59 - 119 7239 18179 226
1514 - 2650 40 - 70 2586 12065 88
1136 - 2271 45 - 90 3447 9233 87

APPENDICES
1136 - 2271 45 - 90 5171 17327 163
2082 - 3218 165 - 255 6895 10711 286

3028 - 3975 208 - 273 7239 13453 385
1136 - 3407 21 - 63 4309 24828 164
111

Bearing Sections
BuildLineTM 3-3/4 in. (95mm) MBTB

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
DIMENSIONAL DATA
Length to Stabilizer (A): 20 in (0.508 m)
COMPONENTS
Length to Bend (B): 34 in (0.864 m)

MOTOR
Bearing Section Overall Length (C): 38 in (0.965 m)

Top Sub Length (D): 21 in (0.533 m)
Maximum OD: 4.40 in (112 mm)
Recommended Minimum Hole Size: 4.375 in (111 mm)
OPERATION
Recommended Maximum Hole Size: 5.875 in (149 mm)

Bearing Section Weight: 145 lbs (66 kg)
CONNECTIONS
OPERATIONAL
Top Connection: 2 7/8" Reg Box

MOTOR
LIMITS
Bottom Connection: 2 7/8" Reg Box

Stator Connection: 3.215" 30 deg RD
1.925" SA
Rotor Connection:
SMART TOOLBOX
1.375" SA
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
LOAD CAPACITIES
OPERATING (RECOMMENDED) LOAD CAPACITY
Max. Body Overpull 50,000 lbf (22,200 daN)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Max. Bit Overpull/WOB 25,000 lbf (11,100 daN)

STATIC (REUSEABLE) LOAD CAPACITY
SPECIFICATIONS
ULTIMATE (SURVIVAL) LOAD CAPACITY

Max. Bit Overpull 130,000 lbf (57,800 daN)
Max. Weight on Bit 60,000 lbf (26,600 daN)
OPERATING LIMITS
APPENDICES
Max. Bit Pressure Drop 1500 psi (10300 kPa)

Max. Temperature 400°F (204°C)

BuildLineTM 3-3/4 in. (95mm) MBTB, cont’d...
BEARING SECTION PRESSURE DROP
Imperial Units
Flow Rate [gpm] 100 108 116 124 132 140 148 156 164 172 180
INTRODUCTION
Pressure Drop [psi] 29 34 39 44 50 56 63 70 77 85 93
Metric Units
Flow Rate [lpm] 400 430 460 490 520 550 580 610 640 670 700
Pressure Drop [kPa] 222 256 293 333 375 419 466 516 568 622 679
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
DRILLING MOTOR TOTAL PRESSURE DROP (Bearing Section + Power Section)
Imperial Units (psi)
Flow Rate [gpm]
Compatible HyperLine™
100 108 116 124 132 140 148 156 164 172 180
Power Sections
COMPONENTS
3 3/4” 5:6 4.0 (250) 339 374 410 446 485 524 564 606 648 693 737
MOTOR
OPERATION
Metric Units (kPa)

Flow Rate [lpm]
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
400 430 460 490 520 550 580 610 640 670 700
Power Sections
3 3/4” 5:6 4.0 (250) 2505 2748 2998 3257 3523 3797 4078 4368 4665 4969
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Maximum Dogleg per Wellbore Diameter for Rotary Drilling

[ degrees / 100 ft, degress / 30m ]
Slick One Stabilizer (Bearing) Two Stabilizer
SPECIFICATIONS
Adjustable 4.75in 5.00in 5.50in 4.75in 5.00in 5.50in 4.75in 5.00in 5.50in
Setting 121mm 127mm 140mm 121mm 127mm 140mm 121mm 127mm 140mm
0.00° 22 22 22 22 22 22 20 20 21
0.39° 21 22 22 21 21 22 21 20 20
0.78° 21 21 22 21 21 21 21 20 20
1.16° 21 20 21 21 21 20 21 20 20
APPENDICES
1.53° 16 20 20 17 21 20 17 20 19
1.89°
2.22°
No rotation allowed No rotation allowed No rotation allowed
and above
113

Build-Up Rates
HYPERLINE™ 3-3/4 in. MBTB - Estimated Build Up Rates (°/100 ft (30 m)

SLIDE
INTRODUCTION
4-1/2” (114.3 mm) Hole Size 1 Stabilization Point 2 Stabilization Points

Adjustable Setting Slick Sleeve: 4-3/4” Sleeve: - - - - Sleeve: 4-3/8” Sleeve: 4-1/4” Sleeve: 4-3/8”
Ass’y Top: - - - - Top: 4-3/8” Top: 4-3/8” Top: 4-1/4” Top: 4-1/4”
0.00º 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.39º 0.4 1.9 0.1 4.1 0.7 3.7
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.78º 4.0 8.3 6.6 11.1 6.9 10.7

MOTOR
1.15º 10.8 15.0 13.5 17.8 13.0 17.2

1.50º 17.7 21.5 19.8 23.9 19.5 23.5
1.83º 25.5 27.4 26.1 27.9 25.6 27.7
2.12º 33.3 33.6 32.8 33.0 32.7 33.0
COMPONENTS

MOTOR
0.00º 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.39º 0.0 1.8 0.1 4.1 0.7 3.7
0.78º 1.3 7.4 2.5 11.0 7.1 10.7
1.15º 5.8 14.0 9.4 17.7 13.9 17.3
OPERATION
1.50º 12.1 20.4 15.7 23.8 20.0 23.4

1.83º 18.5 26.5 21.9 30.1 25.8 29.6
2.12º 24.3 32.1 27.5 35.0 29.9 34.8

Adjustable Setting Slick Sleeve: 5-1/8” Sleeve: - - - - Sleeve: 5-1/8” Sleeve: 5” Sleeve: 5-1/8”
OPERATIONAL
Ass’y Top: - - - - Top: 5-1/8” Top: 5-1/8” Top: 5” Top: 5”

MOTOR
LIMITS
0.00º 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

0.39º 0.0 1.5 0.4 4.1 0.6 3.7
0.78º 0.2 5.9 0.2 11.0 7.1 10.7
1.15º 1.6 12.0 1.5 17.6 13.8 17.3
1.50º 3.8 18.3 7.8 23.8 20.0 23.5
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
1.83º 8.4 24.3 13.9 29.7 25.9 29.4

2.12º 13.4 29.6 19.3 35.0 31.3 34.6
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES

HYPERLINE™ 3-3/4 in. MBTB - Directional Tendencies (°/100 ft (30 m)

ROTARY
INTRODUCTION
0.00º -3.3 0.8 -2.0 -2.1 -2.3 -2.1
0.39º -1.8 1.2 -1.9 -0.7 -1.7 -0.3
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.78º 0.3 2.4 -1.0 -0.4 -0.3 0.1
MOTOR
1.15º 1.0 2.2 -0.8 -0.5 -0.2 0.0
1.50º 0.7 1.6 -0.9 -0.6 -0.6 -0.3
1.83º 0.3 1.0 -1.0 -0.7 -0.8 -0.4
2.12º -0.1 0.6 -1.0 -0.8 -0.9 -0.5
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
0.00º -3.5 1.9 -1.8 -1.9 -2.0 -2.0
0.39º -3.2 1.9 -1.8 -0.9 -1.7 -0.4
0.78º -1.1 2.9 -1.5 -0.7 -0.4 -0.2
1.15º 0.6 2.9 -1.2 -0.7 -0.2 -0.2
OPERATION
1.50º 1.3 2.4 -1.0 -0.8 -0.2 -0.4
1.83º 1.0 1.7 -1.1 -0.9 -0.4 -0.7
2.12º 0.7 1.1 -1.1 -0.9 -0.6 -0.9

OPERATIONAL

MOTOR
LIMITS
0.00º -3.9 3.5 -1.4 -1.5 -1.6 -1.7

0.39º -3.9 3.3 -1.4 -1.2 -1.5 -0.7
0.78º -3.6 3.7 -1.4 -1.1 -0.7 -0.6
1.15º -1.9 4.0 -1.4 -1.1 -0.6 -0.6
1.50º -0.3 3.7 -1.3 -1.2 -0.6 -0.8
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
1.83º 0.9 3.0 -1.3 -1.2 -0.8 -1.0

2.12º 1.9 2.3 -1.3 -1.3 -1.0 -1.2
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
115

Bearing Sections
HyperLineTM 4-1/8 in. (105mm) LBTB

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
DIMENSIONAL DATA
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

CONNECTIONS
OPERATIONAL
2-7/8 IF Box
MOTOR
LIMITS
Top Connection:
2-7/8 Reg Box
Stator Connection: 3.685” 60 deg RD Mod
SMART TOOLBOX
Rotor Connection: 1.925" SA

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
LOAD CAPACITIES
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS

OPERATING LIMITS
APPENDICES
Max. Bit Pressure Drop 1500 psi (10,300 kPa)


HyperLineTM 4-1/8 in. (105mm) LBTB, cont’d...
Imperial Units
Flow Rate [gpm] 100 115 130 145 160 175 190 205 220 235 250
INTRODUCTION
Metric Units
Flow Rate [lpm] 400 455 510 565 620 675 730 785 840 895 950
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Flow Rate [gpm]
100 115 130 145 160 175 190 205 220 235 250
Power Sections
COMPONENTS
4 1/8" 7:8 3.2 (250) 146 181 219 260 304 351 401 455 512 572 636
MOTOR
4 1/8" 7:8 5.4 (250) 239 282 326 373 420 470 521 574 630 686 745
OPERATION
Metric Units (kPa)

Flow Rate [lpm]
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
400 455 510 565 620 675 730 785 840 895 950
Power Sections
4 1/8" 7:8 3.2 (250) 1096 1333 1592 1871 2172 2492 2835 3199 3582 3988
4 1/8" 7:8 5.4 (250) 1759 2047 2348 2659 2982 3316 3662 4019 4387 4767
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS
0.00° 17 17 18 17 17 18 16 16 16
0.39° 17 17 18 17 17 17 16 16 16
0.78° 15 17 17 16 17 17 17 16 16
1.16° 12 17 16 12 17 16 12 16 15
APPENDICES
1.53° 10 13 16 9 15 16 9 15 15
1.89° 7 11 16
2.22°
and above
117

Build-Up Rates
HYPERLINE™ 4-1/8 in. LBTB - Estimated Build Up Rates (°/100 ft (30 m)

SLIDE
INTRODUCTION

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.39° 0.8 0.8 0.1 2.9 0.4 2.2
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.78° 1.6 1.6 5.7 9.4 5.3 9.3

MOTOR
1.15° 5.1 11.2 12.2 15.4 11.7 15.3

1.50° 14.1 15.6 18.5 18.8 18.2 18.0
1.83° 20.0 19.8 24.5 24.1 23.4 23.4
2.12° 25.3 25.4 29.9 30.0 29.0 29.0
COMPONENTS

MOTOR
0.00º 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.39º 0.9 0.9 0.1 2.9 0.3 2.2
0.78º 1.6 1.6 0.4 9.4 5.9 9.1
1.15º 2.3 10.6 10.6 15.7 10.2 15.0
OPERATION
1.50º 3.1 11.1 16.9 20.9 16.5 20.8

1.83º 8.2 7.7 23.0 22.8 22.4 22.4
2.12º 22.5 24.1 28.3 27.8 27.8 27.6

OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

0.39° 0.9 0.9 0.1 2.9 0.2 2.3
0.78° 1.7 1.7 0.4 9.4 6.1 9.1
1.15° 2.1 10.5 9.2 15.4 12.7 15.8
1.50° 8.1 16.0 15.4 22.8 16.3 20.4
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
1.83° 16.3 21.5 20.8 28.1 20.4 26.9

2.12° 21.2 24.6 26.7 28.5 26.3 28.2
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES

HYPERLINE™ 4-1/8 in. LBTB - Directional Tendencies (°/100 ft (30 m)

ROTARY
INTRODUCTION
0.00º -3.5 1.5 -2.0 -2.1 -2.2 -2.2
0.39º -1.6 1.7 -2.0 -1.2 -1.9 -0.9
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.78º 0.3 3.1 -1.5 -0.9 -0.7 -0.3
MOTOR
1.15º 1.3 3.3 -1.3 -0.8 -0.7 -0.3
1.50º 1.4 2.4 -1.4 -0.9 -1.0 -0.6
1.83º 1.0 1.5 -1.5 -1.2 -1.3 -1.0
2.12º 1.4 0.7 -1.6 -1.5 -1.5 -1.4
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
0.00º -3.6 2.0 -1.9 -2.0 -2.1 -2.1
0.39º -2.1 2.1 -1.9 -1.3 -1.9 -1.0
0.78º -0.2 3.3 -1.7 -1.0 -0.7 -0.5
1.15º 1.2 4.0 -1.5 -1.0 -0.5 -0.4
OPERATION
1.50º 1.7 3.8 -1.5 -0.8 -0.7 -0.4
1.83º 1.4 2.7 -1.6 -0.9 -1.1 -0.7
2.12º 1.1 1.7 -1.7 -1.1 -1.4 -0.9

OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
0.00º -3.6 2.4 -1.8 -1.9 -2.0 -2.0

0.39º -2.6 2.5 -1.8 -1.3 -1.8 -1.0
0.78º -0.6 3.5 -1.7 -1.1 -0.8 -0.6
1.15º 0.9 4.2 -1.6 -1.1 -0.6 -0.6
1.50º 1.7 4.3 -1.5 -1.0 -0.6 -0.5
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
1.83º 1.6 3.7 -1.6 -0.9 -0.9 -0.5

2.12º 1.5 3.2 -1.8 -0.8 -1.2 -0.5
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
119

Bearing Sections
BuildLineTM 4-3/4 in. (121mm) SBTB

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
DIMENSIONAL DATA
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

Top Sub Length (D): 33.5 in (0.851 m)
OPERATION

CONNECTIONS
OPERATIONAL
NC38 (3 1/2" IF) Box

MOTOR
LIMITS
Top Connection:
3 1/2" Reg Box
3 1/2" Reg Box
Bottom Connection:
NC38 (3 1/2" IF) Pin
Stator Connection: 4.250" AM
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
2 3/8" V-Mod
Rotor Connection:
2 3/8" HEF
LOAD CAPACITIES
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS

APPENDICES

OPERATING LIMITS

BuildLineTM 4-3/4 in. (121mm) SBTB, cont’d...
Imperial Units
Flow Rate [gpm] 100 126 152 178 204 230 256 282 308 334 360
INTRODUCTION
Metric Units
Flow Rate [lpm] 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Flow Rate [gpm]
100 126 152 178 204 230 256 282 308 334 360
Power Sections
COMPONENTS
4 3/4" (5") 4:5 2.5 (250) 110 149 191 237 287 342 400
MOTOR
4 3/4" (5") 4:5 3.5 (250) 126 167 212 260 312 367 425
4 3/4" (5") 4:5 6.0 (250) 160 207 255 305 358 412 468 527
OPERATION
Metric Units (kPa)

Flow Rate [lpm]
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400
Power Sections
4 3/4" (5") 4:5 2.5 (250) 813 1087 1391 1723 2084 2474 2891
4 3/4" (5") 4:5 3.5 (250) 928 1221 1540 1883 2252 2646 3063
4 3/4" (5") 4:5 6.0 (250) 1171 1499 1841 2198 2569 2955 3354 3768
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS
0.00° 17 17 17 17 17 17 16 16 16
0.39° 17 17 17 17 17 17 16 16 16
0.78° 17 17 17 17 17 17 16 16 16
1.16° 16 17 16 13 14 16 13 14 16
APPENDICES
1.53° 11 13 16 11 11 12 11 11 13
1.89°
2.22°
and above
121

Build-Up Rates
HYPERLINE™ 4-3/4 in. SBTB - Estimated Build Up Rates (°/100 ft (30 m)

SLIDE
INTRODUCTION

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 3.0 4.6 0.9 2.4 1.1 2.7
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 6.8 8.5 4.9 6.6 5.2 6.9

MOTOR
1.00° 10.0 11.9 9.2 10.9 9.4 11.2

1.29° 12.8 14.3 12.9 14.1 12.8 14.2
1.53° 15.5 16.2 16.0 16.5 15.7 16.3
1.73° 19.7 19.9 19.7 19.9 19.7 19.9
1.88° 22.9 22.9 22.7 22.7 22.8 22.8
COMPONENTS
1.97° 24.9 24.9 24.8 24.7 24.8 24.8

MOTOR
2.00° 25.5 25.5 25.4 25.4 25.5 25.5

Adjustable Setting Slick Sleeve: 6” Sleeve: - - - - Sleeve: 6” Sleeve: 5-7/8” Sleeve: 6”
Ass’y Top: - - - - Top: 6” Top: 6” Top: 5-7/8” Top: 5-7/8”
0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
OPERATION
0.35° 1.1 4.9 0.0 2.3 0.8 2.5

0.68° 5.0 8.8 2.7 6.5 4.8 6.7
1.00° 8.5 12.1 6.6 10.8 9.1 11.0
1.29° 11.3 14.9 10.4 14.4 12.8 14.5
1.53° 13.5 17.1 13.5 17.3 15.8 17.1
1.73° 15.3 19.2 16.0 20.1 17.8 19.8
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 16.9 21.1 17.9 22.1 19.3 21.8

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 18.3 22.7 19.2 23.3 20.2 23.1

2.00° 18.8 23.2 19.6 23.7 20.4 23.5

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.0 5.4 0.0 2.4 0.6 2.6
0.68° 2.5 9.2 0.0 6.3 4.6 6.6
1.00° 6.0 12.4 2.8 10.5 8.8 10.8
1.29° 9.2 15.2 6.5 14.3 12.7 14.5
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 11.5 17.4 9.8 17.3 15.8 17.3

SPECIAL
1.73° 13.2 19.1 12.4 19.9 17.8 19.7

1.88° 14.5 20.5 14.3 21.9 19.5 21.5
1.97° 15.3 21.2 15.3 23.1 20.7 22.7
2.00° 15.5 21.5 15.6 23.5 21.0 23.1
SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.0 5.6 0.0 2.0 0.5 2.2
0.68° 0.9 9.4 0.0 6.1 4.4 6.3
1.00° 4.1 12.6 1.2 10.4 8.7 10.7
APPENDICES
1.29° 7.6 15.4 3.9 14.3 12.5 14.5

1.53° 10.1 17.6 7.2 17.4 15.7 17.5
1.73° 11.9 19.4 9.9 19.8 17.8 19.6
1.88° 13.3 20.7 11.9 21.7 19.5 21.4
1.97° 14.0 21.5 13.1 22.9 20.6 22.6
2.00° 14.3 21.7 13.5 23.3 20.9 23.0

HYPERLINE™ 4-3/4 in. SBTB - Directional Tendencies (°/100 ft (30 m)

ROTARY
INTRODUCTION
0.00° -1.3 0.3 -1.1 -1.1 -1.1 -1.1
0.35° -0.3 0.7 -0.9 -0.3 -0.3 -0.2
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 0.8 1.4 -0.5 -0.3 -0.3 -0.1
MOTOR
1.00° 1.3 1.7 -0.3 -0.2 -0.2 0.0
1.29° 1.1 1.5 -0.3 -0.2 -0.2 0.0
1.53° 0.7 1.0 -0.4 -0.3 -0.3 -0.1
1.73° 0.4 0.8 -0.3 -0.2 -0.2 -0.1
1.88° 0.2 0.5 -0.3 -0.2 -0.2 -0.1
COMPONENTS
1.97° 0.1 0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.2 -0.1
MOTOR
2.00° 0.1 0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.2 -0.1

0.00° -1.6 0.5 -1.0 -1.0 -1.1 -1.1
OPERATION
0.35° -1.2 1.0 -1.0 -0.4 -0.8 -0.3
0.68° 0.1 1.8 -0.7 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2
1.00° 1.2 2.1 -0.5 -0.3 -0.1 -0.1
1.29° 1.4 1.9 -0.4 -0.3 -0.1 -0.1
1.53° 1.3 1.7 -0.4 -0.3 -0.1 -0.2
1.73° 1.1 1.3 -0.4 -0.4 -0.2 -0.2
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 1.0 1.1 -0.5 -0.4 -0.2 -0.3

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 0.9 0.9 -0.5 -0.4 -0.2 -0.3

2.00° 0.8 0.9 -0.5 -0.4 -0.2 -0.3

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° -1.7 1.1 -0.9 -0.9 -1.0 -1.0
0.35° -1.7 1.4 -0.9 -0.5 -0.8 -0.3
0.68° -1.0 2.2 -0.9 -0.5 -0.4 -0.3
1.00° 0.0 2.6 -0.7 -0.5 -0.3 -0.2
1.29° 1.0 2.5 -0.6 -0.5 -0.3 -0.2
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 1.5 2.2 -0.6 -0.5 -0.2 -0.3

SPECIAL
1.73° 1.5 1.9 -0.6 -0.5 -0.3 -0.3

1.88° 1.6 1.7 -0.6 -0.5 -0.3 -0.4
1.97° 1.6 1.5 -0.6 -0.5 -0.4 -0.4
2.00° 1.6 1.5 -0.6 -0.5 -0.4 -0.4
SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° -1.8 1.7 -0.8 -0.9 -0.9 -0.9
0.35° -1.8 1.6 -0.8 -0.6 -0.8 -0.4
0.68° -1.5 2.4 -0.8 -0.6 -0.5 -0.4
1.00° -0.8 2.9 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.4
APPENDICES
1.29° 0.3 2.8 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.3

1.53° 1.1 2.5 -0.7 -0.6 -0.3 -0.4
1.73° 1.3 2.3 -0.7 -0.6 -0.4 -0.4
1.88° 1.5 2.1 -0.7 -0.6 -0.4 -0.5
1.97° 1.6 2.0 -0.8 -0.6 -0.5 -0.5
2.00° 1.7 1.9 -0.8 -0.6 -0.5 -0.5
123

Bearing Sections
HyperLineTM 4-3/4 in. (121mm) MBTB

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
DIMENSIONAL DATA
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

CONNECTIONS
OPERATIONAL
3 1/2" IF Box
MOTOR
LIMITS
Top Connection:
3 1/2" Reg Box"
3 1/2" Reg Box
Bottom Connection:
3 1/2" IF Pin
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
2 3/8" V-Mod
Rotor Connection:
2 3/8" HEF
LOAD CAPACITIES
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS

APPENDICES

OPERATING LIMITS

HyperLineTM 4-3/4 in. (121mm) MBTB, cont’d...
Imperial Units
Flow Rate [gpm] 100 126 152 178 204 230 256 282 308 334 360
INTRODUCTION
Metric Units
Flow Rate [lpm] 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Flow Rate [gpm]
100 126 152 178 204 230 256 282 308 334 360
Power Sections
COMPONENTS
4 3/4" (5") 4:5 6.0 (250) 162 211 261 314 369 426 486 548
MOTOR
4 3/4" (5") 5:6 8.3 (250) 267 318 371 425 482 540 599
4 3/4" (5") 6:7 7.0 (250) 273 335 400 471 546 625 708 796 889
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 2.0 Air (250) 102 140 182 228 278 333
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 2.6 (250) 134 182 235 296 365 439
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 3.7 (250) 211 265 324 388 458 533 613 699
OPERATION
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 5.0 (250) 266 331 401 478 560 648
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 6.4 (250) 287 352 421 495 574 657
4 3/4" 7:8 2.1 RSS (250) 57 91 133 182 239 304 376 456
4 3/4" 7:8 3.9 Plus (250) 238 300 370 447 530 621
Metric Units (kPa)

Flow Rate [lpm]
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400
Power Sections
4 3/4" (5") 4:5 6.0 (250) 1191 1531 1887 2261 2651 3058 3482 3922
4 3/4" (5") 5:6 8.3 (250) 1924 2286 2661 3048 3446 3857 4281
4 3/4" (5") 6:7 7.0 (250) 1983 2423 2894 3397 3930 4495 5092 5720
SMART TOOLBOX
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 2.0 Air (250) 760 1028 1327 1658 2020 2413
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 2.6 (250) 1001 1343 1735 2177 2669 3210
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 3.7 (250) 1542 1930 2355 2818 3317 3855 4430 5042
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 5.0 (250) 1938 2404 2911 3458 4047 4677
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 6.4 (250) 2084 2546 3042 3570 4131 4724
4 3/4" 7:8 2.1 RSS (250) 442 690 994 1353 1767 2237 2761 3341
APPLICATIONS
4 3/4" 7:8 3.9 Plus (250) 1747 2199 2701 3253 3856 4511
SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS
0.00° 17 17 17 17 17 17 16 15 15
0.35° 17 17 17 17 16 16 16 16 16
0.68° 17 16 17 17 16 16 16 16 16
1.00° 16 17 16 17 17 16 16 16 16
APPENDICES
1.29° 14 15 16 15 16 16 15 16 16
1.53° 11 13 16 13 15 15 13 15 15
1.73° 10 11 15
1.88°
and above
125

Build-Up Rates

SLIDE
INTRODUCTION

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.8 0.8 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 3.7 3.8 5.2 5.2 5.0 5.0

MOTOR
1.00° 7.6 7.6 9.0 9.0 8.8 8.8

1.29° 11.6 11.6 12.5 12.5 12.3 12.3
1.53° 15.2 15.2 15.6 15.6 15.4 15.4
1.73° 18.9 18.9 18.6 18.6 18.5 18.5
1.88° 21.6 21.3 21.0 20.8 21.1 20.9
COMPONENTS
1.97° 23.3 22.4 22.7 22.1 22.8 22.2

MOTOR
2.00° 28.2 23.3 27.7 23.2 27.8 23.2

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
OPERATION
0.35° 0.4 0.8 0.3 1.7 0.3 1.6

0.68° 2.1 3.3 3.5 5.1 3.4 4.9
1.00° 5.3 6.5 7.3 7.9 7.1 7.7
1.29° 8.8 9.5 10.8 10.8 10.6 10.6
1.53° 11.9 11.9 13.7 13.7 13.5 13.5
1.73° 14.7 14.7 16.2 16.2 15.9 15.9
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 16.9 16.9 18.0 18.0 17.8 17.8

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 18.4 18.4 19.1 19.1 18.9 18.9

2.00° 22.8 22.8 22.6 22.6 22.5 22.5

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.0 1.6 -0.3 2.2 0.8 2.2
0.68° 0.7 3.2 1.6 5.2 3.3 5.0
1.00° 2.7 6.2 4.8 8.7 6.6 8.4
1.29° 5.5 9.3 8.2 11.9 9.3 11.7
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 8.3 11.8 11.1 14.6 11.1 14.3

SPECIAL
1.73° 10.8 13.9 13.5 16.8 13.4 16.6

1.88° 12.7 15.6 15.4 18.1 15.1 17.9
1.97° 13.9 16.6 16.5 18.5 16.2 18.4
2.00° 17.1 18.4 19.5 20.3 19.3 20.1
SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.0 0.8 0.1 1.6 0.4 1.5
0.68° 0.6 2.8 0.6 5.0 3.2 4.8
1.00° 1.8 5.6 3.2 8.6 6.5 8.4
APPENDICES
1.29° 3.9 8.6 6.5 11.8 9.7 11.7

1.53° 6.2 11.2 9.4 14.5 12.4 14.3
1.73° 8.6 13.5 11.8 16.8 14.6 16.6
1.88° 10.3 15.1 13.6 18.5 16.1 18.3
1.97° 11.4 16.2 14.7 19.5 16.7 19.3
2.00° 14.6 19.0 17.8 22.3 18.4 22.1


ROTARY
INTRODUCTION
0.00° -0.8 0.3 -1.1 -1.1 -1.2 -1.1
0.35° 0.1 0.2 -0.7 -0.4 -0.6 -0.4
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 0.9 1.0 -0.5 -0.4 -0.3 -0.3
MOTOR
1.00° 1.1 1.1 -0.4 -0.4 -0.2 -0.2
1.29° 0.8 0.8 -0.5 -0.5 -0.4 -0.4
1.53° 0.4 0.5 -0.6 -0.6 -0.5 -0.5
1.73° 0.3 0.3 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5
1.88° 0.1 0.2 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 -0.4
COMPONENTS
1.97° 0.1 0.1 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 -0.4
MOTOR
2.00° 0.0 0.1 -0.5 -0.5 -0.4 -0.4

0.00° -1.5 0.5 -1.0 -1.0 -1.1 -1.1
OPERATION
0.35° -0.6 0.8 -1.0 -0.4 -0.9 -0.3
0.68° 0.5 1.7 -0.7 -0.4 -0.5 -0.2
1.00° 1.2 1.7 -0.5 -0.3 -0.3 -0.2
1.29° 1.1 1.4 -0.5 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2
1.53° 0.9 1.0 -0.6 -0.5 -0.5 -0.4
1.73° 0.7 0.8 -0.6 -0.6 -0.5 -0.5
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 0.5 0.7 -0.7 -0.6 -0.6 -0.5

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 0.4 0.6 -0.7 -0.6 -0.6 -0.6

2.00° 0.3 0.5 -0.7 -0.6 -0.6 -0.6

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° -1.8 0.9 -0.9 -0.9 -1.0 -1.0
0.35° -1.4 1.2 -0.9 -0.6 -0.9 -0.4
0.68° -0.3 2.1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.6 -0.3
1.00° 0.8 2.6 -0.7 -0.5 -0.3 -0.3
1.29° 1.3 2.7 -0.7 -0.5 -0.3 -0.2
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 1.4 2.7 -0.7 -0.5 -0.3 -0.2

SPECIAL
1.73° 1.3 2.4 -0.7 -0.5 -0.4 -0.3

1.88° 1.2 2.2 -0.7 -0.4 -0.5 -0.3
1.97° 1.1 2.1 -0.7 -0.4 -0.5 -0.3
2.00° 1.1 2.0 -0.8 -0.4 -0.5 -0.3
SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° -1.8 1.7 -0.8 -0.9 -0.9 -0.9
0.35° -1.8 1.6 -0.8 -0.7 -0.8 -0.4
0.68° -0.8 2.3 -0.8 -0.7 -0.6 -0.4
1.00° 0.3 2.9 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.4
APPENDICES
1.29° 1.1 3.0 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.3

1.53° 1.5 2.9 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.3
1.73° 1.5 2.8 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.4
1.88° 1.5 2.7 -0.8 -0.6 -0.3 -0.4
1.97° 1.5 2.6 -0.8 -0.6 -0.3 -0.4
2.00° 1.4 2.6 -0.8 -0.6 -0.3 -0.4
127

Bearing Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
DIMENSIONAL DATA
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

CONNECTIONS
OPERATIONAL
3-1/2 IF Box
MOTOR
LIMITS
Top Connection:
3-1/2 Reg Box
3-1/2 Reg Box
Bottom Connection:
3-1/2 IF Pin
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
2 3/8" V-Mod
Rotor Connection:
2 3/8" HEF
LOAD CAPACITIES
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS

APPENDICES

OPERATING LIMITS

Imperial Units
Flow Rate [gpm] 100 126 152 178 204 230 256 282 308 334 360
INTRODUCTION
Metric Units
Flow Rate [lpm] 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Flow Rate [gpm]
100 126 152 178 204 230 256 282 308 334 360
Power Sections
COMPONENTS
4 3/4" (5") 4:5 6.0 (250) 165 214 266 321 378 438 501 566
MOTOR
4 3/4" (5") 5:6 8.3 (250) 272 325 380 437 497 558 621
4 3/4" (5") 6:7 7.0 (250) 278 342 409 483 561 643 730 822 918
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 2.0 Air (250) 105 143 187 235 287 345
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 2.6 (250) 139 189 244 308 380 457
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 3.7 (250) 216 272 333 400 473 551 635 725
OPERATION
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 5.0 (250) 271 338 410 490 575 666
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 6.4 (250) 292 359 430 507 589 675
4 3/4" 7:8 2.1 RSS (250) 60 94 138 189 248 316 391 474
4 3/4" 7:8 3.9 Plus (250) 245 309 382 462 548 643 OPERATIONAL
Metric Units (kPa)

Flow Rate [lpm]
MOTOR
LIMITS
400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400
Power Sections
4 3/4" (5") 4:5 6.0 (250) 1209 1559 1927 2315 2721 3147 3592 4055
4 3/4" (5") 5:6 8.3 (250) 1964 2340 2731 3137 3556 3990 4439
SMART TOOLBOX
4 3/4" (5") 6:7 7.0 (250) 2023 2477 2964 3486 4040 4628 5250 5905
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 2.0 Air (250) 778 1056 1367 1712 2090 2502
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 2.6 (250) 1041 1397 1805 2266 2779 3343
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 3.7 (250) 1582 1984 2425 2907 3427 3988 4588 5227
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 5.0 (250) 1978 2458 2981 3547 4157 4810
4 3/4" (5") 7:8 6.4 (250) 2124 2600 3112 3659 4241 4857
APPLICATIONS
4 3/4" 7:8 2.1 RSS (250) 460 718 1034 1407 1837 2326 2871 3474
SPECIAL
4 3/4" 7:8 3.9 Plus (250) 1801 2269 2790 3363 3989 4669

SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° 17 17 17 17 17 17 16 16 16
0.39° 16 16 17 17 17 16 16 16 16
APPENDICES
0.78° 17 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
1.15° 15 17 16 17 17 16 16 16 16
1.50° 12 13 16 14 16 16 14 16 16
1.83° 10 11 14
2.12°
and above
129

Build-Up Rates

SLIDE
INTRODUCTION

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.8 1.0 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 3.8 3.9 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2

MOTOR
1.00° 7.5 7.5 9.0 9.0 8.9 8.8

1.29° 11.1 11.0 12.4 12.0 12.2 11.8
1.53° 14.2 13.5 15.3 13.8 15.1 13.8
1.73° 17.3 13.8 17.6 13.9 17.5 13.9
1.88° 19.7 13.9 19.5 13.9 18.9 13.9
COMPONENTS
1.97° 21.2 13.8 20.9 13.8 19.2 13.8

MOTOR
2.00° 21.7 13.8 21.3 13.8 19.3 13.8

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
OPERATION
0.35° 0.6 0.8 0.7 2.0 0.7 1.9

0.68° 2.5 3.4 4.0 5.0 3.9 4.9
1.00° 5.6 6.0 7.7 8.0 7.5 7.9
1.29° 9.0 9.0 11.0 11.0 10.8 10.8
1.53° 11.9 11.9 13.8 13.8 13.6 13.6
1.73° 14.4 14.4 16.2 16.2 16.0 15.9
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 16.3 16.3 18.0 17.7 17.7 17.5

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 17.4 17.4 19.0 18.2 18.8 18.1

2.00° 17.8 17.8 19.4 18.4 19.1 18.4

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.2 1.9 -0.2 2.0 0.7 1.9
0.68° 1.2 3.7 2.3 5.2 3.7 5.1
1.00° 3.4 6.0 5.6 8.6 6.7 8.4
1.29° 6.2 8.7 8.9 11.4 9.3 11.2
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 8.8 11.0 11.7 13.3 11.5 13.3

SPECIAL
1.73° 11.2 12.6 14.0 14.6 13.8 14.4

1.88° 13.0 13.7 15.8 15.8 15.5 15.6
1.97° 14.1 14.4 16.9 16.8 16.6 16.6
2.00° 14.5 14.6 17.2 17.2 17.0 17.0
SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.0 0.8 -0.2 2.0 0.7 1.9
0.68° 0.7 2.8 1.3 5.2 3.7 5.1
1.00° 2.3 5.5 4.3 8.6 7.0 8.4
APPENDICES
1.29° 4.7 8.3 7.6 11.7 10.1 11.4

1.53° 7.0 10.7 10.3 14.2 12.4 13.9
1.73° 9.3 12.8 12.6 16.3 13.3 16.1
1.88° 11.0 14.4 14.4 17.5 14.3 17.4
1.97° 12.1 15.4 15.4 17.9 15.2 17.7
2.00° 12.4 15.7 15.8 18.0 15.6 17.9


ROTARY
INTRODUCTION
0.00° -0.5 0.7 -2.9 -1.7 -2.7 -1.4
0.35° -0.7 0.3 -1.9 -1.4 -1.8 -1.3
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 0.3 0.7 -1.3 -1.0 -1.0 -0.8
MOTOR
1.00° 1.0 1.1 -1.0 -0.8 -0.7 -0.5
1.29° 1.0 1.1 -1.0 -0.8 -0.7 -0.5
1.53° 0.9 0.9 -1.0 -0.7 -0.7 -0.5
1.73° 0.6 0.7 -1.0 -0.6 -0.8 -0.4
1.88° 0.4 0.6 -1.1 -0.5 -0.8 -0.4
COMPONENTS
1.97° 0.3 0.5 -1.1 -0.5 -0.8 -0.4
MOTOR
2.00° 0.2 0.5 -1.1 -0.5 -0.8 -0.3

0.00° -1.6 1.2 -3.2 -1.8 -3.1 -1.6
OPERATION
0.35° -1.3 1.2 -2.5 -1.3 -2.0 -1.1
0.68° -0.2 1.1 -1.6 -0.6 -1.4 -0.4
1.00° 0.7 1.2 -1.2 -0.6 -1.0 -0.4
1.29° 1.1 1.4 -1.1 -0.8 -0.9 -0.5
1.53° 1.1 1.4 -1.1 -0.9 -0.9 -0.6
1.73° 1.0 1.3 -1.2 -0.9 -0.9 -0.7
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 0.9 1.1 -1.2 -0.9 -1.0 -0.7

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 0.8 1.1 -1.2 -0.9 -1.0 -0.7

2.00° 0.8 1.0 -1.2 -0.9 -1.0 -0.7

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° -3.1 2.0 -3.0 -2.2 -3.1 -1.8
0.35° -2.2 2.0 -3.0 -1.4 -2.1 -1.2
0.68° -1.1 2.1 -2.2 -0.7 -1.1 -0.5
1.00° -0.1 2.6 -1.4 -0.5 -0.6 -0.2
1.29° 0.7 2.6 -1.5 -0.4 -0.6 -0.2
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 1.1 2.3 -1.3 -0.5 -0.8 -0.3

SPECIAL
1.73° 1.2 2.1 -1.3 -0.6 -0.8 -0.4

1.88° 1.2 2.0 -1.3 -0.7 -0.9 -0.5
1.97° 1.2 1.9 -1.3 -0.8 -0.9 -0.5
2.00° 1.2 1.9 -1.3 -0.8 -0.9 -0.6
SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° -4.0 2.5 -2.9 -2.3 -3.0 -2.1
0.35° -2.8 2.5 -2.9 -1.4 -2.1 -1.3
0.68° -1.7 2.6 -2.6 -0.8 -1.1 -0.6
1.00° -0.6 3.0 -2.0 -0.6 -0.6 -0.3
APPENDICES
1.29° 0.3 3.6 -1.6 -0.6 -0.5 -0.3

1.53° 0.9 3.7 -1.5 -0.6 -0.5 -0.3
1.73° 1.1 3.4 -1.4 -0.6 -0.6 -0.3
1.88° 1.2 3.2 -1.4 -0.6 -0.6 -0.3
1.97° 1.3 3.1 -1.4 -0.6 -0.7 -0.4
2.00° 1.3 3.0 -1.4 -0.6 -0.7 -0.4
131

Bearing Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
DIMENSIONAL DATA
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

CONNECTIONS
OPERATIONAL
4 IF Box
MOTOR
LIMITS
Top Connection:
4-1/2 XH Box
Bottom Connection: 4-1/2 Reg Box
SMART TOOLBOX
2 3/8" Reg
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Rotor Connection:
2 7/8" Reg
LOAD CAPACITIES
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS

APPENDICES
OPERATING LIMITS

Imperial Units
Flow Rate [gpm] 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
INTRODUCTION
Metric Units
Flow Rate [lpm] 800 985 1170 1355 1540 1725 1910 2095 2280 2465 2650
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Flow Rate [gpm]
200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Power Sections
COMPONENTS
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 4:5 7.5 (250) 223 283 345 409 474
MOTOR
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 5:6 4.0 HF (250) 247 289 333 379 427 476 527 581
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 6:7 5.0 (250) 132 172 216 261 309 360 415
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 2.9 (250) 118 152 188 227 266 308 352 397 444
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 3.3 (250) 178 217 259 304 352 403 455
6 1/2" 2:3 12.0 Plus (250) 199 258 324 396 475 561 653 751 856
OPERATION
6 1/2" 7:8 4.2 Plus (250) 215 257 303 352 404 458
Metric Units (kPa)

Flow Rate [lpm]
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
800 985 1170 1355 1540 1725 1910 2095 2280 2465 2650
Power Sections
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 4:5 7.5 (250) 1629 2037 2457 2889
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 5:6 4.0 HF (250) 1746 2033 2333 2643 2966 3300 3647
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 6:7 5.0 (250) 972 1246 1539 1849 2178 2525
SMART TOOLBOX
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 2.9 (250) 864 1098 1343 1602 1872 2155 2451 2759
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 3.3 (250) 1270 1538 1826 2131 2455 2798
6 1/2" 2:3 12.0 Plus (250) 1449 1858 2309 2804 3341 3921 4545 5211
6 1/2" 7:8 4.2 Plus (250) 1523 1814 2125 2456 2807 3178
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS
0.00° 13 13 13 12 13 13 12 12 12
0.35° 13 13 13 12 12 12 12 12 12
0.68° 13 13 13 12 12 12 12 12 12
1.00° 13 13 13 12 12 12 12 12 12
APPENDICES
1.29° 12 12 13 11 11 12 12 12 12
1.53° 12 12 12 10 10 11 11 11 12
1.73° 12 12 12
1.88°
and above
133

Build-Up Rates

SLIDE
INTRODUCTION

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.7 1.9 1.2 4.0 2.3 3.8
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 2.9 5.5 5.0 8.1 6.2 7.9

MOTOR
1.00° 6.5 9.4 9.1 12.1 10.2 11.9

1.29° 10.3 13.4 12.9 15.9 13.5 15.6
1.53° 13.7 16.9 16.1 18.9 16.1 18.7
1.73° 17.3 20.2 18.8 21.5 18.6 21.3
1.88° 20.0 22.6 20.9 23.5 20.5 23.2
COMPONENTS
1.97° 21.7 24.2 22.1 24.7 21.7 24.4

MOTOR
2.00° 22.3 24.7 22.5 25.1 22.1 24.7

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
OPERATION
0.35° 0.0 1.6 0.1 4.1 2.8 3.8

0.68° 0.3 4.8 1.5 8.2 6.4 7.9
1.00° 2.3 8.6 4.7 12.2 10.2 11.9
1.29° 5.2 12.2 8.4 15.8 13.9 15.6
1.53° 7.8 15.3 11.5 19.0 17.0 18.7
1.73° 10.4 18.1 14.2 21.6 19.5 21.3
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 12.4 20.3 16.1 23.5 21.4 23.2

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 13.6 21.7 17.3 24.7 22.6 24.4

2.00° 14.0 22.2 17.7 25.1 23.0 24.8

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.0 1.6 0.1 4.0 2.3 3.8
0.68° 0.3 4.6 0.2 8.0 6.2 7.9
1.00° 1.7 8.3 3.4 12.1 10.2 11.9
1.29° 4.0 11.9 7.3 15.8 13.9 15.6
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 6.6 15.0 10.4 18.9 16.9 18.7

SPECIAL
1.73° 9.1 17.6 13.0 21.6 19.5 21.3

1.88° 11.0 19.7 15.0 23.5 21.4 23.2
1.97° 12.2 21.2 16.2 24.7 22.6 24.4
2.00° 12.5 21.6 16.6 25.1 23.0 24.8
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES


ROTARY
INTRODUCTION
0.00° -1.6 1.4 -1.5 -1.5 -1.6 -1.6
0.35° -0.8 1.4 -1.5 -0.7 -1.1 -0.5
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 0.4 1.9 -0.9 -0.6 -0.5 -0.4
MOTOR
1.00° 1.3 2.3 -0.7 -0.5 -0.3 -0.3
1.29° 1.5 2.2 -0.7 -0.5 -0.4 -0.3
1.53° 1.3 1.8 -0.7 -0.6 -0.5 -0.4
1.73° 1.0 1.5 -0.8 -0.6 -0.6 -0.5
1.88° 0.8 1.3 -0.8 -0.6 -0.7 -0.5
COMPONENTS
1.97° 0.7 1.2 -0.8 -0.6 -0.7 -0.6
MOTOR
2.00° 0.6 1.1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.7 -0.6

0.00° -1.6 1.2 -1.3 -1.4 -1.4 -1.4
OPERATION
0.35° -1.3 1.2 -1.3 -0.8 -1.1 -0.7
0.68° -0.2 1.1 -1.3 -0.8 -0.7 -0.6
1.00° 0.7 1.2 -1.1 -0.7 -0.5 -0.5
1.29° 1.1 1.4 -1.0 -0.7 -0.5 -0.5
1.53° 1.1 1.4 -0.9 -0.8 -0.5 -0.6
1.73° 1.0 1.3 -0.9 -0.8 -0.6 -0.7
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 0.9 1.1 -0.9 -0.8 -0.6 -0.7

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 0.8 1.1 -0.9 -0.8 -0.6 -0.7

2.00° 0.8 1.0 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7 -0.8

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° -3.0 2.4 -1.3 -1.3 -1.4 -1.4
0.35° -2.9 2.3 -1.3 -0.9 -1.1 -0.7
0.68° -1.7 2.5 -1.3 -0.8 -0.7 -0.6
1.00° -0.5 2.8 -1.1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.6
1.29° 0.4 2.8 -1.0 -0.8 -0.6 -0.5
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 1.1 2.6 -1.0 -0.8 -0.6 -0.6

SPECIAL
1.73° 1.3 2.3 -1.0 -0.8 -0.6 -0.7

1.88° 1.4 2.1 -1.0 -0.9 -0.7 -0.7
1.97° 1.5 2.0 -1.0 -0.9 -0.7 -0.8
2.00° 1.5 2.0 -1.0 -0.9 -0.7 -0.8
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
135

Bearing Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
DIMENSIONAL DATA
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

CONNECTIONS
OPERATIONAL
4" IF Box
MOTOR
LIMITS
Top Connection:
4 1/2" XH Box
SMART TOOLBOX
2 3/8" Reg
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Rotor Connection:
2 7/8" Reg
LOAD CAPACITIES
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS

APPENDICES
OPERATING LIMITS

Imperial Units
Flow Rate [gpm] 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
INTRODUCTION
Metric Units
Flow Rate [gpm] 800 985 1170 1355 1540 1725 1910 2095 2280 2465 2650
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Flow Rate [gpm]
200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Power Sections
COMPONENTS
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 4:5 7.5 (250) 225 286 349 414 481
MOTOR
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 5:6 4.0 HF (250) 252 296 342 390 440 492 546 603
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 6:7 5.0 (250) 134 175 220 266 316 369 426
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 2.9 (250) 120 155 192 232 273 317 363 410 460
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 3.3 (250) 182 222 266 313 363 416 471
6 1/2" 2:3 12.0 Plus (250) 202 262 329 403 484 572 666 767 875
OPERATION
6 1/2" 7:8 4.2 Plus (250) 220 264 312 363 417 474
Metric Units (kPa)

Flow Rate [lpm]
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
800 985 1170 1355 1540 1725 1910 2095 2280 2465 2650
Power Sections
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 4:5 7.5 (250) 1643 2058 2486 2928
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 5:6 4.0 HF (250) 1785 2083 2396 2721 3060 3411 3776
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 6:7 5.0 (250) 986 1267 1568 1888 2228 2588
SMART TOOLBOX
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 2.9 (250) 878 1119 1372 1641 1922 2218 2529 2853
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
6 1/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 3.3 (250) 1299 1577 1876 2194 2533 2892
6 1/2" 2:3 12.0 Plus (250) 1470 1887 2348 2854 3404 3999 4639 5322
6 1/2" 7:8 4.2 Plus (250) 1562 1864 2188 2534 2901 3289
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS
0.00° 13 13 13 12 12 12 12 12 12
0.39° 13 13 13 12 12 12 12 12 12
0.78° 12 13 13 12 12 12 12 12 12
1.15° 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
APPENDICES
1.50° 9 11 11 10 11 12 11 12 12
1.83° 7 11 11
2.12°
and above
137

Build-Up Rates

SLIDE
INTRODUCTION

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.7 0.8 1.2 2.1 1.1 2.0
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 2.7 3.2 4.6 4.9 4.4 4.7

MOTOR
1.00° 5.7 6.0 8.2 8.2 8.1 8.1

1.29° 9.0 9.0 11.6 11.6 11.4 11.4
1.53° 11.9 11.9 14.4 14.4 14.2 14.2
1.73° 14.3 14.3 16.8 16.4 16.7 16.3
1.88° 16.2 16.2 18.5 17.7 18.4 17.6
COMPONENTS
1.97° 17.5 17.4 19.6 18.2 19.4 18.2

MOTOR
2.00° 17.9 17.8 20.0 18.4 19.7 18.4

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
OPERATION
0.35° 0.1 0.8 0.1 2.6 0.9 2.6

0.68° 1.1 3.3 2.3 5.7 4.0 5.5
1.00° 3.0 6.1 5.5 8.9 7.3 8.7
1.29° 5.6 8.6 8.8 11.9 9.8 11.7
1.53° 8.1 10.9 11.6 14.3 11.7 14.1
1.73° 10.4 12.9 13.9 15.2 13.9 15.1
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 12.1 14.3 15.7 16.2 15.5 16.1

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 13.1 14.9 16.7 17.0 16.5 16.8

2.00° 13.5 15.1 17.1 17.2 16.9 17.1

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.0 0.8 0.1 2.1 0.8 2.0
0.68° 0.5 2.8 1.8 5.4 3.9 5.2
1.00° 2.4 5.5 4.8 8.8 7.3 8.7
1.29° 4.9 8.2 8.1 11.9 10.2 11.8
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 7.3 10.6 10.9 14.4 12.4 14.3

SPECIAL
1.73° 9.5 12.7 13.2 16.5 13.6 16.3

1.88° 11.2 14.3 14.9 17.6 14.7 17.5
1.97° 12.2 15.2 16.0 17.9 15.8 17.8
2.00° 12.5 15.5 16.4 18.0 16.1 17.9
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES


ROTARY
INTRODUCTION
0.00° -0.3 1.6 -2.0 -2.0 -2.1 -1.6
0.35° -0.5 1.5 -1.6 -0.9 -1.5 -0.7
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 0.4 1.2 -1.1 -0.7 -0.9 -0.5
MOTOR
1.00° 1.0 1.3 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7 -0.5
1.29° 1.1 1.3 -1.0 -0.9 -0.8 -0.6
1.53° 1.0 1.2 -1.0 -1.0 -0.9 -0.8
1.73° 0.7 1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -0.8
1.88° 0.6 0.8 -1.1 -1.0 -1.0 -0.8
COMPONENTS
1.97° 0.5 0.7 -1.1 -0.9 -1.0 -0.8
MOTOR
2.00° 0.4 0.6 -1.1 -0.9 -1.0 -0.8

0.00° -2.3 2.3 -1.8 -1.8 -1.9 -1.9
OPERATION
0.35° -1.6 2.3 -1.8 -1.0 -1.4 -0.8
0.68° -0.6 2.3 -1.5 -0.8 -0.8 -0.6
1.00° 0.2 2.7 -1.3 -0.7 -0.5 -0.5
1.29° 0.9 2.8 -1.1 -0.7 -0.5 -0.5
1.53° 1.1 2.6 -1.1 -0.7 -0.6 -0.5
1.73° 1.0 2.4 -1.1 -0.7 -0.7 -0.5
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 1.0 2.1 -1.2 -0.7 -0.8 -0.5

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 1.0 2.0 -1.2 -0.7 -0.9 -0.6

2.00° 0.9 2.0 -1.2 -0.7 -0.9 -0.6

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° -2.8 2.5 -1.7 -1.8 -1.9 -1.9
0.35° -1.9 2.4 -1.7 -1.0 -1.4 -0.9
0.68° -0.9 2.5 -1.6 -0.8 -0.8 -0.6
1.00° 0.0 2.8 -1.3 -0.8 -0.6 -0.6
1.29° 0.7 2.9 -1.2 -0.8 -0.6 -0.6
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 1.0 2.9 -1.2 -0.8 -0.5 -0.5

SPECIAL
1.73° 1.0 2.7 -1.2 -0.7 -0.6 -0.5

1.88° 1.0 2.6 -1.2 -0.7 -0.7 -0.6
1.97° 1.0 2.5 -1.2 -0.7 -0.7 -0.6
2.00° 1.0 2.5 -1.2 -0.7 -0.7 -0.6
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
139

Bearing Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
DIMENSIONAL DATA
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

CONNECTIONS
OPERATIONAL
Top Connection: 4 1/2" IF Box

MOTOR
LIMITS

3 1/2" Reg
Rotor Connection:
SMART TOOLBOX
2 7/8" Reg
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
LOAD CAPACITIES
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS

OPERATING LIMITS
APPENDICES


Imperial Units
Flow Rate [gpm] 300 355 410 465 520 575 630 685 740 795 850
INTRODUCTION
Metric Units
Flow Rate [lpm] 1150 1360 1570 1780 1990 2200 2410 2620 2830 3040 3250
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Imperial Units (psi) Flow Rate [gpm]
300 355 410 465 520 575 630 685 740 795 850
Power Sections
COMPONENTS
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 4:5 7.0 (250) 141 180 223 268 319 373
MOTOR
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 6:7 5.0 (250) 173 211 252 294 339 385
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 2.0 Air (250) 164 224 294 372 461 557
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 3.0 Slow (250) 118 153 192 234 281 331
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 5.0 (250) 174 219 269 323 381 443
6 3/4" (7") 3:4 4.3 ULTRA HF (250) 361 411 462 517 573 632
6 3/4" 7:8 1.7 RSS (250) 207 243 281 320 363 406
OPERATION
6 3/4" 7:8 5.7 (250) 128 160 194 230 270 311
6 3/4" 9:10 8.0 (250) 368 469 582 707 846 995
6 1/2" 2:3 12.0 Plus (250) 259 333 415 504 602 707 821
6 1/2" 7:8 4.2 Plus (250) 221 269 321 377 436
Metric Units (kPa)

OPERATIONAL
Flow Rate [lpm]

MOTOR
LIMITS
1150 1360 1570 1780 1990 2200 2410 2620 2830 3040 3250
Power Sections
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 4:5 7.0 (250) 989 1260 1558 1883 2236 2617
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 6:7 5.0 (250) 1209 1477 1759 2055 2367 2692
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 2.0 Air (250) 1155 1579 2067 2620 3240 3924
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 3.0 Slow (250) 830 1073 1344 1643 1971 2326
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 5.0 (250) 1218 1537 1885 2262 2669 3105
6 3/4" (7") 3:4 4.3 ULTRA HF (250) 2530 2873 3234 3612 4008
6 3/4" 7:8 1.7 RSS (250) 1446 1697 1963 2243 2536 2843
6 3/4" 7:8 5.7 (250) 896 1118 1357 1614 1889 2181
6 3/4" 9:10 8.0 (250) 2592 3302 4099 4981 5950 7004
APPLICATIONS
6 1/2" 2:3 12.0 Plus (250) 1823 2338 2909 3536 4220 4959 5755
SPECIAL
6 1/2" 7:8 4.2 Plus (250) 1547 1885 2248 2639 3056

SPECIFICATIONS
0.00° 12 12 12 12 12 12 10 10 10
0.35° 12 12 12 11 11 12 10 10 10
0.68° 11 11 12 11 11 11 10 10 10
APPENDICES
1.00° 11 11 12 10 11 11 10 10 10
1.29° 10 11 12 9 10 10 10 10 10
1.53° 9 11 11 8 9 10 9 9 10
1.73° 7 9 11
1.88°
and above
141

Build-Up Rates

SLIDE
INTRODUCTION

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.7 1.9 1.6 3.9 2.4 3.8
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 3.3 5.4 5.5 8.0 6.2 7.8

MOTOR
1.00° 6.9 9.2 9.6 11.9 9.7 11.8

1.29° 10.6 12.8 13.4 15.6 13.1 15.4
1.53° 14.0 15.8 16.4 18.5 16.2 18.2
1.73° 17.4 18.7 19.1 20.2 18.8 20.0
1.88° 20.0 20.8 21.0 21.6 20.8 21.5
COMPONENTS
1.97° 21.7 22.1 22.2 22.6 22.0 22.4

MOTOR
2.00° 22.2 22.6 22.6 22.9 22.4 22.8

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
OPERATION
0.35° 0.6 1.7 0.7 3.9 2.4 3.8

0.68° 2.4 5.2 4.5 8.0 6.2 7.8
1.00° 5.7 8.9 8.5 12.0 10.2 11.8
1.29° 9.3 12.5 12.3 15.7 13.6 15.4
1.53° 12.4 15.6 15.4 18.6 16.2 18.4
1.73° 15.3 18.4 18.0 21.1 18.2 20.9
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 17.6 20.5 20.0 23.0 19.8 22.7

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 19.2 21.9 21.3 24.1 20.9 23.9

2.00° 19.7 22.4 21.8 24.5 21.3 24.3

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.0 1.6 0.1 3.9 2.4 3.8
0.68° 1.2 4.8 2.8 8.0 6.2 7.8
1.00° 3.7 8.5 6.6 11.9 10.3 11.8
1.29° 6.9 12.1 10.3 15.6 13.9 15.4
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 9.8 15.0 13.3 18.6 16.7 18.4

SPECIAL
1.73° 12.4 17.6 15.9 21.1 19.3 20.9

1.88° 14.4 19.6 17.9 23.0 21.1 22.8
1.97° 15.5 21.0 19.1 24.2 22.2 23.9
2.00° 15.9 21.4 19.5 24.5 22.6 24.3
SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.0 1.1 0.1 4.0 2.4 3.8
0.68° 0.0 3.6 0.2 8.0 6.2 7.8
1.00° 0.5 6.9 0.4 11.9 10.2 11.8
APPENDICES
1.29° 1.2 10.2 1.9 15.5 13.8 15.3

1.53° 2.0 13.1 4.4 18.4 16.7 18.2
1.73° 3.4 15.5 6.9 20.9 19.2 20.8
1.88° 4.5 17.3 8.8 22.8 21.1 22.8
1.97° 5.3 18.4 9.9 23.9 22.3 23.9
2.00° 5.5 18.8 10.3 24.3 22.6 24.2


ROTARY
INTRODUCTION
0.00° -1.1 1.4 -1.4 -1.4 -1.5 -1.5
0.35° -0.5 1.4 -1.3 -0.7 -1.0 -0.5
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 0.6 1.9 -0.9 -0.6 -0.5 -0.4
MOTOR
1.00° 1.3 2.2 -0.7 -0.6 -0.4 -0.3
1.29° 1.3 2.1 -0.7 -0.6 -0.5 -0.4
1.53° 1.1 1.7 -0.8 -0.6 -0.7 -0.5
1.73° 0.9 1.4 -0.8 -0.6 -0.7 -0.5
1.88° 0.6 1.1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.8 -0.6
COMPONENTS
1.97° 0.5 1.0 -0.8 -0.7 -0.8 -0.6
MOTOR
2.00° 0.5 0.9 -0.8 -0.7 -0.8 -0.6

0.00° -1.9 1.6 -1.4 -1.4 -1.5 -1.5
OPERATION
0.35° -0.9 1.5 -1.4 -0.7 -1.0 -0.6
0.68° 0.2 2.0 -1.0 -0.6 -0.6 -0.4
1.00° 1.1 2.3 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.4
1.29° 1.3 2.2 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.4
1.53° 1.2 1.8 -0.8 -0.7 -0.5 -0.6
1.73° 1.0 1.6 -0.8 -0.7 -0.6 -0.6
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 0.8 1.4 -0.9 -0.7 -0.7 -0.6

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 0.7 1.2 -0.9 -0.7 -0.7 -0.6

2.00° 0.7 1.2 -0.9 -0.7 -0.7 -0.6

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° -2.8 1.9 -1.3 -1.3 -1.4 -1.4
0.35° -1.8 1.9 -1.3 -0.8 -1.0 -0.6
0.68° -0.6 2.2 -1.1 -0.7 -0.6 -0.5
1.00° 0.5 2.5 -1.0 -0.7 -0.5 -0.5
1.29° 1.2 2.4 -1.0 -0.7 -0.5 -0.5
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 1.3 2.1 -0.9 -0.8 -0.6 -0.6

SPECIAL
1.73° 1.2 1.8 -0.9 -0.8 -0.6 -0.7

1.88° 1.1 1.6 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7 -0.7
1.97° 1.0 1.5 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7 -0.8
2.00° 1.0 1.5 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7 -0.8
SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° -3.1 3.3 -0.9 -1.0 -1.1 -1.1
0.35° -3.1 3.2 -0.9 -1.1 -1.0 -0.9
0.68° -3.0 3.1 -0.9 -1.1 -1.0 -0.9
1.00° -2.5 3.3 -0.9 -1.1 -0.9 -0.9
APPENDICES
1.29° -1.5 3.3 -0.9 -1.1 -0.9 -0.9

1.53° -0.6 3.2 -1.0 -1.2 -0.9 -1.0
1.73° 0.0 2.9 -1.0 -1.2 -1.0 -1.0
1.88° 0.4 2.8 -1.1 -1.2 -1.0 -1.1
1.97° 0.7 2.6 -1.1 -1.2 -1.1 -1.1
2.00° 0.8 2.6 -1.1 -1.2 -1.1 -1.1
143

Bearing Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
DIMENSIONAL DATA
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

CONNECTIONS
OPERATIONAL
Top Connection: 4 1/2" IF Box

MOTOR
LIMITS

3 1/2" Reg
Rotor Connection:
SMART TOOLBOX
2 7/8" Reg
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
LOAD CAPACITIES
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS

OPERATING LIMITS
APPENDICES


Imperial Units
Flow Rate [gpm] 300 355 410 465 520 575 630 685 740 795 850
INTRODUCTION
Metric Units
Flow Rate [lpm] 1150 1360 1570 1780 1990 2200 2410 2620 2830 3040 3250
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Imperial Units (psi) Flow Rate [gpm]
300 355 410 465 520 575 630 685 740 795 850
Power Sections
COMPONENTS
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 4:5 7.0 (250) 147 188 234 282 337 395
MOTOR
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 6:7 5.0 (250) 179 219 263 308 357 407
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 2.0 Air (250) 170 232 305 386 479 579
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 3.0 Slow (250) 124 161 203 248 299 353
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 5.0 (250) 180 227 280 337 399 465
6 3/4" (7") 3:4 4.3 ULTRA HF (250) 383 437 493 553 615 680
6 3/4" 7:8 1.7 RSS (250) 218 257 299 342 389 437
OPERATION
6 3/4" 7:8 5.7 (250) 134 168 205 244 288 333
6 3/4" 9:10 8.0 (250) 379 483 600 729 872 1026
6 1/2" 2:3 12.0 Plus (250) 265 341 426 518 620 729 847
6 1/2" 7:8 4.2 Plus (250) 229 280 335 395 458
Metric Units (kPa)

OPERATIONAL
Flow Rate [lpm]

MOTOR
LIMITS
1150 1360 1570 1780 1990 2200 2410 2620 2830 3040 3250
Power Sections
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 4:5 7.0 (250) 1032 1319 1636 1985 2363 2772
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 6:7 5.0 (250) 1252 1536 1837 2157 2494 2847
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 2.0 Air (250) 1198 1638 2145 2722 3367 4079
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 3.0 Slow (250) 873 1132 1422 1745 2098 2481
6 3/4" (6 1/2") 7:8 5.0 (250) 1261 1596 1963 2364 2796 3260
6 3/4" (7") 3:4 4.3 ULTRA HF (250) 2685 3059 3454 3868 4304
6 3/4" 7:8 1.7 RSS (250) 1524 1799 2090 2398 2722 3063
6 3/4" 7:8 5.7 (250) 939 1177 1435 1716 2016 2336
6 3/4" 9:10 8.0 (250) 2670 3404 4226 5136 6136 7224
APPLICATIONS
6 1/2" 2:3 12.0 Plus (250) 1866 2397 2987 3638 4347 5114 5941
SPECIAL
6 1/2" 7:8 4.2 Plus (250) 1606 1963 2350 2766 3211

SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° 13 13 13 12 12 12 11 11 11
0.39° 13 13 13 12 12 12 11 11 11
0.78° 12 13 13 12 12 12 11 11 11
APPENDICES
1.15° 11 12 12 11 11 12 11 11 11
1.50° 9 11 11 10 10 12 11 11 10
1.83° 7 9 11
2.12°
and above
145

Build-Up Rates

SLIDE
INTRODUCTION

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.6 0.8 0.8 2.2 1.1 2.1
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 2.4 3.3 4.1 5.3 4.1 5.2

MOTOR
1.00° 5.3 5.8 7.7 8.1 7.5 8.0

1.29° 8.4 8.5 11.0 11.0 10.8 10.8
1.53° 11.1 11.1 13.7 13.7 13.6 13.5
1.73° 13.4 13.5 16.0 16.0 15.9 15.8
1.88° 15.2 15.2 17.7 17.4 17.6 17.2
COMPONENTS
1.97° 16.3 16.3 18.7 17.8 18.5 17.7

MOTOR
2.00° 16.6 16.6 19.0 17.9 18.8 17.8

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
OPERATION
0.35° 0.5 0.8 0.4 2.2 1.1 2.1

0.68° 1.9 3.2 3.5 5.4 3.7 5.3
1.00° 4.6 6.1 7.0 8.1 6.9 7.9
1.29° 7.6 8.5 10.3 10.6 10.1 10.4
1.53° 10.3 10.3 13.0 13.0 12.8 12.8
1.73° 12.5 12.5 15.3 15.3 15.1 15.1
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 14.2 14.2 17.0 17.0 16.8 16.8

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 15.3 15.3 18.0 18.0 17.9 17.8

2.00° 15.6 15.6 18.4 18.4 18.3 18.1

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.2 0.8 0.1 2.2 1.1 2.1
0.68° 1.2 3.0 2.5 5.4 4.1 5.3
1.00° 3.4 5.8 5.8 8.8 7.2 8.6
1.29° 6.0 8.6 9.0 11.6 9.7 11.5
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 8.6 10.9 11.7 13.6 11.5 13.5

SPECIAL
1.73° 10.8 12.7 14.0 14.6 13.8 14.5

1.88° 12.5 13.9 15.7 15.7 15.5 15.5
1.97° 13.5 14.4 16.7 16.7 16.5 16.5
2.00° 13.8 14.6 17.1 17.0 16.9 16.9
SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.0 0.8 0.1 2.2 1.1 2.1
0.68° 0.2 2.4 0.2 5.4 4.1 5.3
1.00° 0.7 4.7 1.3 8.8 7.4 8.6
APPENDICES
1.29° 1.7 7.3 3.5 11.8 10.4 11.6

1.53° 3.1 9.5 6.1 14.3 12.9 14.2
1.73° 4.6 11.5 8.2 16.4 15.0 16.2
1.88° 5.7 12.9 9.9 18.0 16.6 17.8
1.97° 6.5 13.8 10.9 19.0 17.5 18.8
2.00° 6.8 14.1 11.2 19.3 17.8 19.1


ROTARY
INTRODUCTION
0.00° -0.7 1.5 -1.7 -1.8 -1.8 -1.4
0.35° -0.6 1.5 -1.5 -0.8 -1.2 -0.6
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 0.3 1.5 -1.1 -0.6 -0.8 -0.4
MOTOR
1.00° 1.0 1.4 -0.9 -0.6 -0.7 -0.4
1.29° 1.0 1.3 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7 -0.5
1.53° 0.9 1.1 -1.0 -0.8 -0.8 -0.7
1.73° 0.7 0.9 -1.0 -0.9 -0.9 -0.8
1.88° 0.5 0.7 -1.0 -0.9 -0.9 -0.8
COMPONENTS
1.97° 0.4 0.6 -1.0 -0.9 -1.0 -0.8
MOTOR
2.00° 0.4 0.6 -1.0 -0.9 -1.0 -0.8

0.00° -1.1 1.7 -1.7 -1.7 -1.8 -1.5
OPERATION
0.35° -0.9 1.7 -1.6 -0.8 -1.2 -0.6
0.68° 0.1 1.9 -1.2 -0.6 -0.7 -0.4
1.00° 0.8 1.9 -0.9 -0.6 -0.6 -0.3
1.29° 1.1 1.6 -0.9 -0.6 -0.7 -0.4
1.53° 1.0 1.4 -1.0 -0.8 -0.8 -0.6
1.73° 0.8 1.1 -1.0 -0.8 -0.9 -0.7
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 0.6 0.9 -1.0 -0.9 -0.9 -0.8

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 0.6 0.8 -1.1 -0.9 -1.0 -0.8

2.00° 0.5 0.8 -1.1 -0.9 -1.0 -0.8

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° -2.0 2.0 -1.6 -1.6 -1.7 -1.6
0.35° -1.4 2.0 -1.6 -0.9 -1.2 -0.7
0.68° -0.4 2.2 -1.3 -0.7 -0.7 -0.5
1.00° 0.4 2.5 -1.2 -0.7 -0.5 -0.5
1.29° 1.0 2.5 -1.0 -0.7 -0.5 -0.5
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 1.1 2.4 -1.0 -0.6 -0.6 -0.4

SPECIAL
1.73° 1.0 2.0 -1.1 -0.7 -0.7 -0.5

1.88° 0.9 1.7 -1.1 -0.7 -0.8 -0.6
1.97° 0.8 1.6 -1.1 -0.7 -0.9 -0.6
2.00° 0.8 1.5 -1.1 -0.7 -0.9 -0.6
SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° -3.3 3.4 -1.2 -1.3 -1.4 -1.4
0.35° -3.2 3.3 -1.2 -1.1 -1.2 -1.0
0.68° -2.3 3.2 -1.2 -1.1 -1.0 -0.9
1.00° -1.3 3.3 -1.3 -1.1 -0.9 -0.9
APPENDICES
1.29° -0.5 3.4 -1.3 -1.1 -0.9 -0.9

1.53° 0.1 3.5 -1.3 -1.1 -0.9 -0.9
1.73° 0.5 3.3 -1.3 -1.1 -0.9 -0.9
1.88° 0.8 3.2 -1.3 -1.1 -0.9 -0.9
1.97° 1.0 3.2 -1.3 -1.1 -0.9 -0.9
2.00° 1.0 3.1 -1.3 -1.1 -0.9 -0.9
147

Bearing Sections
HyperLineTM 8 in. (203mm) LBTB

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
DIMENSIONAL DATA
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

CONNECTIONS
OPERATIONAL

MOTOR
LIMITS

3 1/2" Reg
Rotor Connection:
SMART TOOLBOX
3 1/2" IF
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
LOAD CAPACITIES
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS

OPERATING LIMITS
APPENDICES


HyperLineTM 8 in. (203mm) LBTB, cont’d...
Imperial Units
Flow Rate [gpm] 300 375 450 525 600 675 750 825 900 975 1050
INTRODUCTION
Metric Units
Flow Rate [lpm] 1150 1435 1720 2005 2290 2575 2860 3145 3430 3715 4000
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Flow Rate [gpm]
300 375 450 525 600 675 750 825 900 975 1050
Power Sections
COMPONENTS
8" 3:4 4.2 HF (250) 405 448 493 539
MOTOR
8" 4:5 5.3 (250) 93 124 161 200 243 290 339 394 450
8" 6:7 4.0 (250) 214 258 307 358 412 469 528 591
8" 6:7 5.0 (250) 122 162 207 254 307 363 423 488 555
8" 7:8 2.5 RSS (250) 127 163 203 244 289 335 383 435 488
8" 7:8 4.0 (250) 184 231 280 329 379 430 481 534 587
OPERATION
Metric Units (kPa)

Flow Rate [lpm]
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
1150 1435 1720 2005 2290 2575 2860 3145 3430 3715 4000
Power Sections
8" 3:4 4.2 HF (250) 2811 3114 3424
8" 4:5 5.3 (250) 649 873 1122 1396 1695 2019 2369 2743
8" 6:7 4.0 (250) 1487 1803 2138 2494 2868 3263 3677 4111
SMART TOOLBOX
8" 6:7 5.0 (250) 852 1133 1441 1777 2140 2531 2949 3395
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
8" 7:8 2.5 RSS (250) 883 1142 1415 1706 2012 2334 2672 3025
8" 7:8 4.0 (250) 1280 1612 1947 2289 2636 2989 3346 3709
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS
0.00° 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
0.35° 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
0.68° 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
1.00° 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 9
APPENDICES
1.29° 10 10 10 10 9 9 10 9 9
1.53° 9 10 10 9 9 9 10 9 9
1.73° 8 9 10 9 9 9
1.88°
and above
149

Build-Up Rates
HYPERLINE™ 8 in. LBTB - Estimated Build Up Rates (°/100 ft (30 m)

SLIDE
INTRODUCTION

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.0 0.8 0.1 2.1 1.2 2.0
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 0.3 2.6 0.5 5.0 3.9 4.8

MOTOR
1.00° 1.5 4.9 2.5 8.0 6.9 7.8

1.29° 3.1 7.3 5.2 10.7 9.6 10.5
1.53° 4.7 9.4 7.6 12.9 11.8 12.8
1.73° 6.3 11.2 9.6 14.8 13.7 14.7
1.88° 7.6 12.5 11.1 16.2 15.0 16.1
COMPONENTS
1.97° 8.5 13.4 12.0 17.1 15.9 16.9

MOTOR
2.00° 8.8 13.6 12.3 17.4 16.1 17.2

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
OPERATION
0.35° 0.0 0.8 0.1 2.1 1.2 2.0

0.68° 0.0 2.0 0.4 5.0 4.0 4.9
1.00° 0.5 3.8 0.4 8.0 6.9 7.8
1.29° 1.1 5.8 0.6 10.7 9.6 10.6
1.53° 1.5 7.8 1.4 13.0 11.8 12.8
1.73° 2.1 9.4 3.2 14.9 13.7 14.7
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 2.7 10.7 4.6 16.3 15.1 16.1

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 3.2 11.5 5.5 17.1 15.9 17.0

2.00° 3.3 11.7 5.7 17.4 16.2 17.3

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.0 0.8 0.1 2.4 1.4 2.3
0.68° 0.0 1.6 0.2 5.2 4.0 5.0
1.00° 0.3 3.5 0.2 8.0 6.9 7.9
1.29° 0.4 5.3 0.6 10.7 9.6 10.6
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 0.4 6.8 1.1 13.0 11.9 12.8

SPECIAL
1.73° 1.2 8.4 0.9 14.9 13.7 14.7

1.88° 1.7 9.6 1.0 16.3 15.1 16.1
1.97° 1.9 10.3 1.3 17.1 16.0 17.0
2.00° 1.9 10.5 1.4 17.4 16.3 17.3
SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.0 0.6 0.1 2.1 1.3 2.0
0.68° 0.0 1.5 0.2 5.0 4.0 4.9
1.00° 0.2 3.0 0.2 8.0 6.9 7.9
APPENDICES
1.29° 0.2 4.6 0.3 10.7 9.6 10.6

1.53° 0.1 5.9 0.4 13.0 11.9 12.9
1.73° 1.1 7.4 0.4 14.9 13.7 14.7
1.88° 1.4 8.6 0.5 16.3 15.1 16.2
1.97° 1.1 9.3 0.5 17.1 16.0 17.0
2.00° 1.0 9.6 0.5 17.4 16.3 17.3

HYPERLINE™ 8 in. LBTB - Directional Tendencies (°/100 ft (30 m)

ROTARY
INTRODUCTION
0.00° -2.5 2.2 -1.0 -2.0 -2.3 -1.8
0.35° -2.4 0.9 -1.0 -0.8 -0.8 -0.6
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° -1.5 2.3 -1.0 -0.8 -0.8 -0.6
MOTOR
1.00° -0.6 2.3 -1.0 -0.8 -0.7 -0.6
1.29° 0.1 2.5 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7 -0.6
1.53° 1.1 2.6 -0.9 -0.7 -0.7 -0.5
1.73° 1.2 2.4 -0.9 -0.7 -0.7 -0.6
1.88° 1.3 2.2 -0.9 -0.7 -0.7 -0.6
COMPONENTS
1.97° 1.3 2.2 -0.9 -0.7 -0.7 -0.6
MOTOR
2.00° 1.3 2.1 -0.9 -0.7 -0.7 -0.6

0.00° -3.0 3.4 -0.6 -2.4 -0.7 -2.3
OPERATION
0.35° -3.1 2.9 -0.6 -1.3 -1.2 -1.1
0.68° -2.9 2.4 -0.6 -1.3 -1.2 -1.1
1.00° -2.5 3.4 -0.6 -1.3 -1.2 -1.1
1.29° -1.8 3.6 -0.6 -1.3 -1.2 -1.1
1.53° -1.3 3.7 -0.5 -1.3 -1.2 -1.1
1.73° -0.8 3.5 -0.7 -1.3 -1.2 -1.1
OPERATIONAL
1.88° -0.5 3.4 -0.8 -1.3 -1.2 -1.1

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° -0.3 3.3 -0.8 -1.2 -1.2 -1.1

2.00° -0.2 3.3 -0.9 -1.2 -1.2 -1.1

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° -3.2 4.2 -0.3 -1.7 -0.5 -2.1
0.35° -3.3 4.2 -0.3 -1.7 -1.4 -1.5
0.68° -3.3 4.1 -0.3 -1.7 -1.4 -1.5
1.00° -3.2 4.1 -0.3 -1.7 -1.4 -1.5
1.29° -3.0 4.2 -0.3 -1.7 -1.3 -1.5
APPLICATIONS
1.53° -2.7 4.4 -0.3 -1.6 -1.4 -1.4

SPECIAL
1.73° -2.2 4.3 -0.3 -1.6 -1.4 -1.4

1.88° -1.9 4.1 -0.3 -1.6 -1.3 -1.4
1.97° -1.7 4.1 -0.3 -1.6 -1.3 -1.4
2.00° -1.6 4.1 -0.3 -1.6 -1.3 -1.4
SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° -3.5 4.9 -0.1 -0.3 -0.3 -1.0
0.35° -3.6 4.9 -0.1 -1.9 -1.4 -1.8
0.68° -3.5 4.8 -0.1 -1.9 -1.5 -1.8
1.00° -3.4 4.4 -0.1 -2.0 -1.4 -1.8
APPENDICES
1.29° -3.4 5.0 -0.1 -2.0 -1.5 -1.8

1.53° -3.8 5.1 0.0 -1.9 -1.5 -1.7
1.73° -3.7 4.9 0.0 -1.9 -1.4 -1.6
1.88° -3.5 4.8 0.0 -1.9 -1.3 -1.6
1.97° -3.5 4.8 0.0 -1.9 -1.2 -1.5
2.00° -3.5 4.7 0.0 -1.9 -1.2 -1.5
151

Bearing Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
DIMENSIONAL DATA
COMPONENTS

MOTOR
Maximum OD:* 11.5 / 15.75 in (292 / 400 mm)

Recommended Minimum Hole Size:* 12.25 / 16 in (311 / 406 mm)
Recommended Maximum Hole Size:* 16 / 22 in (406 / 559 mm)
OPERATION
* Option 1: small hole sizes without IBS Centralizer.

Option 2: with IBS Centralizer
CONNECTIONS
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
7 5/8" Reg Box

LIMITS
Top Connection:
6 5/8" Reg Box
7 5/8" Reg Box
Bottom Connection:
6 5/8" Reg Box
SMART TOOLBOX

HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
4" F.H.
Rotor Connection:
3 1/2" IF
LOAD CAPACITIES
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Max. Body Overpull 1,250,000 lbf (556,000 daN)
APPENDICES

OPERATING LIMITS

Imperial Units
Flow Rate [gpm] 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600
INTRODUCTION
Metric Units
Flow Rate [lpm] 2300 2680 3060 3440 3820 4200 4580 4960 5340 5720 6100
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Flow Rate [gpm]
600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600
Power Sections
COMPONENTS
9 5/8" 6:7 5.0 (250) 148 183 221 261 304 350 398
MOTOR
9 5/8" 7:8 2.8 (250) 185 223 264 310 357 409 464 521 583
9 5/8" 7:8 5.7 (250) 142 176 211 250 291 335 381
OPERATION
Metric Units (kPa)
Flow Rate [lpm]
OPERATIONAL
2300 2680 3060 3440 3820 4200 4580 4960 5340 5720 6100
Power Sections
MOTOR
LIMITS
9 5/8" 6:7 5.0 (250) 1043 1283 1544 1825 2124 2444
9 5/8" 7:8 2.8 (250) 1296 1563 1851 2163 2498 2856 3237 3642
9 5/8" 7:8 5.7 (250) 1000 1230 1478 1746 2031 2335
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL

Adjustable 16.00 in 17.50in 22.00 in 16.00 in 17.50in 22.00 in 16.00 in 17.50in 22.00 in
0.00° 8 9 9 8 8 8 8 8 8
SPECIFICATIONS
0.35° 8 9 9 8 8 8 8 8 8
0.68° 7 9 9 8 8 8 8 8 8
1.00° 7 8 9 7 7 8 8 8 8
1.29° 6 8 9 7 7 7 7 7 7
1.53° 6 7 9 6 6 6 6 6 7
APPENDICES
1.73° 6 6 8 6 6 6
1.88°
and above
Note: Table above is based on use of Mid Body IBS
153

Build-Up Rates

SLIDE
INTRODUCTION
16” (406.4 mm) Hole Size 1 Stabilization Point 2 Stabilization Points

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.3 0.5 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.6
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 1.2 1.5 4.2 4.2 4.1 3.9

MOTOR
1.00° 2.2 3.0 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.3

1.29° 3.5 4.7 8.8 8.8 8.7 8.5
1.53° 4.7 6.1 10.7 10.7 10.5 10.3
1.73° 5.9 7.5 12.2 12.1 12.1 11.8
1.88° 6.8 8.6 13.3 13.2 13.2 13.0
COMPONENTS
1.97° 7.4 9.2 14.0 13.9 13.9 13.6

MOTOR
2.00° 7.6 9.4 14.2 14.1 14.1 13.9

Ass’y Top: - - - - Top: 17-1/4” Top: 17-3/8” Top: 17-1/4” Top: 17”
0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
OPERATION
0.35° 0.0 0.6 0.1 2.1 2.0 1.3

0.68° 0.5 1.3 0.5 4.8 4.7 3.8
1.00° 1.2 2.2 2.2 7.6 7.4 6.5
1.29° 1.8 3.5 4.3 10.1 9.9 8.9
1.53° 2.3 4.8 6.1 12.1 12.0 11.0
1.73° 2.9 6.1 7.6 13.9 13.7 12.8
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 3.4 7.1 8.7 15.2 15.0 14.1

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 3.7 7.7 9.4 15.9 15.8 14.8

2.00° 3.8 7.9 9.6 16.2 16.1 15.1

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.0 0.4 0.1 2.1 1.6 1.3
0.68° 1.3 1.6 0.1 4.8 4.6 3.8
1.00° 2.6 2.4 0.2 7.6 7.5 6.5
1.29° 2.3 3.2 0.4 10.1 10.0 9.0
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 0.9 4.1 0.9 12.1 12.0 11.0

SPECIAL
1.73° 0.9 5.5 2.2 13.9 13.8 12.8

1.88° 1.2 6.5 3.1 15.2 15.0 14.1
1.97° 1.7 7.0 3.8 15.9 15.8 14.9
2.00° 1.8 7.1 4.0 16.2 16.1 15.1
SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.0 0.2 0.1 2.2 2.4 1.4
0.68° 0.0 2.4 0.1 4.9 4.8 3.7
1.00° 0.3 2.9 0.2 7.6 7.4 6.4
APPENDICES
1.29° 0.7 3.0 0.3 10.0 9.9 8.9

1.53° 0.9 3.7 0.4 12.1 12.0 10.9
1.73° 0.8 4.9 0.4 13.8 13.7 12.7
1.88° 0.9 5.7 0.5 15.1 14.9 14.0
1.97° 1.1 6.1 0.5 15.8 15.7 14.7
2.00° 1.2 6.3 0.5 16.1 16.0 15.0
Note: Tables above are based on use of Mid Body IBS


ROTARY
INTRODUCTION
0.00° 2.9 2.9 -1.0 -1.1 -1.0 -0.9
0.35° 2.9 2.9 -1.4 -1.3 -1.4 -1.0
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 2.9 2.8 -1.6 -1.4 -1.5 -1.0
MOTOR
1.00° 2.8 2.7 -1.6 -1.4 -1.5 -1.1
1.29° 2.7 2.6 -1.6 -1.5 -1.5 -1.2
1.53° 2.6 2.4 -1.6 -1.5 -1.5 -1.2
1.73° 2.5 2.2 -1.7 -1.4 -1.6 -1.2
1.88° 2.4 2.1 -1.7 -1.4 -1.6 -1.2
COMPONENTS
1.97° 2.4 2.0 -1.7 -1.4 -1.6 -1.2
MOTOR
2.00° 2.4 2.0 -1.7 -1.4 -1.6 -1.2

0.00° 1.2 5.1 0.0 -1.4 -1.3 -0.4
OPERATION
0.35° 1.2 5.0 0.0 -1.5 -1.5 -1.0
0.68° 1.1 4.9 0.0 -1.7 -1.6 -1.2
1.00° 1.0 4.8 -0.1 -1.8 -1.7 -1.3
1.29° 1.1 4.6 -0.2 -1.8 -1.7 -1.3
1.53° 1.3 4.5 -0.3 -1.8 -1.7 -1.3
1.73° 1.4 4.5 -0.6 -1.8 -1.7 -1.4
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 1.5 4.4 -0.8 -1.8 -1.7 -1.4

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 1.6 4.4 -0.9 -1.8 -1.7 -1.4

2.00° 1.6 4.4 -0.9 -1.8 -1.7 -1.4

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° -1.4 5.2 0.1 -1.6 -1.4 -0.7
0.35° -1.4 5.1 0.1 -1.8 -1.7 -1.2
0.68° -1.2 5.0 0.1 -2.1 -1.9 -1.5
1.00° -0.9 4.9 0.1 -2.2 -2.0 -1.7
1.29° -0.6 4.7 0.0 -2.2 -2.1 -1.7
APPLICATIONS
1.53° -0.3 4.6 -0.1 -2.2 -2.1 -1.7

SPECIAL
1.73° 0.0 4.6 -0.4 -2.2 -2.1 -1.7

1.88° 0.1 4.5 -0.6 -2.2 -2.0 -1.7
1.97° 0.3 4.5 -0.7 -2.2 -2.0 -1.7
2.00° 0.3 4.5 -0.8 -2.2 -2.0 -1.7
SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° -4.0 6.0 0.3 -1.9 -1.7 -0.7
0.35° -3.8 6.0 0.3 -2.0 -2.0 -1.4
0.68° -3.3 5.9 0.3 -2.3 -2.3 -1.8
1.00° -2.8 5.8 0.3 -2.5 -2.5 -2.1
APPENDICES
1.29° -2.4 5.7 0.3 -2.6 -2.6 -2.1

1.53° -2.0 5.6 0.3 -2.6 -2.5 -2.1
1.73° -1.8 5.4 0.3 -2.6 -2.5 -2.1
1.88° -1.6 5.3 0.3 -2.6 -2.5 -2.1
1.97° -1.4 5.3 0.3 -2.6 -2.5 -2.1
2.00° -1.4 5.3 0.3 -2.6 -2.5 -2.1
155

Bearing Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
DIMENSIONAL DATA
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

Recommended Minimum Hole Size: 16 in (406 mm)
OPERATION
Recommended Maximum Hole Size: 26 in (660 mm)

CONNECTIONS
OPERATIONAL

MOTOR
LIMITS

4 1/2 Reg
Rotor Connection:
SMART TOOLBOX
4" F.H.
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
LOAD CAPACITIES
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Max. Bit Overpull 1,000,000 lbf (444,800 daN)
OPERATING LIMITS
APPENDICES


Imperial Units
Flow Rate [gpm] 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600
INTRODUCTION
Metric Units
Flow Rate [lpm] 2300 2680 3060 3440 3820 4200 4580 4960 5340 5720 6100
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Flow Rate [gpm]
600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600
Power Sections
COMPONENTS
11 1/4" 6:7 5.0 (250) 141 173 208 245 284 326 370
MOTOR
11 1/4" 7:8 2.8 (250) 172 207 244 286 329 375 425 476 533
11 1/4" 7:8 5.7 (250) 135 166 198 234 271 311 353
OPERATION
Metric Units (kPa)
Flow Rate [lpm]
OPERATIONAL
2300 2680 3060 3440 3820 4200 4580 4960 5340 5720 6100
Power Sections
MOTOR
LIMITS
11 1/4" 6:7 5.0 (250) 992 1215 1455 1712 1985 2276
11 1/4" 7:8 2.8 (250) 1207 1450 1712 1995 2298 2621 2965 3330
11 1/4" 7:8 5.7 (250) 949 1162 1389 1633 1892 2167
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL

0.00° 9 9 9 8 8 8 7 7 7
SPECIFICATIONS
0.35° 9 9 9 8 8 8 7 7 7
0.68° 9 9 9 8 8 8 7 7 7
1.00° 9 9 9 8 8 8 7 6 6
1.29° 9 9 9 8 8 8 7 6 6
1.53° 9 9 9 7 8 8 7 5 5
APPENDICES
1.73° 8 9 9
1.88°
and above
Note: Table above is based on use of Mid Body IBS
157

Build-Up Rates

SLIDE
INTRODUCTION

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 1.3 1.7 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.8

MOTOR
1.00° 2.2 3.1 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.4

1.29° 3.6 4.6 6.2 6.2 6.1 6.0
1.53° 4.8 5.7 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.3
1.73° 5.8 6.9 8.7 8.6 8.6 8.4
1.88° 6.6 7.7 9.5 9.3 9.4 9.2
COMPONENTS
1.97° 7.2 8.1 10.0 9.6 9.9 9.7

MOTOR
2.00° 7.3 8.3 10.2 9.7 10.1 9.9

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
OPERATION
0.35° 0.0 0.4 0.1 1.6 1.5 0.8

0.68° 0.4 0.9 0.7 3.2 3.1 2.5
1.00° 0.8 2.1 2.0 5.1 5.0 4.3
1.29° 1.3 3.5 3.5 6.7 6.7 5.9
1.53° 2.0 4.9 4.8 7.9 7.9 7.2
1.73° 3.0 6.2 5.8 9.2 9.1 8.3
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 3.6 7.0 6.6 10.1 10.1 9.4

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 3.9 7.2 7.1 10.7 10.6 10.2

2.00° 4.0 7.3 7.2 10.8 10.7 10.5

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° 0.0 0.3 0.1 1.6 1.5 1.6
0.68° 0.0 2.5 0.2 3.7 3.7 3.5
1.00° 0.5 2.8 0.3 5.1 5.1 4.6
1.29° 0.7 2.9 0.4 6.6 6.5 6.0
APPLICATIONS
1.53° 0.7 3.8 0.6 8.3 8.0 7.7

SPECIAL
1.73° 1.3 4.3 0.5 9.3 9.2 8.7

1.88° 1.6 4.9 0.5 10.1 10.0 9.4
1.97° 1.6 5.3 0.5 10.7 10.5 9.6
2.00° 1.6 5.4 0.5 10.8 10.6 9.7
SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.35° -0.1 2.2 0.1 1.5 1.6 0.8
0.68° -0.1 2.0 0.2 3.1 3.1 2.4
1.00° 0.1 3.1 0.2 5.0 5.0 4.3
APPENDICES
1.29° 0.2 3.3 0.3 6.6 6.6 6.0

1.53° 0.1 2.5 0.4 7.7 7.7 7.2
1.73° 0.9 3.5 0.4 9.1 9.0 8.2
1.88° 1.0 4.1 0.5 10.0 10.0 9.0
1.97° 0.2 4.2 0.5 10.5 10.5 9.4
2.00° 0.0 4.3 0.5 10.7 10.6 9.6


ROTARY
INTRODUCTION
0.00° 1.8 1.8 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0
0.35° 1.7 1.7 -1.1 -0.7 -1.0 -0.4
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
0.68° 1.5 1.5 -1.1 -0.8 -1.0 -0.6
MOTOR
1.00° 1.4 1.3 -1.1 -0.9 -1.0 -0.7
1.29° 1.2 1.1 -1.1 -1.0 -1.0 -0.8
1.53° 1.1 0.9 -1.1 -1.0 -1.1 -0.8
1.73° 1.0 0.8 -1.1 -0.9 -1.1 -0.8
1.88° 0.9 0.7 -1.1 -0.9 -1.1 -0.8
COMPONENTS
1.97° 0.9 0.7 -1.1 -0.9 -1.1 -0.8
MOTOR
2.00° 0.8 0.7 -1.1 -0.9 -1.1 -0.8

0.00° 0.3 3.1 -0.7 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0
OPERATION
0.35° 0.3 3.1 -0.7 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7
0.68° 0.2 2.9 -0.7 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7
1.00° 0.2 2.7 -0.7 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7
1.29° 0.4 2.5 -0.7 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7
1.53° 0.6 2.5 -0.8 -0.8 -0.7 -0.7
1.73° 0.7 2.5 -0.8 -0.8 -0.7 -0.7
OPERATIONAL
1.88° 0.8 2.6 -0.9 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7

MOTOR
LIMITS
1.97° 0.8 2.6 -0.9 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7

2.00° 0.9 2.6 -0.9 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
0.00° -3.2 3.8 -0.4 -1.0 -1.0 -0.9
0.35° -3.1 3.8 -0.4 -1.5 -1.4 -1.0
0.68° -2.8 3.7 -0.4 -1.3 -1.2 -1.0
1.00° -2.4 3.6 -0.4 -1.3 -1.3 -1.0
1.29° -2.0 3.5 -0.4 -1.3 -1.3 -1.0
APPLICATIONS
1.53° -1.7 3.5 -0.4 -1.3 -1.3 -1.1

SPECIAL
1.73° -1.5 3.4 -0.4 -1.2 -1.3 -1.0

1.88° -1.3 3.3 -0.4 -1.2 -1.3 -1.0
1.97° -1.2 3.2 -0.5 -1.1 -1.2 -1.0
2.00° -1.2 3.2 -0.5 -1.1 -1.2 -1.0
SPECIFICATIONS

0.00° -3.8 4.6 -0.1 -1.0 -0.9 -0.9
0.35° -3.8 4.6 -0.1 -1.6 -1.6 -1.2
0.68° -3.8 4.6 -0.1 -1.5 -1.5 -1.2
1.00° -3.8 4.5 -0.1 -1.6 -1.5 -1.3
APPENDICES
1.29° -3.8 4.5 -0.1 -1.5 -1.5 -1.3

1.53° -3.6 4.5 -0.1 -1.5 -1.5 -1.2
1.73° -3.4 4.4 -0.1 -1.5 -1.5 -1.2
1.88° -3.2 4.4 -0.1 -1.5 -1.5 -1.3
1.97° -3.1 4.4 -0.1 -1.5 -1.5 -1.3
2.00° -3.1 4.3 -0.1 -1.5 -1.6 -1.3
159

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 3-3/4 in. 5:6 4.0 (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Flow Range 100 - 180 gpm (379 - 681 lpm)
COMPONENTS
Speed Ratio 2.4 rev/gal (0.634 rev/L)

MOTOR
Speed Range 240 - 432 rpm

Max. Differential Pressure (Design Limit) 1000 psi (6895 kPa)
Torque Ratio 1.02 ft-lbs/psi (0.2 N-m/kPa)
OPERATION
Torque at Max. Differential Pressure 1020 ft-lbs (1383 N-m)

Stall Torque 2040 ft-lbs (2766 N-m)
Max. Nominal Output Power 84 hp (63 kW)
DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 3.75 in (95.25 mm)
Tube ID 3 in (76.2 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Overall Length 93.5 in (2.37 m)

Contour Length 69.5 in (1.77 m)
Stator Cutbacks (Bottom/Top) 18 / 6 in (457.2 / 152.4 mm)
Weight 114 lbs (52 kg)
Stator Connection See Bearing Section Specifications
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
* Multiple Tube OD options available
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS
Contour Length 71 in (1.80 m)

Head OD 2.65 in (67.3 mm)
Head Length 5.5 in (139.7 mm)
Rotor Connection See Bearing Section Specifications
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 3-3/4 in. 5:6 4.0 (250)
INTRODUCTION
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE OPERATING LIMITS
Imperial Units
Differential Pressure Ranges [psi]
Flow Rate Safe Recommended High Risk Out of Spec
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
180 gpm 0 - 450 450 - 900 900 - 1000 1000 +
MOTOR
140 gpm 0 - 428 428 - 855 855 - 950 950 +
100 gpm 0 - 405 405 - 810 810 - 900 900 +
Metric Units
Differential Pressure Ranges [kPa]
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
681 Lpm 0 - 3103 3103 - 6205 6205 - 6895 6895 +
530 Lpm 0 - 2948 2948 - 5895 5895 - 6550 6550 +
379 Lpm 0 - 2792 2792 - 5585 5585 - 6205 6205 +
OPERATION
POWER SECTION PERFORMANCE CURVES
Output Power vs. Differential Pressure
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
RPM and Output Torque vs. Differential Pressure

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
Safe Recommended High Risk
Performance curves are for reference only. Curves are based on correct power section fit selection at
given temperature. Actual performance will vary depending on fit, temperature, fluid and conditions. Use
proper de–rating method for high temperature applications. For more information, contact an authorized
Weatherford representative.
161

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 4-1/8 in. 7:8 3.2 (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 4.125 in (104.78 mm)
Tube ID 3.464 in (87.99 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Overall Length 138 in (3.51 m)

Stator Cutbacks (Bottom/Top) 20 / 8 in (508 / 203.2 mm)
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 2.75 in (69.85 mm)
Head Length 5 in (127 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 4-1/8 in. 7:8 3.2 (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
250 gpm 0 - 360 360 - 720 720 - 800 800 +
MOTOR
175 gpm 0 - 334 334 - 669 669 - 743 743 +
100 gpm 0 - 309 309 - 617 617 - 686 686 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
946 Lpm 0 - 2482 2482 - 4964 4964 - 5516 5516 +
662 Lpm 0 - 2305 2305 - 4610 4610 - 5122 5122 +
379 Lpm 0 - 2128 2128 - 4256 4256 - 4729 4729 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
163

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 4-1/8 in. 7:8 5.4 (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 4.125 in (104.78 mm)
Tube ID 3.464 in (87.99 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 2.75 in (69.85 mm)
Head Length 5 in (127 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 4-1/8 in. 7:8 5.4 (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
250 gpm 0 - 608 608 - 1215 1215 - 1350 1350 +
MOTOR
175 gpm 0 - 564 564 - 1128 1128 - 1254 1254 +
100 gpm 0 - 521 521 - 1042 1042 - 1157 1157 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
946 Lpm 0 - 4189 4189 - 8377 8377 - 9308 9308 +
662 Lpm 0 - 3890 3890 - 7780 7780 - 8644 8644 +
379 Lpm 0 - 3591 3591 - 7182 7182 - 7980 7980 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
165

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 4-3/4 in. (5 in.) 4:5 2.5 (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 4.75 / 5 in (120.65 / 127 mm)
Tube ID 3.75 in (95.25 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight 191 / 238 lbs (87 / 108 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 2.75 in (69.85 mm)
Head Length 6 in (152.4 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 4-3/4 in. (5 in.)4:5 2.5 (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
275 gpm 0 - 281 281 - 563 563 - 625 625 +
MOTOR
188 gpm 0 - 256 256 - 511 511 - 568 568 +
100 gpm 0 - 230 230 - 460 460 - 511 511 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
1041 Lpm 0 - 1939 1939 - 3878 3878 - 4309 4309 +
710 Lpm 0 - 1762 1762 - 3524 3524 - 3916 3916 +
379 Lpm 0 - 1585 1585 - 3170 3170 - 3522 3522 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
167

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 4.75 / 5 in (120.65 / 127 mm)
Tube ID 3.75 in (95.25 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight 238 / 302 lbs (108 / 137 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 2.75 in (69.85 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS: ●

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
275 gpm 0 - 299 299 - 599 599 - 665 665 +
MOTOR
188 gpm 0 - 243 243 - 485 485 - 539 539 +
100 gpm 0 - 186 186 - 372 372 - 413 413 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
1041 Lpm 0 - 2063 2063 - 4127 4127 - 4585 4585 +
710 Lpm 0 - 1672 1672 - 3344 3344 - 3716 3716 +
379 Lpm 0 - 1281 1281 - 2562 2562 - 2846 2846 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
169

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 4.75 / 5 in (120.65 / 127 mm)
Tube ID 3.75 in (95.25 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 425 / 529 lbs (193 / 240 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 2.75 in (69.85 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
300 gpm 0 - 675 675 - 1350 1350 - 1500 1500 +
MOTOR
200 gpm 0 - 602 602 - 1203 1203 - 1337 1337 +
100 gpm 0 - 528 528 - 1057 1057 - 1174 1174 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
1136 Lpm 0 - 4654 4654 - 9308 9308 - 10342 10342 +
757 Lpm 0 - 4148 4148 - 8296 8296 - 9218 9218 +
379 Lpm 0 - 3642 3642 - 7285 7285 - 8094 8094 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
171

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 4.75 / 5 in (120.65 / 127 mm)
Tube ID 3.75 in (95.25 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 494 / 622 lbs (224 / 282 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 3.38 in (85.85 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: ● 3-OS: ●

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
325 gpm 0 - 934 934 - 1868 1868 - 2075 2075 +
MOTOR
238 gpm 0 - 887 887 - 1774 1774 - 1971 1971 +
150 gpm 0 - 840 840 - 1681 1681 - 1868 1868 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
1230 Lpm 0 - 6438 6438 - 12876 12876 - 14307 14307 +
899 Lpm 0 - 6116 6116 - 12232 12232 - 13591 13591 +
568 Lpm 0 - 5794 5794 - 11588 11588 - 12876 12876 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
173

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 4.75 / 5 in (120.65 / 127 mm)
Tube ID 3.88 in (98.55 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight 484 / 595 lbs (220 / 270 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 3.4 in (86.36 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
360 gpm 0 - 788 788 - 1575 1575 - 1750 1750 +
MOTOR
255 gpm 0 - 738 738 - 1477 1477 - 1641 1640 +
150 gpm 0 - 689 689 - 1378 1378 - 1531 1531 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
1363 Lpm 0 - 5430 5430 - 10859 10859 - 12066 12066 +
965 Lpm 0 - 5090 5090 - 10181 10181 - 11312 11312 +
568 Lpm 0 - 4751 4751 - 9502 9502 - 10558 10558 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
175

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 4-3/4 in. (5 in.) 7:8 2.0 Air (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 4.75 / 5 in (120.65 / 127 mm)
Tube ID 3.75 in (95.25 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 366 / 470 lbs (166 / 213 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 2.75 in (69.85 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 4-3/4 in. (5 in.) 7:8 2.0 Air (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
250 gpm 0 - 225 225 - 450 450 - 500 500 +
MOTOR
175 gpm 0 - 209 209 - 418 418 - 464 464 +
100 gpm 0 - 193 193 - 386 386 - 429 429 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
946 Lpm 0 - 1551 1551 - 3103 3103 - 3447 3447 +
662 Lpm 0 - 1441 1441 - 2881 2881 - 3201 3201 +
379 Lpm 0 - 1330 1330 - 2660 2660 - 2955 2955 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
177

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 4-3/4 in. 7:8 2.1 RSS (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 4.75 in (120.65 mm)
Tube ID 3.75 in (95.25 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 3.38 in (85.85 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
300 gpm 0 - 236 236 - 473 473 - 525 525 +
MOTOR
200 gpm 0 - 211 211 - 421 421 - 468 468 +
100 gpm 0 - 185 185 - 370 370 - 411 411 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
1136 Lpm 0 - 1629 1629 - 3258 3258 - 3620 3620 +
757 Lpm 0 - 1452 1452 - 2904 2904 - 3226 3226 +
379 Lpm 0 - 1275 1275 - 2550 2550 - 2833 2833 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
179

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 4.75 / 5 in (120.65 / 127 mm)
Tube ID 3.75 in (95.25 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 496 / 621 lbs (225 / 282 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 3.38 in (85.85 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
300 gpm 0 - 293 293 - 585 585 - 650 650 +
MOTOR
225 gpm 0 - 278 278 - 556 556 - 618 618 +
150 gpm 0 - 263 263 - 527 527 - 585 585 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
1136 Lpm 0 - 2017 2017 - 4033 4033 - 4482 4482 +
852 Lpm 0 - 1916 1916 - 3832 3832 - 4258 4258 +
568 Lpm 0 - 1815 1815 - 3630 3630 - 4033 4033 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
181

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 4.75 / 5 in (120.65 / 127 mm)
Tube ID 3.875 in (98.43 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 449 / 573 lbs (204 / 260 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 3.38 in (85.85 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: ● OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
350 gpm 0 - 416 416 - 833 833 - 925 925 +
MOTOR
250 gpm 0 - 393 393 - 786 786 - 873 873 +
150 gpm 0 - 369 369 - 739 739 - 821 821 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
1325 Lpm 0 - 2870 2870 - 5740 5740 - 6378 6378 +
946 Lpm 0 - 2708 2708 - 5417 5417 - 6019 6019 +
568 Lpm 0 - 2547 2547 - 5094 5094 - 5660 5660 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
183

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 4.75 / 5 in (120.65 / 127 mm)
Tube ID 3.875 in (98.43 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 380 / 484 lbs (172 / 220 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
Overall Length 180 in (4.57m)
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 3.38 in (85.85 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
300 gpm 0 - 563 563 - 1125 1125 - 1250 1250 +
MOTOR
225 gpm 0 - 534 534 - 1069 1069 - 1188 1188 +
150 gpm 0 - 506 506 - 1013 1013 - 1125 1125 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
1136 Lpm 0 - 3878 3878 - 7757 7757 - 8618 8618 +
852 Lpm 0 - 3684 3684 - 7369 7369 - 8188 8188 +
568 Lpm 0 - 3490 3490 - 6981 6981 - 7757 7757 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
185

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 4.75 / 5 in (120.65 / 127 mm)
Tube ID 3.875 in (98.43 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 452 / 576 lbs (205 / 261 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 3.38 in (85.85 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: ● 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
300 gpm 0 - 720 720 - 1440 1440 - 1600 1600 +
MOTOR
225 gpm 0 - 684 684 - 1368 1368 - 1520 1520 +
150 gpm 0 - 648 648 - 1296 1296 - 1440 1440 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
1136 Lpm 0 - 4964 4964 - 9928 9928 - 11032 11032 +
852 Lpm 0 - 4716 4716 - 9432 9432 - 10480 10480 +
568 Lpm 0 - 4468 4468 - 8936 8936 - 9928 9928 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
187

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 4-3/4 in. 7:8 3.9 Plus (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 4.75 in (120.65 mm)
Tube ID N/A
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
Overall Length 256 in (6.5 mm)
SPECIFICATIONS
Contour Length 250 in (6.35 mm)

Head OD 2.75 in (69.85 m)
Head Length 6 in (152.4 m)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
325 gpm 0 - 439 439 - 878 878 - 975 975 +
MOTOR
245 gpm 0 - 417 417 - 834 834 - 926 926 +
165 gpm 0 - 395 395 - 790 790 - 878 878 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
1230 Lpm 0 - 3025 3025 - 6050 6050 - 6722 6722 +
927 Lpm 0 - 2874 2874 - 5748 5748 - 6386 6386 +
625 Lpm 0 - 2723 2723 - 5445 5445 - 6050 6050 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
189

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 5 in. 3:4 11.0 Plus (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 5 in (127 mm)
Tube ID N/A
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 2.75 in (69.85 mm)
Head Length 6.25 in (158.75 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 5 in. 3:4 11.0 Plus (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
325 gpm 0 - 1238 1238 - 2475 2475 - 2750 2750 +
MOTOR
250 gpm 0 - 1176 1176 - 2351 2351 - 2613 2613 +
175 gpm 0 - 1114 1114 - 2228 2228 - 2475 2475 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
1230 Lpm 0 - 8532 8532 - 17065 17065 - 18961 18961 +
946 Lpm 0 - 8106 8106 - 16211 16211 - 18013 18013 +
662 Lpm 0 - 7679 7679 - 15358 15358 - 17065 17065 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
191

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 5 in. 6:7 9.6 (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 3.38 in (85.85 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
360 gpm 0 - 1080 1080 - 2160 2160 - 2400 2400 +
MOTOR
280 gpm 0 - 1026 1026 - 2052 2052 - 2280 2280 +
200 gpm 0 - 972 972 - 1944 1944 - 2160 2160 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
1363 Lpm 0 - 7446 7446 - 14893 14893 - 16547 16547 +
1060 Lpm 0 - 7074 7074 - 14148 14148 - 15720 15720 +
757 Lpm 0 - 6702 6702 - 13403 13403 - 14893 14893 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
193

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 3.38 in (85.85 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: 0.5-US: US: ● 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
350 gpm 0 - 675 675 - 1350 1350 - 1500 1500 +
MOTOR
275 gpm 0 - 641 641 - 1283 1283 - 1425 1425 +
200 gpm 0 - 608 608 - 1215 1215 - 1350 1350 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
1325 Lpm 0 - 4654 4654 - 9308 9308 - 10342 10342 +
1041 Lpm 0 - 4421 4421 - 8843 8843 - 9825 9825 +
757 Lpm 0 - 4189 4189 - 8377 8377 - 9308 9308 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
195

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 6-1/4 in. (6-1/2 in.) 4:5 7.5 (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 6.25 / 6.5 in (158.75 / 165.1 mm)
Tube ID 5 in (127 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 843 / 983 lbs (382 / 446 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 4 in (101.6 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: ● 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
400 gpm 0 - 844 844 - 1688 1688 - 1875 1875 +
MOTOR
300 gpm 0 - 802 802 - 1603 1603 - 1781 1781 +
200 gpm 0 - 759 759 - 1519 1519 - 1688 1688 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
1514 Lpm 0 - 5817 5817 - 11635 11635 - 12928 12928 +
1136 Lpm 0 - 5527 5527 - 11053 11053 - 12281 12281 +
757 Lpm 0 - 5236 5236 - 10471 10471 - 11635 11635 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
197

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 6-1/4 in. (6-1/2 in.) 5:6 4.0 HF (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 6.25 / 6.5 in (158.75 / 165.1 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 1076 / 1255 lbs (488 / 569 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
Overall Length 233 in (5.92 mm)
SPECIFICATIONS

Weight 635 lbs (288kg)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: 0.5-US: US: ● 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 6-1/4 in. (6-1/2 in.) 5:6 4.0 HF (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
700 gpm 0 - 450 450 - 900 900 - 1000 1000 +
MOTOR
525 gpm 0 - 428 428 - 855 855 - 950 950 +
350 gpm 0 - 405 405 - 810 810 - 900 900 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
2650 Lpm 0 - 3103 3103 - 6205 6205 - 6895 6895 +
1987 Lpm 0 - 2948 2948 - 5895 5895 - 6550 6550 +
1325 Lpm 0 - 2792 2792 - 5585 5585 - 6205 6205 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
199

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 6.25 / 6.5 in (158.75 / 165.1 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 690 / 830 lbs (313 / 377 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
500 gpm 0 - 563 563 - 1125 1125 - 1250 1250 +
MOTOR
350 gpm 0 - 522 522 - 1045 1045 - 1161 1161 +
200 gpm 0 - 482 482 - 964 964 - 1072 1072 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
1893 Lpm 0 - 3878 3878 - 7757 7757 - 8618 8618 +
1325 Lpm 0 - 3602 3602 - 7203 7203 - 8004 8004 +
757 Lpm 0 - 3325 3325 - 6650 6650 - 7389 7389 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
201

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 6.25 / 6.5 in (158.75 / 165.1 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 620 / 779 lbs (281 / 353 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
600 gpm 0 - 326 326 - 653 653 - 725 725 +
MOTOR
400 gpm 0 - 291 291 - 582 582 - 646 646 +
200 gpm 0 - 255 255 - 511 511 - 567 567 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
2271 Lpm 0 - 2249 2249 - 4499 4499 - 4999 4999 +
1514 Lpm 0 - 2005 2005 - 4010 4010 - 4455 4455 +
757 Lpm 0 - 1760 1760 - 3521 3521 - 3912 3912 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
203

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 6.25 / 6.5 in (158.75 / 165.1 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 873 / 1052 lbs (396 / 477 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
600 gpm 0 - 371 371 - 743 743 - 825 825 +
MOTOR
450 gpm 0 - 353 353 - 705 705 - 784 784 +
300 gpm 0 - 334 334 - 668 668 - 743 743 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
2271 Lpm 0 - 2560 2560 - 5119 5119 - 5688 5688 +
1703 Lpm 0 - 2432 2432 - 4863 4863 - 5404 5404 +
1136 Lpm 0 - 2304 2304 - 4607 4607 - 5119 5119 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
205

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 6.5 in (165.1 mm)
Tube ID N/A
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
650 gpm 0 - 1350 1350 - 2700 2700 - 3000 3000 +
MOTOR
450 gpm 0 - 1242 1242 - 2485 2485 - 2761 2761 +
250 gpm 0 - 1135 1135 - 2270 2270 - 2522 2522 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
2461 Lpm 0 - 9308 9308 - 18616 18616 - 20684 20684 +
1703 Lpm 0 - 8566 8566 - 17133 17133 - 19036 19036 +
946 Lpm 0 - 7825 7825 - 15650 15650 - 17389 17389 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
207

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 6.5 in (165.1 mm)
Tube ID N/A
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
625 gpm 0 - 473 473 - 945 945 - 1050 1050 +
MOTOR
469 gpm 0 - 449 449 - 898 898 - 998 998 +
313 gpm 0 - 425 425 - 851 851 - 945 945 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
2366 Lpm 0 - 3258 3258 - 6516 6516 - 7239 7239 +
1774 Lpm 0 - 3095 3095 - 6190 6190 - 6878 6878 +
1183 Lpm 0 - 2932 2932 - 5864 5864 - 6516 6516 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
209

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 6-3/4 in. (7 in.) 3:4 4.3 ULTRA HF (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 6.75 / 7 in (171.45 / 177.8 mm)
Tube ID 5.5 in (139.7 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 1015 / 1208 lbs (460 / 548 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 6-3/4 in. (7 in.) 3:4 4.3 ULTRA HF (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
850 gpm 0 - 450 450 - 900 900 - 1000 1000 +
MOTOR
700 gpm 0 - 428 428 - 855 855 - 950 950 +
550 gpm 0 - 405 405 - 810 810 - 900 900 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
3218 Lpm 0 - 3103 3103 - 6205 6205 - 6895 6895 +
2650 Lpm 0 - 2948 2948 - 5895 5895 - 6550 6550 +
2082 Lpm 0 - 2792 2792 - 5585 5585 - 6205 6205 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
211

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 6.75 / 6.5 in (171.45 / 165.1 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 785 / 631 lbs (356 / 286 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 4.75 in (120.65 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: ● US: ● 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
600 gpm 0 - 788 788 - 1575 1575 - 1750 1750 +
MOTOR
450 gpm 0 - 748 748 - 1496 1496 - 1663 1663 +
300 gpm 0 - 709 709 - 1418 1418 - 1575 1575 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
2271 Lpm 0 - 5430 5430 - 10859 10859 - 12066 12066 +
1703 Lpm 0 - 5158 5158 - 10316 10316 - 11463 11463 +
1136 Lpm 0 - 4887 4887 - 9773 9773 - 10859 10859 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
213

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 6.75 / 6.5 in (171.45 / 165.1 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 798 / 652 lbs (362 / 296 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 4.75 in (120.65 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
600 gpm 0 - 563 563 - 1125 1125 - 1250 1250 +
MOTOR
450 gpm 0 - 534 534 - 1069 1069 - 1188 1188 +
300 gpm 0 - 506 506 - 1013 1013 - 1125 1125 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
2271 Lpm 0 - 3878 3878 - 7757 7757 - 8618 8618 +
1703 Lpm 0 - 3684 3684 - 7369 7369 - 8188 8188 +
1136 Lpm 0 - 3490 3490 - 6981 6981 - 7757 7757 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
215

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 6.75 in (171.45 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 4.75 in (120.65 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
700 gpm 0 - 169 169 - 338 338 - 375 375 +
MOTOR
550 gpm 0 - 160 160 - 321 321 - 356 356 +
400 gpm 0 - 152 152 - 304 304 - 338 338 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
2650 Lpm 0 - 1163 1163 - 2327 2327 - 2586 2586 +
2082 Lpm 0 - 1105 1105 - 2211 2211 - 2456 2456 +
1514 Lpm 0 - 1047 1047 - 2094 2094 - 2327 2327 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
217

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 6-3/4 in. (6-1/2 in.) 7:8 2.0 Air (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 6.75 / 6.5 in (171.45 / 165.1 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 597 / 487 lbs (271 / 221 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 6-3/4 in. (6-1/2 in.) 7:8 2.0 Air (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
600 gpm 0 - 225 225 - 450 450 - 500 500 +
MOTOR
450 gpm 0 - 214 214 - 428 428 - 475 475 +
300 gpm 0 - 203 203 - 405 405 - 450 450 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
2271 Lpm 0 - 1551 1551 - 3103 3103 - 3447 3447 +
1703 Lpm 0 - 1474 1474 - 2948 2948 - 3275 3275 +
1136 Lpm 0 - 1396 1396 - 2792 2792 - 3103 3103 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
219

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 6-3/4 in. (6-1/2 in.) 7:8 3.0 Slow (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 6.75 / 6.5 in (171.45 / 165.1 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 782 / 636 lbs (355 / 288 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 4.75 in (120.65 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: ● 1.5-US: ● 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 6-3/4 in. (6-1/2 in.) 7:8 3.0 Slow (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
600 gpm 0 - 338 338 - 675 675 - 750 750 +
MOTOR
450 gpm 0 - 321 321 - 641 641 - 713 713 +
300 gpm 0 - 304 304 - 608 608 - 675 675 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
2271 Lpm 0 - 2327 2327 - 4654 4654 - 5171 5171 +
1703 Lpm 0 - 2211 2211 - 4421 4421 - 4913 4913 +
1136 Lpm 0 - 2094 2094 - 4189 4189 - 4654 4654 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
221

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD * 6.75 / 6.5 in (171.45 / 165.1 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Weight * 785 / 639 lbs (356 / 290 kg)
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 4.75 in (120.65 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: ● US: ● 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
600 gpm 0 - 563 563 - 1125 1125 - 1250 1250 +
MOTOR
450 gpm 0 - 534 534 - 1069 1069 - 1188 1188 +
300 gpm 0 - 506 506 - 1013 1013 - 1125 1125 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
2271 Lpm 0 - 3878 3878 - 7757 7757 - 8618 8618 +
1703 Lpm 0 - 3684 3684 - 7369 7369 - 8188 8188 +
1136 Lpm 0 - 3490 3490 - 6981 6981 - 7757 7757 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
223

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 6-3/4 in. 7:8 5.7 (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 6.75 in (171.45 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 4.75 in (120.65 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: ● 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 6-3/4 in. 7:8 5.7 (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
600 gpm 0 - 641 641 - 1283 1283 - 1425 1425 +
MOTOR
450 gpm 0 - 609 609 - 1218 1218 - 1354 1354 +
300 gpm 0 - 577 577 - 1154 1154 - 1283 1283 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
2271 Lpm 0 - 4421 4421 - 8843 8843 - 9825 9825 +
1703 Lpm 0 - 4200 4200 - 8400 8400 - 9334 9334 +
1136 Lpm 0 - 3979 3979 - 7958 7958 - 8843 8843 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
225

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 6-3/4 in. 9:10 8.0 (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 6.75 in (171.45 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 4.75 in (120.65 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 6-3/4 in. 9:10 8.0 (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
700 gpm 0 - 900 900 - 1800 1800 - 2000 2000 +
MOTOR
550 gpm 0 - 855 855 - 1710 1710 - 1900 1900 +
400 gpm 0 - 810 810 - 1620 1620 - 1800 1800 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
2650 Lpm 0 - 6205 6205 - 12411 12411 - 13790 13790 +
2082 Lpm 0 - 5895 5895 - 11790 11790 - 13100 13100 +
1514 Lpm 0 - 5585 5585 - 11170 11170 - 12411 12411 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
227

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 8 in. 3:4 4.2 HF (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 8 in (203.2 mm)
Tube ID 6.25 in (158.75 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 4.75 in (120.65 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US: ●
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 8 in. 3:4 4.2 HF (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
1050 gpm 0 - 473 473 - 945 945 - 1050 1050 +
MOTOR
838 gpm 0 - 449 449 - 898 898 - 998 998 +
625 gpm 0 - 425 425 - 851 851 - 945 945 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
3975 Lpm 0 - 3258 3258 - 6516 6516 - 7239 7239 +
3170 Lpm 0 - 3095 3095 - 6190 6190 - 6878 6878 +
2366 Lpm 0 - 2932 2932 - 5864 5864 - 6516 6516 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
229

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube ID 6.25 in (158.75 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 4.75 in (120.65 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
900 gpm 0 - 596 596 - 1193 1193 - 1325 1325 +
MOTOR
600 gpm 0 - 531 531 - 1063 1063 - 1181 1181 +
300 gpm 0 - 467 467 - 933 933 - 1037 1037 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
3407 Lpm 0 - 4111 4111 - 8222 8222 - 9136 9136 +
2271 Lpm 0 - 3664 3664 - 7328 7328 - 8143 8143 +
1136 Lpm 0 - 3217 3217 - 6435 6435 - 7150 7150 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
231

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube ID 6.25 in (158.75 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 4.95 in (125.73 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
1000 gpm 0 - 450 450 - 900 900 - 1000 1000 +
MOTOR
700 gpm 0 - 418 418 - 836 836 - 929 929 +
400 gpm 0 - 386 386 - 772 772 - 857 857 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
3785 Lpm 0 - 3103 3103 - 6205 6205 - 6895 6895 +
2650 Lpm 0 - 2881 2881 - 5763 5763 - 6403 6403 +
1514 Lpm 0 - 2660 2660 - 5320 5320 - 5911 5911 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
233

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube ID 6.25 in (158.75 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 4.95 in (125.73 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
900 gpm 0 - 563 563 - 1125 1125 - 1250 1250 +
MOTOR
600 gpm 0 - 501 501 - 1003 1003 - 1114 1114 +
300 gpm 0 - 440 440 - 880 880 - 978 978 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
3407 Lpm 0 - 3878 3878 - 7757 7757 - 8618 8618 +
2271 Lpm 0 - 3457 3457 - 6914 6914 - 7682 7682 +
1136 Lpm 0 - 3035 3035 - 6071 6071 - 6745 6745 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
235

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 8 in. 7:8 2.5 RSS (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube ID 6.25 in (158.75 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 4.95 in (125.73 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: ● 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 8 in. 7:8 2.5 RSS (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
900 gpm 0 - 281 281 - 563 563 - 625 625 +
MOTOR
600 gpm 0 - 251 251 - 501 501 - 557 557 +
300 gpm 0 - 220 220 - 440 440 - 489 489 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
3407 Lpm 0 - 1939 1939 - 3878 3878 - 4309 4309 +
2271 Lpm 0 - 1728 1728 - 3457 3457 - 3841 3841 +
1136 Lpm 0 - 1518 1518 - 3035 3035 - 3373 3373 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
237

Power Sections

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube ID 6.25 in (158.75 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 4.95 in (125.73 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: ● 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
900 gpm 0 - 450 450 - 900 900 - 1000 1000 +
MOTOR
600 gpm 0 - 401 401 - 802 802 - 891 891 +
300 gpm 0 - 352 352 - 704 704 - 783 783 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
3407 Lpm 0 - 3103 3103 - 6205 6205 - 6895 6895 +
2271 Lpm 0 - 2765 2765 - 5531 5531 - 6145 6145 +
1136 Lpm 0 - 2428 2428 - 4856 4856 - 5396 5396 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
239

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 9-5/8 in. 6:7 3.5 (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 9.625 in (244.48 mm)
Tube ID 7.875 in (200.03 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

Stator Cutbacks (Bottom/Top) 10 / 10 in (254 / 254 mm)
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
Overall Length 197 in (5 m)
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 5.9 in (149.86 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 9-5/8 in. 6:7 3.5 (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
1200 gpm 0 - 394 394 - 788 788 - 875 875 +
MOTOR
900 gpm 0 - 374 374 - 748 748 - 831 831 +
600 gpm 0 - 354 354 - 709 709 - 788 788 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
4542 Lpm 0 - 2715 2715 - 5430 5430 - 6033 6033 +
3407 Lpm 0 - 2579 2579 - 5158 5158 - 5731 5731 +
2271 Lpm 0 - 2443 2443 - 4887 4887 - 5430 5430 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
241

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 9-5/8 in. 6:7 5.0 (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 9.625 in (244.48 mm)
Tube ID 7.875 in (200.03 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 5.9 in (149.86 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 9-5/8 in. 6:7 5.0 (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
1200 gpm 0 - 563 563 - 1125 1125 - 1250 1250 +
MOTOR
900 gpm 0 - 534 534 - 1069 1069 - 1188 1188 +
600 gpm 0 - 506 506 - 1013 1013 - 1125 1125 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
4542 Lpm 0 - 3878 3878 - 7757 7757 - 8618 8618 +
3407 Lpm 0 - 3684 3684 - 7369 7369 - 8188 8188 +
2271 Lpm 0 - 3490 3490 - 6981 6981 - 7757 7757 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
243

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 9-5/8 in. 7:8 2.8 (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 9.625 in (244.48 mm)
Tube ID 7.875 in (200.03 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 5.9 in (149.86 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 9-5/8 in. 7:8 2.8 (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
1600 gpm 0 - 315 315 - 630 630 - 700 700 +
MOTOR
1200 gpm 0 - 299 299 - 599 599 - 665 665 +
800 gpm 0 - 284 284 - 567 567 - 630 630 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
6057 Lpm 0 - 2172 2172 - 4344 4344 - 4826 4826 +
4542 Lpm 0 - 2063 2063 - 4127 4127 - 4585 4585 +
3028 Lpm 0 - 1955 1955 - 3909 3909 - 4344 4344 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
245

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 9-5/8 in. 7:8 5.7 (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 9.625 in (244.48 mm)
Tube ID 7.875 in (200.03 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 5.9 in (149.86 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 9-5/8 in. 7:8 5.7 (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
1200 gpm 0 - 641 641 - 1283 1283 - 1425 1425 +
MOTOR
900 gpm 0 - 609 609 - 1218 1218 - 1354 1354 +
600 gpm 0 - 577 577 - 1154 1154 - 1283 1283 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
4542 Lpm 0 - 4421 4421 - 8843 8843 - 9825 9825 +
3407 Lpm 0 - 4200 4200 - 8400 8400 - 9334 9334 +
2271 Lpm 0 - 3979 3979 - 7958 7958 - 8843 8843 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
247

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 11-1/4 in. 6:7 5.0 (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 11.25 in (285.75 mm)
Tube ID 7.875 in (200.03 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 5.9 in (149.86 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 11-1/4 in. 6:7 5.0 (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
1200 gpm 0 - 563 563 - 1125 1125 - 1250 1250 +
MOTOR
900 gpm 0 - 534 534 - 1069 1069 - 1188 1188 +
600 gpm 0 - 506 506 - 1013 1013 - 1125 1125 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
4542 Lpm 0 - 3878 3878 - 7757 7757 - 8618 8618 +
3407 Lpm 0 - 3684 3684 - 7369 7369 - 8188 8188 +
2271 Lpm 0 - 3490 3490 - 6981 6981 - 7757 7757 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
249

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 11-1/4 in. 7:8 2.8 (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 11.25 in (285.75 mm)
Tube ID 7.875 in (200.03 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 5.9 in (149.86 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 11-1/4 in. 7:8 2.8 (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
1600 gpm 0 - 315 315 - 630 630 - 700 700 +
MOTOR
1200 gpm 0 - 299 299 - 599 599 - 665 665 +
800 gpm 0 - 284 284 - 567 567 - 630 630 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
6057 Lpm 0 - 2172 2172 - 4344 4344 - 4826 4826 +
4542 Lpm 0 - 2063 2063 - 4127 4127 - 4585 4585 +
3028 Lpm 0 - 1955 1955 - 3909 3909 - 4344 4344 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
251

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 11-1/4 in. 7:8 5.7 (250)

INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS

MOTOR

OPERATION

DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Stator
Tube OD 11.25 in (285.75 mm)
Tube ID 7.875 in (200.03 mm)
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE

APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
Rotor
SPECIFICATIONS

Head OD 5.9 in (149.86 mm)
APPENDICES
AVAILABLE FITS
STD: ● 0.5-US: US: 1.5-US: 2-US:
0.5-OS: OS: 1.5-OS: 2-OS: 3-OS:

Power Sections
HyperLineTM 11-1/4 in. 7:8 5.7 (250)
INTRODUCTION
Imperial Units
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
1200 gpm 0 - 641 641 - 1283 1283 - 1425 1425 +
MOTOR
900 gpm 0 - 609 609 - 1218 1218 - 1354 1354 +
600 gpm 0 - 577 577 - 1154 1154 - 1283 1283 +
Metric Units
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
4542 Lpm 0 - 4421 4421 - 8843 8843 - 9825 9825 +
3407 Lpm 0 - 4200 4200 - 8400 8400 - 9334 9334 +
2271 Lpm 0 - 3979 3979 - 7958 7958 - 8843 8843 +
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS

SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
253

SPECIAL HYPERLINE™ MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR
254
Third Edition

August 2015
10/1/2015 3:49:24 PM
Section 9.0
APPENDICES

SPECIAL MOTOR
256
48.5
37.6
33.6
9.0 APPENDIX 1
31.7
17.3
16.8
Third Edition
Note: Dimensions are in inches.
12.5

10.2
Fishing Dimensions for HyperLine™
3.750 in. MBTB (Medium Bit-to-Bend)
Ø3.75 Ø4.25 Ø3.75 Ø3.75
August 2015
Ø3.88 Ø2.70
Ø4.40
10/1/2015 3:49:26 PM
9.0 APPENDIX 1
INTRODUCTION
4.125 in. LBTB (Long Bit-to-Bend)
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
Ø2.75
MOTOR
Ø3.00
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
Ø4.13
OPERATION
Ø4.36
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Ø4.13
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
65.9
64.8
54.5
APPLICATIONS
49.6
SPECIAL
47.0
SPECIFICATIONS
27.2
APPENDICES
Ø4.13
257

SPECIAL MOTOR
258
64.1
63.1
53.4
9.0 APPENDIX 1
47.9
36.5
33.6
Third Edition
23.4

16.9
4.750 in. SBTB (Short Bit-to-Bend)
Ø4.75 Ø4.81 Ø5.50 Ø5.00 Ø5.00 Ø4.81
August 2015
Ø5.25 Ø3.00 Ø2.75
10/1/2015 3:49:27 PM
9.0 APPENDIX 1
INTRODUCTION
4.750 in. and 5.000” MBTB (Medium Bit-to-Bend)
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Ø3.40
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
Ø5.00
Ø5.25
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
74.9
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
61.7
56.6
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
53.6
Ø5.13
SPECIFICATIONS
Ø5.50
34.7
31.2
Ø4.81
22.1
APPENDICES
15.6
Ø4.81
259

9.0 APPENDIX 1
INTRODUCTION

4.750 in. and 5.000 in. LBTB (Long Bit-to-Bend)
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
Ø3.40
MOTOR
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
Ø5.00
Ø5.25
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Ø5.00
92.2
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
78.7
73.6
70.6
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Ø5.50
SPECIFICATIONS
Ø4.81
36.8
25.3
APPENDICES
Ø4.81

9.0 APPENDIX 1
INTRODUCTION
Ø4.00
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Ø4.40
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Ø6.98
SMART TOOLBOX
76.2
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
74.9
Ø6.60
61.5
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Ø7.25
40.0
SPECIFICATIONS
36.6
Ø6.34
28.0
19.4
APPENDICES
Ø6.25
261

SPECIAL MOTOR
262
91.7
90.5
76.8
9.0 APPENDIX 1
70.0
66.4
53.5
38.0
Third Edition
35.4

25.8
Ø6.25 Ø6.34 Ø7.25 Ø6.65 Ø6.38 Ø6.38 Ø4.40
August 2015
Ø4.00
Ø6.86
10/1/2015 3:49:27 PM
9.0 APPENDIX 1
INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Ø4.75
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
OPERATION
Ø6.50
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Ø7.50
SMART TOOLBOX
81.3
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Ø7.13
66.5
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Ø7.75
52.6
46.2
SPECIFICATIONS
40.6
Ø6.78
32.9
22.5
APPENDICES
Ø6.78
263

SPECIAL MOTOR
264
105.3
9.0 APPENDIX 1
90.5
78.3
74.2
68.1
Third Edition
39.2

28.5
Ø6.78 Ø6.78 Ø7.75 Ø7.00 Ø7.00 Ø7.00 Ø4.73
August 2015
Ø7.38
10/1/2015 3:49:27 PM
9.0 APPENDIX 1
INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Ø4.95
COMPONENTS
Ø8.06
MOTOR
Ø8.44
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
111.2
110.2
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Ø8.06
88.8
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Ø9.25
75.7
SPECIFICATIONS
43.4
Ø8.10
34.8
APPENDICES
Ø8.06
265

SPECIAL MOTOR
266
123.5
122.2
117.6
111.1
98.3
9.0 APPENDIX 1
92.1
84.5
77.5
Third Edition
58.3

49.5
40.8
Ø9.50 Ø9.60 Ø11.50 Ø10.50 Ø9.62 Ø10.00 Ø10.00
August 2015
Ø5.90
Ø10.50
Ø15.75 Ø7.02
9.625 in. LBTB (Long Bit-to-Bend) with Centralizer
10/1/2015 3:49:28 PM
9.0 APPENDIX 1
INTRODUCTION
9.625 in. LBTB (Long Bit-to-Bend) Small Hole
Ø5.90
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
Ø7.02
MOTOR
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
Ø10.50
OPERATION
Ø10.00
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Ø9.62
SMART TOOLBOX
123.5
122.2
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
110.8
Ø10.50
98.3
APPLICATIONS
92.1
Ø11.50
SPECIAL
84.5
77.5
SPECIFICATIONS
58.3
49.5
Ø9.60
40.8
APPENDICES
Ø9.50
267

SPECIAL MOTOR
268
148.9
147.5
144.2
137.7
121.9
9.0 APPENDIX 1
113.6
104.3
98.1
Third Edition
88.6

56.8
40.3
Ø11.25 Ø11.80
Ø11.00
August 2015
Ø5.90
Ø11.25 Ø11.88
Ø15.75 Ø7.02
Ø11.25 Ø13.00
Ø11.25
11.250 in. LBTB (Long Bit-to-Bend) with Centralizer
10/1/2015 3:49:29 PM
10/1/2015 3:49:29 PM
MOTOR MOTOR HYPERLINE™
MOTOR SPECIAL
INTRODUCTION CONFIGURATIONS OPERATION OPERATIONAL SMART TOOLBOX SPECIFICATIONS APPENDICES
COMPONENTS APPLICATIONS
& SELECTION LIMITS & SOFTWARE
269

SPECIAL MOTOR
270
Fit Selection Chart
9.0 APPENDIX 2
Third Edition

August 2015
10/1/2015 3:49:29 PM
Flow Rate [ gpm / lpm ]
Bearing Section 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500 1550 1600
Configuration 379 568 757 946 1136 1325 1514 1703 1893 2082 2271 2461 2650 2839 3028 3218 3407 3596 3785 3975 4164 4353 4542 4732 4921 5110 5300 5489 5678 5867 6057
BuildLine™ 3-3/4” 29 65
(95mm) MBTB 199 447
HyperLine™ 4-1/8” 24 54 96 151
(105mm) LBTB 166 374 665 1039
BuildLine™ 4-3/4” 10 22 39 61 88 120
(121mm) SBTB 68 152 271 423 609 829
9.0 APPENDIX 3
HyperLine™ 4-3/4” 12 28 50 78 112 153

(121mm) MBTB 86 194 344 538 774 1054
HyperLine™ 4-3/4” 15 33 59 92 133 181
(121mm) LBTB 102 229 407 636 916 1246

HyperLine™ 5” 12 28 50 78 112 153
(127mm) MBTB 86 194 344 538 774 1054
HyperLine™ 5” 15 33 59 92 133 181
(127mm) LBTB 102 229 407 636 916 1246
HyperLine™ 6-1/4” 12 19 28 38 49 62 77 93 110 129 150
(159mm) MBTB 84 132 190 259 338 428 528 639 760 892 1035
HyperLine™ 6-1/4” 14 22 32 43 56 71 88 106 126 148 172
(159mm) LBTB 97 151 218 296 387 490 605 732 871 1022 1185
Bearing Section Pressure Drops (psi / kPa)
HyperLine™ 6-3/4” 29 39 51 65 80 97 116 136 157 181 206 232

(171mm) LBTB 201 271 354 448 554 670 797 935 1085 1245 1417 1600
HyperLine™ 6-3/4” 35 48 63 79 98 118 141 165 191 220 250 282
(171mm) MBTB 242 330 431 546 674 815 970 1138 1320 1515 1724 1946
HyperLine™ 8” 5 6 8 11 13 16 19 22 26 29 33 38 42 47 52 58
(203mm) LBTB 32 44 58 73 90 109 130 152 177 203 231 260 292 325 360 397
HyperLine™ 9-5/8” 21 25 29 33 38 43 48 53 59 65 72 78 85 92 100 108 116 124 133 142 151
(244mm) LBTB 147 172 200 229 261 295 330 368 408 450 493 539 587 637 689 743 799 857 917 980 1044
HyperLine™ 11-1/4” 14 17 19 22 25 28 32 35 39 43 48 52 57 61 66 72 77 83 88 94 101
(286mm) LBTB 98 115 133 152 173 196 220 245 271 299 328 358 390 423 458 494 531 570 610 651 694
271
SPECIAL MOTOR
10/1/2015 3:49:30 PM
9.0 APPENDIX 3, CONTINUED...
INTRODUCTION
Bearing Section Pressure Drops (psi / kPa)

CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
OPERATION
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES

9.0 APPENDIX 4
INTRODUCTION
Mud Weight Correction for Pressure Drop
Equation - Mud Weight Correction for Pressure Drop
P*drop Pdrop FMW
CONFIGURATIONS
= X
& SELECTION
Where:
MOTOR
P*drop: Corrected pressure drop
Pdrop: Pressure drop for water at 68°F or 20°C (from
COMPONENTS
Specifications or Appendix 3)
MOTOR
FMW: Mud Weight Correction Factor (from graph below)
Mud Weight Correction for Pressure Drop
OPERATION
2.50
2.25
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
2.00
Mud Weight Correction Factor (FMW)
1.75
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
1.50
APPLICATIONS
1.25
SPECIAL
1.00
SPECIFICATIONS
0.75
0.50
APPENDICES
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400
Mud Weight (ppg / kg/m3 )

Note: Mud Weight Correction Factor should only be used for
no-load pressure drop calculations.
273

SPECIAL MOTOR
Ported Rotor Catch Mandrel Float Valve
274
Motor Size Pull Capacity Maximum Nozzle Size Nozzle Type Nozzle Make-Up Torque Size Type
75,000 lbf 18/32” 200 ft - lbs
3-3/4 in. Smith Series 95 1F - 2R Type G or Type F, depending on application
(33,362 daN) (14.29 mm) (270 N-m)
75,000 lbf 18/32” 200 ft - lbs
(33,362 daN) (14.29 mm) (270 N-m)
9.0 APPENDIX 5
75,000 lbf 18/32” 200 ft - lbs

4-3/4 in. Smith Series 95 3-1/2 IF Type G or Type F, depending on application
(33,362 daN) (14.29 mm) (270 N-m)
Third Edition

75,000 lbf 18/32” 200 ft - lbs
5 in. Smith Series 95 3-1/2 IF Type G or Type F, depending on application
(33,362 daN) (14.29 mm) (270 N-m)
136,000 lbf 22/32” 200 ft - lbs
6-1/4 in. Smith Series 95 4R Type G or Type F, depending on application
(60,496 daN) (17.46 mm) (270 N-m)
144,000 lbf 26/32” 200 ft - lbs
August 2015
6-3/4 in. Smith Series 95 4R Type G or Type F, depending on application
(64,054 daN) (20.64 mm) (270 N-m)
188,000 lbf 26/32” 200 ft - lbs
8 in. Smith Series 95 5F - 6R Type G or Type F, depending on application
(83,827 daN) (20.64 mm) (270 N-m)
284,000 lbf 26/32” 200 ft - lbs
(126,329 daN) (20.64 mm) (270 N-m)
284,000 lbf 26/32” 200 ft - lbs
Rotor Catch, Rotor bypass Nozzle and Float Valve Information

(126,329 daN) (20.64 mm) (270 N-m)
10/1/2015 3:49:31 PM
9.0 APPENDIX 6
INTRODUCTION
HyperLine™ Make-Up Torques
Imperial Units
Kick Pad
HyperLine™ Adjustable Stator
Screw-On Stabilizer
and BuildLine™ Assembly Connection
CONFIGURATIONS
Thread Protector
& SELECTION
Motor Size (ft-lbs) (ft-lbs)
(ft-lbs)
MOTOR
3-3/4 in. 4,000 5,000 5,000 RLT
4-1/8 in. 5,000 7,500 6,000 RLT
4-3/4 in. 8,000 13,000 10,000 RLT
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
5 in. 8,000 13,000 12,000 RLT
6-1/4 in. 14,000 30,000 20,000 RLT
6-3/4 in. 14,000 37,000 30,000 RLT
OPERATION
8 in. 20,000 40,000 36,000
9-5/8 in. 25,000 60,000 60,000
11-1/4 in. 25,000 80,000 80,000

OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Metric Units
Kick Pad
HyperLine™ Adjustable Stator
Screw-On Stabilizer
and BuildLine™ Assembly Connection
SMART TOOLBOX
Thread Protector
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Motor Size (N-m) (N-m)

(N-m)
86 mm 5,500 6,800 6,800 RLT
105 mm 6,800 10,200 8,100 RLT
121 mm 10,800 17,700 13,600 RLT

APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
127 mm 10,800 17,700 16,400 RLT
156 mm 19,000 40,700 27,300 RLT
171 mm 19,000 50,200 40,700 RLT

SPECIFICATIONS
203 mm 27,300 54,600 48,800
244 mm 34,100 82,000 82,000
286 mm 34,100 108,500 108,500

APPENDICES
Note: RLT - Red Loctite
275

9.0 APPENDIX 7
INTRODUCTION
Torque Specifications for Positive Pulse (PP) MWD Tubulars

Tubular Size
Connection Between 5 in. 6.25 in.
127 mm 159 mm
Drill Collar
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
Top Crossover 3.5” IF 4.5” H-90

MOTOR
m-daN 8,400 27,360

ft-lbs 1,138 3,707
Top Crossover
Pulser Sub 4” FH 4.5” XH
m-daN 10,800 16,500
ft-lbs 1,463 2,236
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
Pulser Sub
MWD Collar 3.5” IF 4.5” XH
m-daN 8,400 16,500
ft-lbs 1,138 2,236
MWD Collar
Bottom Crossover/Choke Sub 3.5” IF 4.5” XH
OPERATION
m-daN 8,400 16,500

ft-lbs 1,138 2,236
Bottom Crossover/Choke Sub
Drilling Motor 3.5” IF 4.5” H-90
m-daN 8,400 27,360
ft-lbs 1,138 3,707
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Torque Specifications for Electromagnetic (EM) MWD Tubulars

Tubular Size
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
3 1/16 in. 3 3/8 in. 3 1/2 in.

78 mm 86 mm 89 mm
Make-Up Torque
ft-lbs 3,540 5,500 5,500
m-daN 480 750 750

APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Torque Specifications for HELTM MWD System

SPECIFICATIONS
Tubular Size
4 3/4 in. 6 3/4 in.
121 mm 171 mm
Make-Up Torque 9,900 - 10,900 ft-lbs 30,000 - 33,000 ft-lbs
1,342 - 1,478 m-daN 4,067 - 4,474 m-daN
Top Connection
APPENDICES
3 1/2 IF box 4 1/2 IF box

Bottom Connection 3 1/2 IF pin 4 1/2 IF pin

INTRODUCTION
Tubular Size
6.5 in. 6.75 in. 8 in. 9 in.
165 mm 171 mm 203 mm 229 mm
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
- 5” H-90 - -
MOTOR
- 27,600 - -
- 3,740 - -
4.5" XH 4.5" IF 6 5/8" Reg. 7 5/8" Reg.

16,700 25,200 37,550 64,350
2,263 3,415 5,091 8,719
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
4.5" XH 4.5" IF 6 5/8" Reg. 7 5/8" Reg.
16,700 25,200 37,550 64,350
2,263 3,415 5,091 8,719
4.5" XH 4.5" IF 6 5/8" Reg. 7 5/8" Reg.
OPERATION
16,700 25,200 37,550 64,350
2,263 3,415 5,091 8,719
- 5” H-90 - -
- 27,600 - -
- 3,740 - -
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Tubular Size
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
4 3/4 in. 6 1/4 in. 6 3/4 in. 8 in. 9 1/2 in.

121 mm 159 mm 171 mm 203 mm 241 mm
8,800 22,900 28,200 44,000 73,000
1,200 3,100 3,840 6,000 9,900

APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Tubular Size
8 in. 8 1/4 in. 9 1/2 in.
203 mm 210 mm 241 mm
52,000 - 56,000 ft-lbs 52,000 - 56,000 ft-lbs 75,000 - 78,000 ft-lbs
7,050 - 7,592 m-daN 7,186 - 7,592 m-daN 10,169 - 10,575 m-daN
APPENDICES
6 5/8 Reg. box 5 1/2 IF box 7 5/8 Reg. box

6 5/8 Reg. pin 5 1/2 IF pin 7 5/8 Reg. pin
277

SPECIAL MOTOR
Minimum Make-Up Torque1
278
Connection
Bore of Drill Collars
Size OD 1 in (26 mm) 1-1/4 in (32 mm) 1-1/2 in (38 mm) 1-3/4 in (44 mm) 2 in (51 mm) 2-1/4 in (57 mm) 2-1/2 in (64 mm)
Type
in. in. mm ft-lb daN-m ft-lb daN-m ft-lb daN-m ft-lb daN-m ft-lb daN-m ft-lb daN-m ft-lb daN-m
API NC23 3 76.2 *2508 340 *2508 340 *2508 340
3 1/8 79.4 *3330 451 *3330 451 2647 359
9.0 APPENDIX 8
3 1/4 82.6 4000 542 3387 459 2647 359

Drill Collar Connections
2-3/8 Regular 3 76.2 *2241 304 *2241 304 1749 237
Third Edition
3 1/8 79.4 *3028 410 2574 349 1749 237

3 1/4 82.6 3285 445 2574 349 1749 237
2-7/8 PAC3 3 76.2 *3797 514 *3797 514 2926 396
3 1/8 79.4 *4966 673 4151 562 2926 396
3 1/4 82.6 5206 705 4151 562 2926 396
2-3/8 API IF 3 1/2 88.9 *4606 624 *4606 624 3697 501
August 2015
API NC26 3 3/4 95.3 5501 745 4606 633 3697 501
2-7/8 Regular 3 1/2 88.9 *3838 520 *3838 520 *3838 520
3 3/4 95.3 5766 781 4951 671 4002 542
3 7/8 98.4 5766 781 4951 671 4002 542
2-7/8 Extra Hole 3 3/4 95.3 *4089 554 *4089 554 *4089 554
Recommended Make-up Torque for Rotary Shouldered
3-1/2 Dbl. Streamline 3 7/8 98.4 *5352 725 *5352 725 *5352 725
2-7/8 Mod. Open 4 1/8 104.8 *8059 1092 *8059 1092 7433 1007
10/1/2015 3:49:33 PM
Connection
Size OD 1 in (26 mm) 1-1/4 in (32 mm) 1-1/2 in (38 mm) 1-3/4 in (44 mm) 2 in (51 mm) 2-1/4 in (57 mm) 2-1/2 in (64 mm)
Type
2-7/8 API IF 3 7/8 98.4 *4640 629 -4640 629 *4640 629 *4640 629
API NC31 4 1/8 104.8 *7390 1001 *7390 1001 *7390 1001 6853 929
9.0 APPENDIX 8
3-1/2 Regular 4 1/8 104.8 *6466 876 *6466 876 *6466 876 *6466 876 5685 770
4 1/4 108.0 *7886 1069 *7886 1069 *7886 1069 7115 964 5685 770
4 1/2 114.3 10471 1419 9514 1289 8394 1137 7115 964 5685 770

3-1/2 Slim Hole 4 1/4 108.0 *8858 1200 *8858 1200 8161 1106 6853 929 5391 730
4 1/2 114.3 10286 1394 9307 1261 8161 1106 6853 929 5391 730
API NC35 4 1/2 114.3 *9038 1225 *9038 1225 *9038 1225 7411 1004
4 3/4 120.7 12273 1663 10826 1467 9202 1247 7411 1004
5 127.0 12273 1663 10826 1467 9202 1247 7411 1004
3-1/2 Extra Hole 4 1/4 108.0 *5161 699 *5161 699 *5161 699 *5161 699
4 Slim Hole 4 1/2 114.3 *8479 1149 *8479 1149 *8479 1149 8311 1126
3-1/2 Mod. Open 4 3/4 120.7 *12074 1636 11803 1599 10144 1375 8311 1126
5 127.0 13283 1800 11803 1599 10144 1375 8311 1126
5 1/4 133.4 13283 1800 11803 1599 10144 1375 8311 1126
279
SPECIAL MOTOR
10/1/2015 3:49:33 PM
SPECIAL MOTOR
280
Connection
Size OD 1-3/4 in (44 mm) 2 in (51 mm) 2-1/4 in (57 mm) 2-1/2 in (64 mm) 2-13/16 in (71 mm) 3 in (76 mm)
Type
in. in. mm ft-lb daN-m ft-lb daN-m ft-lb daN-m ft-lb daN-m ft-lb daN-m ft-lb daN-m
3 1/2 NC38 4 3/4 120.7 *9986 1353 *9986 1353 *9986 1353 *9986 1353 8315 1127
API 5 127.0 *13949 1890 *13949 1890 12907 1749 10977 1487 8315 1127
9.0 APPENDIX 8
4 1/2 5 1/4 133.4 16207 2196 14643 1984 12907 1749 10977 1487 8315 1127
5 1/2 139.7 16207 2196 14643 1984 12907 1749 10977 1487 8315 1127
Third Edition
3 1/2 H-904 4 3/4 120.7 *8786 1191 *8786 1191 *8786 1191 *8786 1191 *8786 1191

5 127.0 *12794 1734 *12794 1734 *12794 1734 *12794 1734 10408 1410
5 1/4 133.4 *17094 2316 16929 2294 15137 2051 13151 1782 10408 1410
5 1/2 139.7 18522 2510 16929 2294 15137 2051 13151 1782 10408 1410
4 Full Hole 5 127.0 *10910 1478 *10910 1478 *10910 1478 *10910 1478 *10910 1478
API NC40 5 1/4 133.4 *15290 2072 *15290 2072 *15290 2072 14969 2028 12125 1643
4 Mod. Open 5 1/2 139.7 *19985 2708 18886 2559 17028 2307 14969 2028 12125 1643
August 2015
4 1/2 Dbl. Streamline 5 3/4 146.1 20539 2783 18886 2559 17028 2307 14969 2028 12125 1643
6 152.4 20539 2783 18886 2559 17028 2307 14969 2028 12125 1643
H-904 5 1/4 133.4 *12590 1706 *12590 1706 *12590 1706 *12590 1706 *12590 1706
5 1/2 139.7 *17401 2358 *17401 2358 *17401 2358 *17401 2358 16536 2241
5 3/4 146.1 *22531 3053 *22531 3053 21714 2942 19543 2648 16536 2241
6 152.4 25408 3443 23671 3207 21714 2942 19543 2648 16536 2241
6 1/4 158.8 25408 3443 23671 3207 21714 2942 19543 2648 16536 2241
10/1/2015 3:49:33 PM
Connection
Size OD 1-3/4 in (44 mm) 2 in (51 mm) 2-1/4 in (57 mm) 2-1/2 in (64 mm) 2-13/16 in (71 mm) 3 in (76 mm)
Type
4 1/2 API Regular 5 1/2 139.7 *15576 2111 *15576 2111 *15576 2111 *15576 2111 *15576 2111
5 3/4 146.1 *20609 2793 *20609 2793 *20609 2793 19601 2656 16629 2253
9.0 APPENDIX 8
6 152.4 25408 3443 23686 3209 21749 2947 19601 2656 16629 2253
6 1/4 158.8 25408 3443 23686 3209 21749 2947 19601 2656 16629 2253
API NC44 5 3/4 146.1 *20895 2831 *20895 2831 *20895 2831 *20895 2831 18161 2461

6 152.4 *26453 3584 25510 3457 23493 3183 21257 2880 18161 2461
6 1/4 158.8 27300 3699 25510 3457 23493 3183 21257 2880 18161 2461
6 1/2 165.1 27300 3699 25510 3457 23493 3183 21257 2880 18161 2461
4 1/2 API Full Hole 5 1/2 139.7 *12973 1758 *12973 1758 *12973 1758 *12973 1758 *12973 1758
5 3/4 146.1 *18119 2455 *18119 2455 *18119 2455 *18119 2455 17900 2425
6 152.4 *23605 3199 *23605 3199 23028 3120 19921 2699 17900 2425
6 1/4 158.8 27294 3698 25272 3424 23028 3120 19921 2699 17900 2425
6 1/2 165.1 27294 3698 25272 3424 23028 3120 19921 2699 17900 2425
4 1/2 Extra Hole 5 3/4 146.1 *17738 2404 *17738 2404 *17738 2404 *17738 2404
API NC46 6 152.4 *23422 3174 *23422 3174 22426 3039 20311 2752
4 API IF 6 1/4 158.8 28021 3797 25676 3479 22426 3039 20311 2752
4 1/2 Semi IF 6 1/2 165.1 28021 3797 25676 3479 22426 3039 20311 2752
5 Dbl. Streamline 6 3/4 171.5 28021 3797 25676 3479 22426 3039 20311 2752
281
SPECIAL MOTOR
10/1/2015 3:49:34 PM
SPECIAL MOTOR
282
Connection
Size OD 2-1/4 in (57 mm) 2-1/2 in (64 mm) 2-13/16 in (71 mm) 3 in (76 mm) 3-1/4 in (83 mm) 3-1/2 in (89 mm) 3-3/4 in (95 mm)
Type
4
4-1/2 H-90 5 3/4 146.1 *18019 2442 *18019 2442 *18019 2442 *18019 2442
6 152.4 *23681 3209 *23681 3209 23159 3138 21051 2852
9.0 APPENDIX 8
6 1/4 158.8 28732 3893 26397 3577 23159 3138 21051 2852
6 1/2 165.1 28732 3893 26397 3577 23159 3138 21051 2852
6 3/4 171.5 28732 3893 26397 3577 23159 3138 21051 2852
Third Edition

5 H-904 6 1/4 158.8 *25360 3436 *25360 3436 *25360 3436 *25360 3436 23988 3250
6 1/2 165.1 *31895 4322 *31895 4322 29400 3984 27167 3681 23988 3250
6 3/4 171.5 35292 4782 32825 4448 29400 3984 27167 3681 23988 3250
7 177.8 35292 4782 32825 4448 29400 3984 27167 3681 23988 3250
4-1/2 API IF 6 1/4 158.8 *23004 3117 *23004 3117 *23004 3117 *23004 3117 *23004 3117
API NC50 6 1/2 165.1 *29679 4022 *29679 4022 *29679 4022 *29679 4022 26675 3614
August 2015
5 Extra Hole 6 3/4 171.5 *36742 4979 35824 4854 32277 4374 29966 4060 26675 3614
5 Mod. Open 7 177.8 38379 5200 35824 4854 32277 4374 29966 4060 26675 3614
5 1/2 Dbl. Streamline 7 1/4 184.2 38379 5200 35824 4854 32277 4374 29966 4060 26675 3614
5 Semi-IF 7 1/2 190.5 38379 5200 35824 4854 32277 4374 29973 4061 26675 3614
10/1/2015 3:49:34 PM
Connection
Size OD 2-1/4 in (57 mm) 2-1/2 in (64 mm) 2-13/16 in (71 mm) 3 in (76 mm) 3-1/4 in (83 mm) 3-1/2 in (89 mm) 3-3/4 in (95 mm)
Type
4
5 1/2 H-90 6 3/4 171.5 *34508 4676 *34508 4676 *35408 4676 34142 4626 30781 4171
7 177.8 *41993 5690 40117 5436 36501 4946 34142 4626 30781 4171
9.0 APPENDIX 8
7 1/4 184.2 42719 5788 40117 5436 36501 4946 34142 4626 30781 4171
7 1/2 190.5 42719 5788 40117 5436 36501 4946 34142 4626 30781 4171
5 1/2 Regular 6 3/4 171.5 *31941 4328 *31941 4328 *93941 4328 *31941 4328 30495 4132

7 177.8 *39419 5341 *39419 5341 36235 4910 33868 4589 30495 4132
7 1/4 184.2 42481 5756 39866 5402 36235 4910 33868 4589 30495 4132
7 1/2 190.5 42481 5756 39866 5402 36235 4910 33868 4589 30495 4132
5 1/2 API Full Hole 7 177.8 *32762 4439 *32762 4439 *32762 4439 *32762 4439 *32762 4439
7 1/4 184.2 *40998 5555 *40998 5555 *40998 5555 *40998 5555 *40998 5555
7 1/2 190.5 *49661 6729 *49661 6729 47756 6471 45190 6123 41533 5628
7 3/4 196.9 54515 7387 51687 7004 47756 6471 45190 6123 41533 5628
API NC56 7 1/4 184.2 *40498 5488 *40498 5488 *40498 5488 *40498 5488
7 1/2 190.5 *49060 6648 48221 6534 45680 6190 42058 5699
7 3/4 196.9 52115 7062 48221 6534 45680 6190 42058 5699
8 203.2 52115 7062 48221 6534 45680 6190 42058 5699
283
SPECIAL MOTOR
10/1/2015 3:49:34 PM
SPECIAL MOTOR
284
Connection
Size OD 2-1/2 in (64 mm) 2-13/16 in (71 mm) 3 in (76 mm) 3-1/4 in (83 mm) 3-1/2 in (89 mm) 3-3/4 in (95 mm)
Type
6-5/8 API Regular 7 1/2 190.5 *46399 6287 *46399 6287 *46399 6287 *46339 6287
7 3/4 196.9 *55627 7538 53346 7228 50704 6870 46936 6360
9.0 APPENDIX 8
8 203.2 57393 7777 53346 7228 50704 6870 46936 6360

8 1/4 209.6 57393 7777 53346 7228 50704 6870 46936 6360
Third Edition
6-5/8 H-904 7 1/2 190.5 *46509 6302 *46509 6302 *46509 6302 *46509 6302

7 3/4 196.9 *55708 7549 *55708 7549 53629 7267 49855 6755
8 203.2 60321 8174 56273 7625 53629 7267 49855 6755
8 1/4 209.6 60321 8174 56273 7625 53629 7267 49855 6755
API NC61 8 203.2 *55131 7470 *55131 7470 *55131 7470 *55131 7470
8 1/4 209.6 *65438 8867 *65438 8867 *65438 8867 61624 8350
8 1/2 215.9 72670 9847 68398 9268 65607 8890 61624 8350
August 2015
8 3/4 222.3 72670 9847 68398 9268 64607 8754 61624 8350
9 228.9 72670 9847 68398 9268 65607 8890 61624 8350
10/1/2015 3:49:34 PM
Connection
Type
5 1/2 API IF 8 203.2 *56641 7675 *56641 7675 *56641 7675 *56641 7675 *56641 7675
8 1/4 209.6 *67133 9097 *67133 9097 *67133 9097 63381 8588 59027 7998
9.0 APPENDIX 8
8 1/2 215.9 74626 10112 70277 9523 67436 9138 63381 8588 59027 7998
8 3/4 222.3 74626 10112 70277 9523 67436 9138 63381 8588 59027 7998
9 228.9 74626 10112 70277 9523 67436 9138 63381 8588 59027 7998
9 1/4 235.0 74626 10112 70277 9523 67436 9138 63381 8588 59027 7998

6-5/8 API Full Hole 8 1/2 215.9 *67789 9186 *67789 9186 *67789 9186 *67789 9186 *67789 9186 67184 9104
8 3/4 222.3 *79544 10778 *79544 10778 *79544 10778 76706 10394 72102 9770 67184 9104
9 228.9 88582 12003 83992 11381 80991 10974 76706 10394 72102 9770 67184 9104
9 1/4 235.0 88582 12003 83992 11381 80991 10974 76706 10394 72102 9770 67184 9104
9 1/2 241.3 88582 12003 83992 11381 80991 10974 76706 10394 72102 9770 67184 9104
API NC70 9 228.9 *75781 10268 *75781 10268 *75781 10268 *75781 10268 *75781 10268 *75781 10268
9 1/4 235.0 *88802 12033 *88802 12033 *88802 12033 *88802 12033 *88802 12033 *88802 12033
9 1/2 241.3 *102354 13869 *102354 13869 *102354 13869 101107 13700 96214 13037 90984 12328
9 3/4 247.7 113710 15408 108841 14748 105657 14317 101107 13700 96214 13037 90984 12328
10 254.0 113710 15408 108841 14748 105657 14317 101107 13700 96214 13037 90984 12328
10 1/4 260.4 113710 15408 108841 14748 105657 14317 101107 13700 96214 13037 90984 12328
285
SPECIAL MOTOR
10/1/2015 3:49:35 PM
SPECIAL MOTOR
286
Connection
Type
API NC77 10 254.0 *108194 14660 *108194 14660 *108194 14660 *108194 14660 *108194 14660 *108194 14660
10 1/4 260.4 *124051 16809 *124051 16809 *124051 16809 *124051 16809 *124051 16809 *124051 16809
9.0 APPENDIX 8
10 1/2 266.7 *140491 19037 *140491 19037 *140491 19037 140488 19036 135119 18309 129375 17530
10 3/4 273.1 154297 20907 148695 20185 145476 19712 140488 19036 135119 18309 129375 17530
11 279.4 154297 20970 148965 20185 145476 19712 140488 19036 135119 18309 129375 17530
Third Edition

7 H-904 8 203.2 *53454 7243 *53454 7243 *53454 7243 *53454 7243 *53454 7243 *53454 7243
8 1/4 209.6 *63738 8637 *63738 8637 *63738 8637 *63738 8637 60971 8262 56382 7640
8 1/2 215.9 *74478 10092 72066 9765 69265 9386 65267 8844 60971 8262 56382 7640
7-5/8 API Regular 8 1/2 215.9 *60402 8185 *60402 8185 *60402 8185 *60402 8185 *60402 8185 *60402 8185
8 3/4 222.3 *72169 9779 *72169 9779 *72169 9779 *72169 9779 *72169 9779 *72169 9779
9 228.6 *84442 11442 *84442 11442 *84442 11422 84221 11412 79536 10777 74529 10099
August 2015
9 1/4 235.0 96301 13049 91633 12416 88580 12003 84221 11412 79536 10777 74529 10099
9 1/2 241.3 96301 13049 91633 12416 88580 12003 84221 11412 79536 10777 74529 10099
10/1/2015 3:49:35 PM
Connection
Type
4
7-5/8 H-90 9 228.6 *73017 9894 *73017 9894 *73017 9894 *73017 9894 *73017 9894 *73017 9894
9 1/4 235.0 *89006 11654 *89006 11654 *89006 11654 *89006 11654 *89006 11654 *89006 11654
9.0 APPENDIX 8
9 1/2 241.3 *99508 13483 *99508 13483 *99508 13483 *99508 13483 *99508 13483 *96285 13047
8-5/8 API Regular 10 254.0 *109345 14816 *109345 14816 *109345 14816 *109345 14816 *109345 14816 *109345 14816
10 1/4 260.4 *125263 16973 *125263 16973 *125263 16973 *125263 16973 *125263 16973 125034 16942

10 1/2 266.7 *141767 19210 *141767 19210 141134 19124 136146 18448 130277 17653 125034 16942
8-5/8 H-904 10 1/4 260.4 *113482 15377 *113482 15377 *113482 15377 *113482 15377 *113482 15377 *113482 15377
10 1/2 266.7 *130063 17642 *130063 17624 *130063 17624 *130063 17624 *130063 17624 *130063 17624
7 H-904 8 3/4 222.3 *68061 9222 *68061 9222 67257 9113 62845 8516 58131 7877
(with low 9 228.6 74325 10059 71361 9670 67257 9113 62845 8516 58131 7877
torque face)
7-5/8 API Regular 9 1/4 235.0 *73099 9905 *73099 9905 *73099 9905 *73099 9905
(with low 9 1/2 241.3 *86463 11716 *86463 11716 82457 11173 77289 10473
torque face)
9 3/4 247.7 91789 12438 87292 11828 82457 11173 77289 10473
10 254.0 91789 12438 87292 11828 82457 11173 77289 10473

287
SPECIAL MOTOR
10/1/2015 3:49:35 PM
SPECIAL MOTOR
288
Connection
Size OD 2-13/16 in (71 mm) 3 in (76 mm) 3-1/4 in (83 mm) 3-1/2 in (89 mm) 3-3/4 in (95 mm)
Type
in. in. mm ft-lb daN-m ft-lb daN-m ft-lb daN-m ft-lb daN-m ft-lb daN-m
7-5/8 H-904 9 3/4 247.7 *91667 12421 *91667 12421 *91667 12421 *91667 12421 *91667 12421
(with low 10 254.0 *106260 14398 *106260 14398 *106260 14398 *104171 14115 98804 13388
9.0 APPENDIX 8
torque face)
10 1/4 260.4 117112 15869 113851 15427 109188 14795 104171 14115 98804 13388
Third Edition
10 1/2 266.7 117112 15869 113851 15427 109188 14795 104171 14115 98804 13388

8-5/8 API Regular 10 3/4 273.1 *112883 15296 *112883 15296 *112883 15296 *112883 15296
(with low 11 279.4 *130672 17706 *130672 17706 *130672 17706 *130672 17706
torque face)
11 1/4 285.8 147616 20002 14243 1930 136846 18543 130871 17733
August 2015
8-5/8 H-904 10 3/4 273.1 *92960 12596 *92960 12596 *92960 12596 *92960 12596
(with low 11 279.4 *110781 15011 *110781 15011 *110781 15011 *110781 15011
torque face)
1 1/4 285.8 *129203 17507 *129203 17507 *129203 17507 *129203 17507
10/1/2015 3:49:36 PM
9.0 APPENDIX 8
INTRODUCTION
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Notes:
(1) Basis of calculations for recommended make-up torque assume
the use of a thread compound containing 40-60% by weight of finely
COMPONENTS
powdered metallic zinc or 60% by weight of finely powdered metal-
MOTOR
lic lead, with not more than 0.3% total active sulfur (reference the
caution regarding the use of hazardous materials in Appendix F of
Specification 7) applied thoroughly to all threads and shoulders and
using the modified Screw jack formula in Appendix A, paragraph A.8,
and a unit stress of 62,500 psi in the box or pin, whichever is weaker.
OPERATION
(2) Normal torque range is tabulated value plus 10%. Higher torque
values may be used under extreme conditions.
(3) Make-up torque for 2 7/8 PAC connection is based on 87,500 psi
stress and other factors listed in footnote 1.
(4) Make-up torque for H90 connection is based on 56,200 psi stress
OPERATIONAL
and other factors listed in footnote 1.

MOTOR
LIMITS
(5) Torque figures preceded by an asterisk indicate that the weaker

member for the corresponding outside diameter (OD) and bore is the
BOX. For all other torque values the weaker member is the PIN.
(6) In each connection size and type group, torque values apply to all
SMART TOOLBOX
connection types in the group, when used with the same drill collar
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
outside diameter, i.e. 2 3/8 API IF, API NC26, and 2 7/8 Slim Hole
connections used with 3 1/2 x 1 1/4 drill collars all have the same
minimum make-up torque of 4,600 ft.lb, and the BOX is the weaker
member.
(7) Stress relief features are disregarded for make-up torque.
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDICES
289

SPECIAL MOTOR
290
Cutting Structure Remarks
Dull Bearing / Seals Gauge Dull
Inner Rows Outer Rows Location Reason Pulled
Characteristics Characteristics
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9.0 APPENDIX 9
1 Inner 2/3 of Bit Cutting Structure 3 Dull Characteristics 4 Location

IADC Dull Bit Grading
BC* - Broken Cone LN - Lost Nozzle

Outer 1/3 of Bit Cutting Structure
Third Edition
2 Roller Cone
BF - Bond Failure LT - Lost Cutters

N - Nose Row
BT - Broken Teeth/Cutters OC - Off Center Wear M - Middle Row
Grade using a linear scale from 0 to 8 to describe
BU - Balled Up NR - Not Re-runnable G - Gage Row
the condition of the cutting structure:
CC* - Cracked Cone PB - Pinched Bit A - All rows
0- No lost, worn and/or broken cutting CD* - Cone Dragged PN - Plugged Nozzle Cone # 1 2 3
structure CI - Cone Interference RG - Rounded Gauge
CR - Cored RO - Ring Out Fixed Cutter
8- All of cutting structure lost, worn and/
August 2015
CT - Chipped Cutters RR - Re-runnable C - Cone
or broken ER - Erosion SS - Self Sharpening Wear N - Nose
FC - Flat Crested wear TR - Tracking T - Taper
HC - Heat Checking WO - Washed Out Bit S - Shoulder
JD - Junk Damage WT - Worn Cutters G - Gage
LC* - Lost Cone NO - No Dull Characteristics A - All areas
LM - Lost Matrix
* Show cone number(s) under 4
10/1/2015 3:49:36 PM
5 Bearings / Seals 6 Gauge condition 8 Reason pulled or run terminated
Non-Sealed Bearings Measure to nearest 1/16”: BHA - Change Bottomhole Assembly HR - Hours on Bit
A linear scale estimating bearing CM - Condition Mud LIH - Left in Hole
life used I - In gauge CP - Core Point LOG - Run Logs
1/16 - Undergauge up to 1/16” DMF - Downhole Motor Failure PP - Pump Pressure
0 - No life used 2/16 - Undergauge 1/16” to 1/8” DP - Drill Plug PR - Penetration Rate
8 - All life used 3/16 - Undergauge 1/8” to 3/16” DSF - Drillstring Failure RIG - Rig Repair
9.0 APPENDIX 9
4/16 - Undergauge 3/16” to 1/4” DST - Drill Stem Test TD - Total Depth/Casing Depth
IADC Dull Bit Grading
Sealed Bearings DTF - Downhole Tool Failure TQ - Torque

E - Seals Effective FM - Formation Change TW - Twist Off
HP - Hole Problems WC - Weather Conditions

F - Seals Failed 7 Other Dull Characteristics WO - Washout - Drillstring
N - Not able to grade
X - Fixed cutter bit Refer to codes under 3
291
SPECIAL MOTOR
10/1/2015 3:49:36 PM
9.0 APPENDIX 10
INTRODUCTION
Useful Equations - Bit Hydraulics

Imperial Units Metric Units
Jet Nozzle Flow Area, Aj
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Nozzle Diameter, dj
COMPONENTS
Jet Nozzle Pressure Loss, ∆Pj

MOTOR
Bit Total Flow Area, TFAbit

OPERATION
Bit Pressure Loss, ∆Pbit

OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Required TFA to obtain specific Bit Pressure Loss, TFAbit

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Jet Nozzle Velocity, Vj
Jet Impact Force, Fj

APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Bit Hydraulic Horsepower, HHPbit

SPECIFICATIONS
Bit Hydraulic Horsepower per Hole TFA, HSI

APPENDICES

9.0 APPENDIX 10
INTRODUCTION
Useful Equations - Well Hydraulics and Hole Cleaning
Pipe Fluid Velocity, Vp
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Annular Fluid Velocity, Va
Hydrostatic Pressure, Ph
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
Buoyancy Factor, KB
Useful Equations - Pump Output OPERATION

OPERATIONAL
Duplex Single Pump Area, Apump (duplex)

MOTOR
LIMITS
Triplex Single Pump Area, Apump (triplex)

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Pump Flow Rate, Qpump

APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL
Useful Equations - Drilling Motor Performance

Motor Output Power, HPout
SPECIFICATIONS
Motor Input Power, HPin

APPENDICES
Motor Efficiency, Eff motor
293

9.0 APPENDIX 10
INTRODUCTION
Useful Equations - Minimum Curvature Method Calculation

Course Length, CL
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
Dogleg Angle, DL
MOTOR
Ratio Factor, RF
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
Vertical Displacement, VD
True Vertical Depth, TVD

OPERATION
N/S Heading, ∆LAT
Latitude, LAT
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
E/W Heading, ∆DEP

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Departure, DEP
Closure, C
APPLICATIONS
Direction of Closure, Az c
SPECIAL
Vertical Section, VS
SPECIFICATIONS
Dogleg Severity, DLS

APPENDICES

9.0 APPENDIX 10
INTRODUCTION
Useful Equations - Directional Drilling Common Formulas
Actual Build Rate, BR
CONFIGURATIONS
& SELECTION
MOTOR
Motor Output, MO
Expected Build Rate, BRexpected
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
Projection of Inclination at Bit, Ibit
OPERATION
Projected TD to Target Inclination, TVDp
Build Rate Required to Hit the Target, BRreq

OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Distance to Slide, Lslide

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
9.0 APPENDIX 10
Nomenclature
APPLICATIONS
Aj
SPECIAL
Jet Nozzle Flow Area [ in2 / mm2 ]
Apump Pump Area [ in2 / mm2 ]
Az Azimuth [ ° / ° ]
SPECIFICATIONS
BR Build Rate [ °/100 ft / °/30 m ]
C Closure [ ft / m ]
CL Course Length [ ft / m ]
DEP Departure [ ft / m ]
APPENDICES
Di Liner Diameter [ in / mm ]
Dj Nozzle Diameter [ in / mm ]
295

9.0 APPENDIX 10
Nomenclature, continued
dp Pipe Inner Diameter [ in / mm ]
dp Differential Pressure [ psi / kPa ]
Dp Pipe Outer Diameter [ in / mm ]
dr Pison Rod Diameter [ in / mm ]
Dh Hole Diameter [ in / mm ]
∆DEP E/W Heading or change of Departure [ ft / m ]
∆LAT N/S Heading or change of Latitude [ ft / m ]
∆Pbit Bit Pressure Loss [ psi / kPa ]
∆Pj Jet Nozzle Pressure Loss [ psi / kPa ]
Effv Pump VoluMetric Efficiency [ % / % ]
Effmotor Motor Efficiency [ % / % ]
Fj Jet Impact Force [ lb / N ]
HPin Motor Input Power [ hp / kW ]
HPout Motor Output Power [ hp / kW ]
HHPbit Bit Hydraulic Horse Power [ hp / kW ]
HSI Bit Hydraulic Horse Power per Hole TFA [ hp/in2 / kW/mm2 ]
I Inclination [ ° / ° ]
KB Buoyancy Factor [ non – dimensional ]
L Stroke Length [ in / mm ]
LAT Latitude [ ft / m ]
L1-bit Distance from survey station to bit [ ft / m ]
LSlide Distance to slide [ ft / m ]
MD Measure Depth [ ft / m ]
MO Motor Output [ °/100 ft / °/30 m ]
MW Mud Weight [ ppg / kg/m3 ]
Ph Hydrostatic Pressure [ psi / kPa ]
Q Flow rate [ gpm / m3/min ]
Qpump Pump Flow Rate [ gpm / m3/min ]

9.0 APPENDIX 10
Nomenclature, continued
RPM Rotational Speed [ rpm / rpm ]
RF Ratio Factor [ non – dimensional ]
SPM Strokes Per Minute [ stk/min / stk/min ]
T Torque [ ft-lbs / N-m ]
TF Tool Face Setting [ ° / ° ]
TFAbit Bit Total Flow Area [ in2 / mm2 ]
TVD True Vertical Depth [ ft / m ]
Va Annular Fluid Velocity [ ft/min / m/min ]
VD Vertical Displacement [ ft / m ]
Vj Jet Nozzle Velocity [ ft/s / m/s ]
Vp Pipe Fluid Velocity [ ft/min / m/min ]
VS Vertical Section [ ft / m ]
Note: Units presented between brackets [ ]. Imperial Units in black and

Metric Units in red.
9.0 APPENDIX 10
Subscripts
0 Denotes previous survey station
1 Denotes current survey station
C Closure
Target Target
expected Expected
bit Bit
PR Projected
297

9.0 APPENDIX 10
Acronyms
ABM™ At Bit Measurement
AP Aniline Point
BHA
Bottom Hole Assemblies
BTB Bit To Bend
BUR Buildup Rate
DLC Downlink Commander™
DLS Dogleg Severity
DSF Differential Scaling Factor
ESI Equivalent Swelling Index
FSS Full Stick Slip
GM Gamma Ray
H2S Hydrogen Sulfide
HEL™ Hostile Environment MWD/LWD
HF High Flow
HFTO High Frequency Torsional Oscillation
HGS High Gravity Solids
HT High Temperature
HSN Highly Saturated Nitrile
LBTB Long Bit To Bend
LFTO Low Frequency Torsional Oscillation
LGS Low Gravity Solids
LCM Lost Circulation Material
LWD Logging While Drilling
MBTB Medium Bit To Bend
MD Mean Depth
MWD Measurement while drilling
MRSS Motorized RSS
OBM Oil Based Mud

9.0 APPENDIX 10
Acronyms, continued
OOS Out-of-specification
PDC Polycrystalline Diamond Compact
PDM Positive Displacement Motor
PS Power Section
POOH Pulled Out of Hole
RMS Root Mean Square
ROP Rate of Penetration
RPM Revolution per Minute
RSS Rotary Steerable Systems, Revolution™
RT Real Time
RTV Random Torsional Vibration
SAGD Steam Assisted Gravity Drainage
SCC Stress Corrosion Cracking
SBTB Short Bit To Bend
SPP Stand Pipe Pressure
SSA Stick Slip Average
TD Top Drive
TD Target Depth
TDI Torsional Dynamics Indicator
TFA Total Flow Area
TOB Torque On Bit
TVD Total Vertical Depth
TVM™ True Vibration Monitor
T&D Torque and Drag
URC Uniform Rubber Contour
WBM Water Based Mud
WMM Wired Mud Motor
WOB Weight on Bit
299

9.0 APPENDIX 11
INTRODUCTION
Conversion Factors
multiply by to obtain...
...to obtain divide by
CONFIGURATIONS
Angle
& SELECTION
MOTOR
degree ° 0.01745 rad radians
degree rev 6.2831 rad radians
Area
acre ac 4046.8564 m2 sq meter
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
sq foot ft2 0.0929 m2 sq meter
sq inch in2 645.16 mm2 sq millimeter
sq inch in2 6.4516 cm2 sq centimeter
Density
OPERATION
pound per cubic foot lb/ft3 16.01846 kg/m3 kilogram per cubic meter
pound per barrel lb/bbl 2.8530 kg/m3 kilogram per cubic meter
pound per US gallon lb/gal or ppg 119.8264 kg/m3 kilogram per cubic meter
pound per US gallon lb/gal or ppg 0.0001198 kg/cc3 kilogram per cubic centimeter
OPERATIONAL
Flow Rate
MOTOR
LIMITS
US gallon per min gpm 0.13368 ft3/min cubic foot per minute
US gallon per min gpm 0.003785 m3/min cubic meter per minute
US gallon per min gpm 3.7854 L/min or lpm liter per minute
SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
Force
Newton N 0.1019 kgf kilogram-force
pound-force lbf 0.4448 daN decaNewton
pound-force lbf 4.4482 N Newton

APPLICATIONS
Length
SPECIAL
foot ft 0.3048 m meter
foot ft 12 in inch
inch in 2.54 cm centimeter
inch in 25.4 mm millimeter

SPECIFICATIONS
mile mi 1.609344 km kilometer
Mass
pound lb 0.4535 kg kilogram
APPENDICES

9.0 APPENDIX 11
INTRODUCTION
Conversion Factors
multiply by to obtain...
...to obtain divide by
CONFIGURATIONS
Power
& SELECTION
MOTOR
horsepower hp 0.7456 kW kilowatt
Pressure
pound per sq inch psi 0.06804 atm atmosphere
pound per sq inch psi 0.06894 bar bar
COMPONENTS
MOTOR
pound per sq inch psi 6.8947 kPa kilopascal
Temperature
To convert from degrees Celsius (°C) to degrees Fahrenheit (°F) use:
T(°F) = 1.8 X T(°C) + 32
OPERATION
To convert from degrees Fahrenheit (°F) to degrees Celsius (°C) use:
T(°C) = (T(°F) ÷ 1.8
Torque
foot-pound ft-lbf 1.3558179 N-m Newton-meter
OPERATIONAL
MOTOR
LIMITS
Velocity
foot per min ft/min 0.3048 m/min meter per minute
foot per second ft/s 0.3048 m/s meter per second
inch per second in/s 0.0254 m/s meter per second

SMART TOOLBOX
HYPERLINE™
& SOFTWARE
mile per hour mph 1.6093 km/h kilometer per hour
Viscosity
centipoise cP 0.001 Pa-s pascal-second
centistoke cS 1.08E-05 ft2/s sq foot per second

APPLICATIONS
centistoke cS 1.00E-06 m2/s sq meter per second

SPECIAL
pound-second per sq foot lbf-s/ft2 47.8802 Pa-s pascal-second
Volume
barrel bbl 0.1589 m3 cubic meter
SPECIFICATIONS
cubic foot ft3

0.02831 m3 cubic meter
cubic foot ft3

28.3168 L liter
cubic inch in3 16.3870 cc or cm3 cubic centimeter
cubic inch in3 16387.064 mm3 cubic millimeter
US gallon gal 0.003785 m3 cubic meter

APPENDICES
US gallon gal 3.78541 L liter
301

Operational support
with a global footprint
Our local teams can assist your drilling motor applications anywhere
in the world. When you’re on the job, we can revise plans, simulations
and Real-Time Data on-site or remotely from our closest city, country,
or global facility. Once the job is complete, we can help you analyze
performance.
www.weatherford.com

● Key locations ● Regional offices
303

WEATHERFORD
Corporate Office
70 Sir John Rogerson's Quay,
Dublin 2, Ireland
DS Global Operations Headquarters

15710 JFK Blvd., Suite 700
Houston Texas 77032 United States
1 281 260 1300
DS Global Technical Support & Distribution Center

2442 Greens Road
Houston Texas 77032 United States
1 281 892 0600
DRILLING SERVICES' OPERATIONS

United States Operations (US)
2000 St James Place
Houston Texas 77056 USA
1 713 836 4000
Canada Operations (CAN)

333 5th Avenue S.W., Suite 1100
Calgary Alberta T2P 3B6 Canada
1 403 693 7500
Russia Operations (RUS)

4, 4th Lesnoy Pereulok
12-14th floors
Moscow 125047 Russia
7 495 775 47 12
Sub-Sahara Africa Operations (SSA)

Lincoln House Eton Office Park
CNR Sloane and Harrison Street
Bryanston Johannesburg South Africa
27 11 2674400

DRILLING SERVICES' OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

Latin America Operations (LAO)
Carrera 7 No. 71-21 Torre B, Oficina 801
Edificio Avenida Chile
Bogota Colombia
Middle East & North Africa Operations (MENA)

4h Interchange, Al Barsha
Sheikh Zayed Road, Al-Khaimah Building II
Dubai UAE
9 71 4 312 5000
Asia Pacific Operations (APAC)

23C Loyang Crescent, Blk 401 TOPS Avenue 2,
509019,
Singapore, Singapore
65 6543 2133
Europe & Caspian Operations (EUR)

Souterhead Road
Aberdeen AB12 3LF Scotland
44 (0) 1224 380200
305

INDEX
B Bearing Section,
lubrication, 19, 71, 74, 87
nomenclature, 15
pressure drop, 98, 99
specifications, 98, 104
C Chlorides, 72
Corrosion, 24, 37, 72
D Density, 71
Sand, 73
Dogleg
Maximum, for rotary drilling, 99
severity (DLS) Predictor, 80
Short-radius Well, 91
Drilling
Aerated, 84
Air, 10, 14, 84
Directional, 9, 14
fluids, 71
High Flow, 10, 14, 94
Horizontal, 9, 19
motor, 18
operations, 34
Performance, 9, 14
Rotary Steerable (RSS), 8, 10, 14, 89
Short-radius Well, 9, 91
Underbalanced, 10, 84
with ABM™, 11,15,95
E Elastomer,
design limit, 63
selection, 23, 69
type, 23
F Fit, 22
availability, 100
Predictor, 79
Selection Chart, 79
selection, 69
M Motor, 18
build rate, 19, 80, 91, 99
components, 18
pressure drop, 28, 80, 99

INDEX, continued...

M Motor, 18 continued...
rotation, 36, 64, 101
Selection Wizard, 79
specifications, 98
stall, 37, 38, 41, 57, 59, 89
Wired, 90
P Power Section, 20
Evaluator, 81
fit, 22
nomenclature, 15
Performance Curve, 101
specifications, 100, 106
Uniform Rubber Contour (URC), 24
Pressure,
decrease, 56
differential, 34, 63, 100, 101
differential, adjustment, 69
drop, bit, 74
drop, mud weight correction, 71
increase, 57, 58
rating, 63
R Reaming, 39
Backreaming, 39
Rotor, 20, 21
bypass, 41, 80
catch, 25, 41, 52, 53, 274
coating, 24, 72
corrosion, 72
dimensional data, 100
S Solids,
content, 73
High Gravity, 73
Low Gravity, 73
Stator, 20
dimensional data, 100
lobes, 21
Measurement Calculator, 81
reline, 68, 69, 72, 73
shelf life, 74
sLife Predictor, 82
stages, 21
307

INDEX, continued...

T Temperature, 22, 68
Aniline Point, 71
High, 39
Maximum Operating, 69
Torque, 102
capacity, 100
for MWD_LWD tubulars, 276
Motor, Make-up, 275
ratio, 100
Reactive, 36
recommended, for Rotary DC, 278
Stall, 100
V Vibration, 42, 74
analysis, 81
Axial, 45
Lateral, 46, 47, 48
limits, 75, 76
Rotational, 49, 50, 51

Weatherford - 3rd Ed - 2015 Drilling Motors Handbook

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Weatherford - 3rd Ed - 2015 Drilling Motors Handbook

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Weatherford - 3rd Ed - 2015 Drilling Motors Handbook

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MUD-LUBRICATED

WindChill document no. D000893759

New cover-BLACK-2015.indd 1 8/6/2015 10:23:09 AM

Weatherford products and services are subject to the company’s

technical data and text are subject to change without notice.

© 2015 Weatherford. All rights reserved.

Handbook #6552.01 - Third Edition

HyperLine™, BuildLine™, EverForce™ and EverHeat™ are

6552.01_3rd Edition Mud Lube_CURRENT working copy.indd 1 10/1/2015 3:46:38 PM

2.1 Motor Configurations 14

2.2 Motor Configuration Selection 14

3.1 Mud Lubricated Bearing Section 19

3.5 Top Sub and Rotor Catch Mechanism 25

• 4.1.1 Adjustable Assembly Operation

for Larger Drilling Motors

(3-3/4”, 4-1/8”, 4-3/4”, 5” and 6-1/4”) 32

4.2 Tripping in the Hole 34

4.6 Drilling Motor Stall 37

4.7 Reaming and Backreaming 39

2 Third Edition August 2015

6552.01_3rd Edition Mud Lube_CURRENT working copy.indd 2 10/1/2015 3:46:41 PM

6.5 Motor Rotor Bypass Calculator 80

6.9 Drilling Optimization Software 81

7.1 Air (Gas) Drilling and Aerated Drilling 84

7.2 Motorized Rotary Steerable System (MRSS) 89

7.5 At-Bit Measurement (ABM™) Applications 95

8.3 Bearing Section Specification Summary 104

6552.01_3rd Edition Mud Lube_CURRENT working copy.indd 3 10/1/2015 3:46:41 PM

8.0 HyperLine™ Motor

Bearing Section Specifications

BuildLineTM 3-3/4” (95mm) MBTB 112

HyperLineTM 4-3/4” (121mm) LBTB 128

HyperLineTM 6-1/4” (159mm) MBTB 132

HyperLineTM 8” (203mm) LBTB 148

Power Section Specifications

HyperLineTM 4-3/4” 4:5 2.5 (250) 166

HyperLineTM 4-3/4” 6:7 7.0 (250) 174

HyperLineTM 4-3/4” 7:8 2.0 Air (250) 176

HyperLineTM 4-3/4” 7:8 5.0 (250) 184

HyperLineTM 5” 6:7 9.6 (250) 192

4 Third Edition August 2015

6552.01_3rd Edition Mud Lube_CURRENT working copy.indd 4 10/1/2015 3:46:41 PM

HyperLineTM 8” 7:8 2.5 RSS (250) 236

HyperLineTM 9-5/8” 7:8 2.8 (250) 244

(4) Mud Weight Correction for Pressure Drop 273

6552.01_3rd Edition Mud Lube_CURRENT working copy.indd 5 10/1/2015 3:46:42 PM

(11) Conversion Factors 300

Weatherford Regional Corporate

6 Third Edition August 2015

6552.01_3rd Edition Mud Lube_CURRENT working copy.indd 6 10/1/2015 3:46:42 PM

6552.01_3rd Edition Mud Lube_CURRENT working copy.indd 7 10/1/2015 3:46:45 PM

production, intervention, geophysics, and data services to oil and gas

companies worldwide using fit-for-purpose technologies to enhance field

Weatherford’s professional team applies extensive drilling experience

All possible measures, including thorough component testing, are taken

to ensure product quality to our Customers.

This new edition of the Weatherford Motor Handbook contains updated

software for Drilling Motor Evaluation and Job Planning, HyperLine™

Smart Toolbox, is introduced (Section 6). In Section 7, closer attention